HomeMy WebLinkAbout4.7 Park Dev Standards
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CITY OF DUBLIN
PARK DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS
VOLUME I
- GUIDE TO CITY STANDARD CONSTRUCTION AND LANDSCAPE DETAILS
- STANDARD CITY CONSTRUCTION AND LANDSCAPE DETAILS
April 26, 1999
iTEM 4.7
ATTACHMENT, VOL 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CITY OF DUBLIN
PARK DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
VOLUME I
Introduction: Purpose and Application of Development Standards
I. Guide to City Standard Construction and Landscape Details
II. Standard City Construction and Landscape Details
VOLUME II
Introduction: Purpose and Application of Development Standards
III. Guide to City Standard Technical Specifications
-Technical Specification Preparation Instructions
-Supplemental Instructions to the Standard Specifications
IV. Standard Construction and Landscape Specifications
V. Specified Manufacturers and Product Requirements
I
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
INTRODUCTION
PURPOSE AND APPLICATION OF DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS
These Park Development Standards are provided as a guide to developers in
order to ensure the highest level of quality in the development of Dublin Parks.
The Standards are composed of:
. Instructions for application and use of the provided Construction Details,
Volume I.
. Construction and Landscape Details, Volume I.
. Instructions to complete the required Technical Specifications, Volume II.
. Standard Technical Specifications, Volume II.
. Product and Manufacturer list, Volume II.
Adhering to specific standards in park development will promote park longevity,
aesthetics, safety, and effective maintenance, which will contribute favorably to
the overall character of the City of Dublin.
The Park Development Standards are to be issued by the City to prospective
developers, and will serve as a definitive guide for the development of detailed
plans and specifications. Developers are required to coordinate with City
representatives, submitting plans and specifications in accordance with these
standards. This process will ensure conformance to the specified construction
and landscape requirements.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PART I
GUIDE TO CITY STANDARD CONSTRUCTION AND LANDSCAPE DETAILS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
GUIDE TO STANDARD CONSTRUCTION AND LANDSCAPE DETAILS
This guide establishes the context for appropriate use of those Standard
Details that are to be incorporated into the contract documents. The
Designer or Engineer is to select the details required for the project from
the Standard Construction and Landscape Details included in Part II of
this volume (Volume I). Instructions associated with those details
requiring modification or additional information are provided below. The
details noted in the following schedule are to be completed per the
indicated instructions.
Code Detail Instruction
P-AC-1 Roadway Paving
P-AC-2 Walkway Paving (pedestrian only) Depth of AC. and depth of
P-AC-3 Walkway Paving ( wi maint. vehicle traffic) aggregate base shall be based on
P-AC-4 Parking Lot Paving soil report and engineer's
P-AC-5 Sports Court Paving recommendation.
DS-1 Park Area Drain Condition A
DS-2 Park Area Drain Condition B Note type and size of storm drain
DS-3 Park Area Drain Condition C line on plan sheets.
DS-4 Park Storm Drain Manhole Note type and size of storm drain
line on plan sheets. Specify
subgrade comoaction.
DS-5 Parking Lot Area Drain Note type and size of storm drain
line on plan sheets.
DS-7 Sub-Drain Condition A Select filter fabric material
"Mirafi"or eaual is acceptable.
DS-9 Sub-Drain Condition C Set subdrain spacing minimum 7',
maximum 10'.
DS-12 Clean Out Note type and size of storm drain
line on olan sheets.
P -C-1 Concrete Paving Condition A Standard Walkway Condition.
Note finish and color.
P-C-2 Concrete Paving Condition B Standard Condition for Light
Vehicle Traffic. If heavier traffic is
anticipated, base the design of
the concrete and base rock
section on soils report and
engineer's recommendation.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
P-C-3 Concrete Paving Finish and Color Include this detail when concrete
Notes color and finish is specified on
detail.
P-S-1 Modular Paving on Concrete Base Specify modular paving unit,
color, and manufacturer.
P-S-3 Pattern Stamped Concrete Specify pattern and color, and
provide information on specialized
installer if appropriate.
P-S-4 Interlocking Modular Concrete Paving Specify modular paving unit,
color, and manufacturer. Specify
concrete band.
FR-5 Standard Wooden Fence (6' Height)
FR-6 Standard Wooden Fence (3' Height) Specify stain or paint color.
FR-7 Wood Fence Gate (6' Height)
FR-8A Pipe Gate
FR-9 Metal Rail Fence (6' Height)
FR-10 Metal Rail Gate (6' Height)
FR-11 Metal Guard Railing Specify paint color.
FR-12 Metal Step Rail
FR-13 Pipe Guard Railing
FR-14 Pipe Step Railing
SD-1 Concrete Planter Curb (6" Ht.)
SD-2 Concrete Seat Wall Specify finish and color.
SD-3 Concrete Mow Band
SD-4 Concrete Edae Band
SD-5 Concrete Retaining Wall Criteria Specify structural wall
dimensions, reinforcing, finish and
color. Structural dimensions and
reinforcing to be provided by
structural engineer when wall
height above finished grade
exceeds 3'-6".
SD-6 Concrete Stair Specify finish and color.
SD-7 Concrete Step Cheek Wall
SD-8 Wood Header Plastic "trax" header is an
acceptable substitute to wood
header.
SP-T-1 Tennis Court: Paving Specify width, color and finish of
concrete band.
SP-T-4 Tennis Court: Net Anchor Specify net center strap anchor.
SP-T-8 Tennis Court: Court Bench Locate benches on plan sheets.
SP-MISC-1 Playfield Sand/Subdrain Note minimum depth of sand to
be 12". Specify subdrain layout
spacing and connections to storm
drain system on plan sheets.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SF-F-5 Metal Bollard Specify color and model number
SF-F-6 Timber Bollard with R if removable.
SF-F-11 Round Tree Grate Specify finish.
SF-F-12 Square Tree Grate
SF-F-13 Trash Receptacle (Steel) Specify color.
SF-F-14 Trash Receptacle (SteellWood)
SF-F-16 Bicycle Rack Specify color. Provide footing
size and rack length.
L-1 Park LiQht Standard (14', 20', 24' ht.) Specify color.
PL-5 Schedule of Amendments and Please note that fertilizer and
Fertilizer amendments specified are
generic. Engineer, Architect or
Landscape Architect shall specify
fertilizer amendment material and
rate of application based on
horticultural soils testing and
analysis recommendation
provided by approved horticultural
soils testing laboratory. Specify
turf seed or sod and application.
PL-6 Top Soil Placement Use this detail only if import top
soil is required on project.
Indicate location of required
import top soil on plans.
PA-1 Play Area Curb and Granular Surface Specify color and finish of curb.
PA-2 Accessibility Ramp to Granular
Surface
PA-3 Resilient Play Surface Specify "Fibar" or Olympia #2
sand or equal large granular
sand.
PA-4 Play Area Subdrain Specify connection of subdrain to
storm drain system on plan
sheets.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PART II
STANDARD CITY CONSTRUCTION AND LANDSCAPE DETAILS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II. STANDARD CITY CONSTRUCTION AND LANDSCAPE DETAILS
INDEX
I SECTION
SITE PREPARATION
EARTH WORK
ASPHALTIC CONCRETE
PAVING
DRAINAGE
STRUCTURES
CONCRETE PAVING
I DETAIL
Temporary Construction Fence
Tree Protection
Turf Slope and Mound Requirement
Turf Swale
Groundcover Swale
Roadway Paving
Walkway Paving (Pedestrian Only)
Walkway Paving (with Maint. Vehicle Traffic)
Parking Lot Paving
Sports Court Paving
Park Area Drain Condition A (12" Sq. Grate)
Park Area Drain Condition B (24" Sq. Grate)
Park Area Drain Condition C (30" Sq. Grate - HD)
Park Storm Drain Manhole
Parking Lot Area Drain
Storm Drain Pipe Trench
Sub-Drain Condition A
Sub-Drain Condition B
Sub-Drain Condition C
Curb Inlet
Drain Through Curb
Cleanout
Concrete Paving Condition A
Concrete Paving Condition B
Concrete Paving Finish and Color Notes
I CODE
S1-1
S1-2
EW-1
EW-2
EW-3
P-AC-1
P-AC-2
P-AC-3
P-AC-4
P-AC-5
DS-1
DS-2
DS-3
DS-4
DS-5
DS-6
DS-7
DS-8
DS-9
DS-10
DS-11
DS-12
P-C-1
P-C-2
P-C-3
I
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I SECTION
SPECIAL PAVING
GRANULAR PAVING
STREET AND ROADWAY
FENCING, RAILINGS &
GATES
SITE DETAILS
I.QE;TAIl,.
Modular Paving on Concrete Base
Cobble Paving
Pattern Stamped Concrete
Interlocking Modular Concrete Paving
Decomposed Granite Paving with Stabilizer
Standard Street Curb
Standard Street Curb and Gutter
Standard Street Driveway Condition A
Standard Street Driveway Condition B
Standard Street Driveway with Flat Flares
Standard Sidewalk Disabled Ramp
Standard Sidewalk Disabled Ramp (Limited Access)
Monolithic Curb, Gutter and Sidewalk
Valley Gutter
Chain Link Fence (6' and 8' Height)
Color Coated Chain Link Fence (6' and 8' Height)
Chain Link Single Gate (5' Width)
Double Chain Link Gate (10' Width)
Standard Wooden Fence (6' Height)
Standard Wooden Fence (3' Height)
Wood Fence Gate (6' Height)
Pipe Gate
Pipe Gate Plan & Removable Lock Tab Enlargement
Pipe Gate Lock Hooks & Lock Assembly Enlargements
Metal Rail Fence (6' Height)
Metal Rail Gate (6' Height)
Metal Guard Railing
Metal Step Railing
Pipe Guard Railing
Pipe Step Railing
Concrete Planter Curb (6" Ht.)
Concrete Seat Wall
Concrete Mow Band
Concrete Edge Band
I CODE
P-S-1
P-S-2
P-S-3
P-S-4
P-G-1
S-1
S-2
S-3
S-4
S-5
S-6
S-7
S-8
S-9
FR-1
FR-2
FR-3
FR-4
FR-5
FR-6
FR-7
FR-8A
FR-8B
FR-8C
FR-9
FR-10
FR-11
FR-12
FR-13
FR-14
SD-1
SD-2
SD-3
SD-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I SECTION
SITE DETAILS (CONT.)
SPORTS
SITE FURNITURE
I DETAIL
Concrete Retaining Wall Criteria
Concrete Stair
Concrete Step Cheek Wall
Wood Header
Tennis Courts:
Paving
Surface Coat
Net Posts and Hardware
Net Anchor
Chain Link Fence and Wind Screen
Pedestrian Gate
Maintenance Gate
Court Bench
Baseball I Softball Fields:
Backstop (Youth Leagues and Softball)
Dugout
Players Dugout Bench
Infield Material
Baseball Pitchers Mound
Baseball Base Installation
Softball Base Installation
Infield Edge Band @ Backstop and Foul Line Fence
Basketball:
Standard and Backboard
Volleyball:
Posts and Net
Sand Volleyball Court
Miscellaneous Sports:
Playfield Sand/Subdrain
Cinder Track Surface
Accessible Drinking Fountain (Concrete)
Accessible Drinking Fountain (Metal)
Accessible Picnic Table (Wood)
Picnic Table (Wood)
Metal Bollard
Timber Bollard
Flat Wood Bench (6' Length)
Flat Wood Bench (8' Length)
Backed Wood Bench (6' Length)
I CODE
SD-5
SD-6
SD-7
SD-8
SP-T-1
SP-T-2
SP-T-3
SP-T -4
SP-T-5
SP-T-6
SP-T-7
SP-T-8
SP-BASE 1
SP-BASE 2
SP-BASE 3
SP-BASE 4
SP-BASE 5
SP-BASE 6
SP-BASE 7
SP-BASE 8
SP-BSKT
SP-V-1
SP-V-2
SP-MISC-1
SP-MISC-2
SF-F-1
SF-F-2
SF-F-3
SF-F-4
SF-F-5
SF-F-6
SF-F-7
SF-F-8
SF-F-9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SEClfION.
SITE FURNITURE
(CONT.)
Backed Wood Bench (8' Length)
Round Tree Grate
Square Tree Grate
Trash Receptacle (Steel)
Trash Receptacle (Steel/Wood)
Trash Receptacle (Concrete)
Bicycle Rack
Park Sign
PARK LIGHTING
Park Light Standard (14', 20' & 24' Heights)
Standard Street Light
Electrical Conductor Trench
IRRIGATION
Reduced Pressure Backflow Prevention Device
Backflow Unit Metal Cage Enclosure
Remote Control Valve and RCV Manifold
Gate Valve 2 ~ " and Larger
Gate Valve 2" and Smaller
Irrigation, Trenching, and Piping Detail
Thrust Block for Ring-Fitted Main Line
Pop-Up Turf Rotor
Pop-Up Turf Spray Head
Shrub Spray on 6" Riser
Pop-up Shrub Spray Head
Irrigation Quick Coupling Valve
Bubbler on Flex Riser
Irrigation Controller (Wall Mounted Enclosure)
Irrigation Controller (Pedestal Mounted)
Remote Control Valve for Drip Irrigation
AirNacuum Relief & Flush Valve for Drip Irrigation
In-Pipe Drip Tubing Layout and Manifold Detail
In-Pipe Drip Tubing Trench and Automatic Flush Valve
PLANTING
Specimen Tree Planting/Staking (30" - 48" Box)
Tree Planting/Staking
Shrub Planting
Planting and Groundcover Spacing
Schedule of Amendments and Fertilizer
Top Soil Placement
CODE
SF-F-10
SF-F-11
SF-F-12
SF-F-13
SF-F-14
SF-F-15
SF-F-16
SF-F-17
L-1
L-2
L-3
1-1
1-2
1-3
1-4
1-5
1-6
1-7
1-8
1-9
1-10
1-11
1-12
1-13
1-14
1-15
1-16
1-17
1-18
1-19
PL-1
PL-2
PL-3
PL-4
PL-5
PL-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I SE C"tI(;)N
PLAY AREA FACILITIES
IDET AIL
Play Area Curb and Granular Surface
Accessibility Ramp to Granular Surface
Resilient Play Surface
Play Area Subdrain
Standard Play Equipment Installation Notes
Subdrain Cleanout
I CODE
PA-1
PA-2
PA-3
PA-4
PA-5
PA-6
SITE PREP ARA TION
51-1: Temporary Construction Fence
51-2: Tree Protection
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'
10' MAX.
'I
:yaP, BOTTOM AND
MID RAIL TO BE
1-1/2"~ MIN
-1
<l:
::::>
w
, ~STANDARD CHAIN
~ LINK FENCE FABRIC
.. ....:
UNE POST TO BE
1-1/2"~ MIN
MID-RAIL OPTIONAL
~
:r:
<0
2"~ MIN. END OR
CORNER POST
...J
<l:
::::>
w
SET IN 8x8x16
CONCRETE BLOCK
DRILL HOLE TO
ACCOMODATE POST
_,.4. ...,.
'/~~/~~0(v'
/~~~~~
~ 0}~~'0
N AT PLANTING ~~~..{:
ON SOIL '>~y>y>
AREAS (V /'
. / <<~'0(~~
y~~~
<~~~
/~
~)
CITY OF DUBLIN
APPROVED:
R.C.E. 19348
Revision
TEMPORARY
CONSTRUCTION FENCE
SI-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2x4 DOUGLAS FIR STUD-DRIVE
2' INTO GROUND
EXISTING TREE-TO BE PROTECTED
I.
.1
NOTES:
1. WHERE 'A' EQUALS:
3' LENGTH-USE 1 x4 DOUG. FIR RAIL
3' TO 7' LENGTH-USE lx6 DOUG. FIR RAlLS
7' OR GREATER-USE 2x8 DOUG. FIR RAILS
ON RUNS OVER 6' IN LENGTH-A 2x4x6'
CENTER STAKE SHALL BE USED.
2. PROTECTION BARRIERS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED
AROUND "EXISTING TREES LISTED TO REMAIN".
THE TREE PROTECTION BARRIERS ARE TO BE
CONSTRUCTED PRIOR TO PERFORMING ANY
DEMOLITION OR CLEARING WORK.
'A' -SEE NOTE 1
:.t
EXISTING
GRADE
Nl
APPROVED:
CITY OF DUBLIN
TREE PROTECTION
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B
51-2
EARTHWORK
EW-1: Turf Slope and Mound Requirement
EW-2: Turf Swale
EW-3: Groundcover Swale
-------------------
() 0 0 )>
I ::u ~ -0
fT1 ~ -0
() fT1 ::u
^ z -' 0
fT1 ,-0 <
0 fT1
fT1~ 0
-0 -' .,
(J) ~
~
<.0
OJ
~
<D
VI
.j>.
(Doo
~
0-1
Cc
2;0
0.."
rr1 ;0 (f)
:E rrJ r
I 00
~ C \J
-rrJ
;0
rrJ)>
~2
~O
-I
(")
~
o
."
o
C
OJ
r
-
Z
5'
GENTLY ROUNDED
NO SHARP EDGES
3' M IN, WHERE ADJACENT TO
PAVING OR STRUCTURE
MAX SLOPE IN
GROUNDCOVER.
NONTURF AREAS
(UNLESS OTHER-
WISE SHOWN)
2' M IN. WHERE ADJACENT TO
PROPERTY LINE
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
6' 0"
- TYP. SEE PLA.NS
"I
APPROVED:
CITY OF DUBLIN
TURF SWALE
EW-2
I
I
I
!I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: JE
CHECKED:PS
, 0"
4 - TYP. SEE PLANS
ROUNDED SLOPE~
-1- I 1-, . n \ I I I" I II
.lll",llJml ffilll= =III=III=-TT'-~
. , I-I 11==111==111==111-
CITY OF DUBLIN
GROUNDCOVER SWALE
. .E. 19348
B
EW-3
PAVING
ASPHAL TIC CONCRETE
P-AC-1: Roadway Paving
P-AC-2: Walkway Paving (Pedestrian)
P-AC-3: Walkway Paving (w/Maint.Vehicle)
P-AC-4: Parking Lot Paving
P-AC-5: Sports Court Paving
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTES:
1. SUBMIT TYPE OF MIX & INSTALLATION METHOD
OF A.C. FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.
2. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATON OF
SLEEVES AND/OR CONDUITS UNDER PAVING. COORDINATE
WITH OTHER TRADES AS NECESSARY.
AC PAVING
nL-
\-.-
.. "eo .. "eo .. "eo .. "eo .. "eo
,,~ ,,~ ,,~ ,,~ t>~ "-
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IX)
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
.. "eo .. "eo .. "eo .. "eo .. "eo .. "eo ..
. . . . . .
CLASS 2
AGGREGATE BASE
95% COMPACTION
-111==111 111_ 111==111 III~ COMPACTED SUBGRADE
::111 1 -III II 90% COMPACTION
-111-
SECTION
APPROVED:
CITY OF DUBLIN
ROADWAY PAVING
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B
P-AC-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTES:
1. SUBMIT TYPE OF MIX & INSTALLATION METHOD
OF A.C. FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.
2. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATON OF
SLEEVES AND/OR CONDUITS UNDER PAVING. COORDINATE
WITH OTHER TRADES AS NECESSARY.
AC PAVING
=~
~[..~ ..% ..% ..% ..% ..% ..
-c::t ~ ~ ...0.: ,~: ,..~: ,..0.: \ ...D-: "e
~. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
111==11 I 1/ L '11==111 I " III
=111 I -III II .
-I I 1-
CLASS 2
AGGREGATE BASE
95% COMPACTION
COMPACTED SUBGRADE
90% COMPACTION
SECTION
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: JE
CHECKED:PS
CITY OF DUBLIN
WALKWAY PAVING
(PEDESTRIAN ONLY)
P-AC-2
I
I
I
I
I
'1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTES:
1. SUBMIT TYPE OF MIX & INSTALLATION METHOD
OF A.C. FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.
2. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATON OF
SLEEVES AND/OR CONDUITS UNDER PAVING. COORDINATE
WITH OTHER TRADES AS NECESSARY.
AC PAVING
~~
~
CLASS 2
AGGREGATE BASE
95% COMPACTION
.. .:0- .. .:0- .. .:0- .. .:0- .. .:0- ..
l>~ l>~ l>~ l>~ l>~
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
cD
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
.. .:0- .. .:0- .. .:0- .. .:0- .. .:0- .. .:0- -
. - - - - -
-111==111 III 111==111 III~COMPACTED SUBGRADE
=111 I -III II 90% COMPACTION
-I I 1-
SECTION
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN:RJB/JE
CHECKED:PS
CITY OF DUBLIN
WALKWAY PAVING
. . . 19348
8 WITH MAINT. VEHICLE TRAFFIC
P-AC-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTES:
1. SUBMIT TYPE OF MIX & INSTALLATION METHOD
OF A.C. FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.
2. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATON OF
SLEEVES AND/OR CONDUITS UNDER PAVING. COORDINATE
WITH OTHER TRADES AS NECESSARY.
2 1/2"
L1-
=[ ....:~~ ..~ ..~ ..~ ..~ ..~ ..
1. "." " ..." " 10
~~~~~~~~~~~
. .,
111==111 III I 1/==111 III 1/ I
=111 I -III II
-I I 1-
AC PAVING
CLASS 2
AGGREGATE BASE
95% COMPACTION
COMPACTED SUBGRADE
95% COMPACTION
SECTION
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: RJB/JE
CHECKED:PS
CITY OF DUBLIN
PARKING LOT PAVING
R.C.E. 19348
Revision
P-AC-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTES:
1. SUBMIT TYPE OF MIX & INSTALLATION METHOD
OF A.C. FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.
2. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATON OF
SLEEVES AND/OR CONDUITS UNDER PAVING. COORDINATE
WITH OTHER TRADES AS NECESSARY.
AC PAVING
2 1/2"
LL-
[: ...:e. ...:e. ...:e. ...:e. .. % ...:e. ..
... ~.... 1)..... 1)..... 0..... 0..... Co....
to ."~' ." .... · ·
-~~~~~~~~~~~
, .." ," .. ," .. ," .. ," ..
111==111 III 111==111 I " III
=/1 1 I -I /I II .
-111-
SECTION
APPROVED:
CITY OF DUBLIN
SPORTS COURT PAVING
CTY
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: RJB/ JE
CHECKED:PS
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B
CLASS 2
AGGREGATE BASE
95% COMPACTION
COMPACTED SUBGRADE
95% COMPACTION
P-AC-5
DRAINAGE STRUCTURES
DS-1: Park Area Drain Condition "A"
DS-2: Park Area Drain Condition "B"
DS-3: Park Area Drain Condition "c"
DS-4: Park Storm Drain Manhole
DS-5: Parking Lot Area Drain
DS-6: Storm Drain Pipe Trench
DS-7: Sub-drain Condition "A"
DS-8: Sub-drain Condition "8"
DS-9: Sub-drain Condition "c"
DS-10: Curb Inlet
DS-11: Drain Through Curb
DS-12: Clean Out
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTE:
DRAIN STRUCTURE TO BE SANTA ROSA PRECAST PRODUCTS
CUSTOM PRECAST INLET-MODEL EK WI STANDARD GRATE
AND STANDARD LOCKING DEVICE.
DRAIN
STRUCTURE
wi 12"X12" GRATE
BACKFILL OF TRENCH PER
SPEC'S.
FORM
SLOPED
MORTAR
BOnOM
OF INLET
TO DRAIN
..
4
COMPACT BACKFILL
OF TRENCH TO 90%
REL. COMPACTION
.4.
....
4 4. :.::~::.~<:..:'~ ~\;...::.~..::..:.:'
PVC STORM DRAIN
LINE -SEE PLANS FOR
PIPE SIZE AND TYPE
<I
SECTION
4. .
-11::4. . . . . :.;.. :::."::...:.-:~:. :..:.....:.
_ '.6'. " <C!'." .' . "., ...." .~. ..,.,~..... .:...:..
_ ; Q 4, t:>;'.,' ., Q .,' _I 1 I-I I '-
I [ 171 i 'I~I :~lloi;q; ti II I ,111- [ ~:~NBE2~6Nu~D
6" DEPTH-CLASS 2 AGG. BASE
MATERIAL-REL. COMPACTION-90%
COMPACTED SUBGRADE
REL. COMPACTION-90%
APPROVED:
CITY OF DUBLIN
PARK AREA DRAIN
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B CONDITION A (12" Sq. Grate)
DS 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTE:
DRAIN STRUCTURE TO BE SANTA ROSA PRECAST PRODUCTS
CUSTOM PRECAST INLET-MODEL 2K W/ STANDARD GRATE
AND STANDARD LOCKING DEVICE.
DRAIN
STRUCTURE
BACKFILL OF TRENCH PER
SPEC'S.
I
/f' COMPACT BACKFILL
OF TRENCH TO 90%
i REL. COMPACTION
)
(
I PVC STORM DRAIN
LINE-SEE PLANS FOR
PIPE SIZE AND TYPE.
...
.<1.
FORM
SLOPED
MORTAR
BOTTOM
OF INLET
TO DRAIN
<I
..
. 4. ~.....::.~. =:.... :.:.... a#., _......
. :.... : __:....: : a#.:a. .:.'.::.....
<I
~.". \
-II .:. <I .. . .. . . . :;<::"':':"':":~:' >.:....:./'
= :... 0 ~., ~., <.: , o.,~~ -rl "1' .. ". "1 ( .~
l-f!'O,." "0. :;.:.;0';0' ,0,' I-III I
- . , ,. - - SAND BEDDING-
'IT I I Iml I IIIII I ~ ~I~~t. AROUND
6" DEPTH-CLASS 2 AGG. BASE
MATERIAL-REL. COMPACTION-90%
COMPACTED SU8GRADE
REL. COMPACTION-90%
SECTION
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN:RJB
CHECKED:PS
CITY OF DUBLIN
PARK AREA DRAIN
CONDITION B (24" Sq. Grate)
05-2
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTE:
DRAIN STRUCTURE TO BE SANTA ROSA PRECAST PRODUCTS
CUSTOM PRECAST INLET-MODEL 5K W/ HEAVY DUTY GRATE
AND STANDARD LOCKING DEVICE.
DRAIN
STRUCTURE
BACKFILL OF TRENCH PER
SPEC'S.
/fl COMPACT BACKFILL
I OF TRENCH TO 90%
~ REL. COMPACTION
(
I
PVC STORM DRAIN
LINE-SEE PLANS FOR
PIPE SIZE AND TYPE.
.",
. ..
FORM
SLOPED
MORTAR
BOTTOM
OF INLET
TO DRAIN
.
'"
A "'. :.:~~::.~.:.:..:'~ ~"::;."~.....:::~.:'
4
4. .
-111,; d d.:; .;:.:).. .o.~. :'I'r:I::'f'I:~"~:"I:~
I, 4" ',' ~,',Q ',/7 :t,
- . . .. - - SAND BEDDING-
'TIlllmllllll'l ~ ~I~E~N. AROUND
6" DEPTH-CLASS 2 AGG. BASE
MATERIAL-REL. COMPACTION-90%
COMPACTED SUBGRADE
REL. COMPACTION-90%
SECTION
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: RJB
CHECKED:PS
CITY OF DUBLIN
PARK AREA DRAIN
R.C.E. 19.348
Revision B COND. C (30" Sq. Grate-HD)
D5-3
I
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTES:
1. PRECAST MANHOLE MATERIAL IS MANUFACTURED TO ASTM SPEC. C478.
2. GROUT JOINTS WITH 1:3 MORTAR MIX OR USE RAM-NEK JOINT COMPOUND.
3. WEIGHT OF TAPER = 800 LBS. WEIGHT OF VERTICALS = 520 LBS/FT.
4. GROUT JOINTS ARE TO BE SMOOTH WITH NO ROUGH EDGES THAT CAN
CATCH DEBRIS OR IMPEDE FLOW.
SEE PLANS FOR 24" 1.0.
ADJACENT
MATERIAL
c.o
I
5" WALL
.
~
4 " WALL
36" 1.0.
POUR BASE IN
FIELD MINIMUM
6" DEPTH
CAST IRON FRAME
AND COVER
. .'
!>
..
..~r
COMPACTED
SUBGRADE
~IIIIII~ I( I .11 !IIIIIIIIIIIIIII~IIT
"1==111-'
SECTION
PRECAST EXTENSION RINGS
AS REQUIRED 3" & 6"
HIGH, GROUT JOINTS
PRECAST CONCENTRIC
TAPER SECTION
T&G JOINT
SEE NOTE #2
PRECAST VERTICAL WALL
SECTIONS IN 1', 2', 3' & 4'
INCREMENTS AS REQ.
POUR BASE OVER TOP OF
PIPE. SET VERTICAL
SECTION IN FRESH CONC.
OR USE T & G IMPRESSION
RING TO FORM JOINT
PIPING PER PLANS
CITY OF DUBLIN
PARK STORM DRAIN
MANHOLE
D5-4
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: RJB
CHECKED:PS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
NOTE:
DRAIN STRUCTURE TO BE SANTA ROSA PRECAST PRODUCTS
CUSTOM PRECAST INLET-MODEL 5K wi HEAVY DUTY GRATE,
FRAME AND STANDARD LOCKING DEVICE.
PLAN
.c
.c ~
A
<:
L\ <: .c
,j
I ,j
4 .c
.c
.c '1
.c '-4
.c
4 j
~
<: 4
N I~
1--+:
#3 HORIZ.
REBAR
#3 REBAR
EMBEDED INTO
PRECAST DRAIN
STRUCTURE
18"
A'
.c
4
<:
<:
#3 HORIZ.
REBAR
#3 REBAR
EMBEDED INTO
PRECAST DRAIN
STRUCTURE
4
Z
2
CONCRETE BAND
HEAVY DUTY GRATE
AND FRAME
CONCRETE BAND
BACKFILL OF TRENCH
PER SPECIFICATIONS
COMPACT BACKFILL
OF TRENCH TO 90%
REL. COMPACTION
FORM SLOPED
MORTAR BOnOM
OF INLET TO
DRAIN
. 4. ~ ...::4e ::.... :..;... --., _. '" .
. .-! . . '. .-. ... .., ......
.' . ... 4''' -. -..
PVC STORM DRAIN
LINE-SEE GRADING
PLAN, SHEET 4 FOR
PIPE SIZE AND TYPE.
.. .
=11L~,," ;, 5, : ~:'., >-;. ~1"r:':f'I:~"~""~
' , ",',," t7 ",.(7 ~,.
- . .. - - SAND BEDDING-
If/lllm~11111111 ~ ~;~E~N. AROUND
6" DEPTH-CLASS 2 AGG. BASE
SECTION A-A MATERIAL-REL COMPACTION-90%
COMPACTED SUBGRADE
REL. COMPACTION-90%
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: RJB
CHECKED:PS
CITY OF DUBLIN
PARKING
19348
B
LOT AREA DRAIN
05-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
APPROVED: I
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN:RJB
CHECKED:PS
FINISH GRADE
COMPACTED SOIL PER
SPECIFICATIONS OR 6" DEPTH
NATIVE SOIL BACKFILL
FREE OF DEBRIS OR
ROCKS 1" OR LARGER
c.o
STORM DRAIN L1NE-
SIZE AND TYPE PER
SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE PLAN
6"
6"
SAND PIPE BEDDING-
TO BE FREE OF ANY
ROCKS OR GRAVEL
CITY OF DUBLIN
STORM DRAIN
TRENCH
D5-6
PIPE
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
APPROVED:
c
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN:RJB
CHECKED:PS
FINISH GRADE-TURF
ADS PERFORATED PIPE
SEE PLAN FOR PIPE DIA.
LARGE PARTICLE SUBDRAIN
SAND - OLYMPIC NO.2
OR EQUAL.
I ,ill I I J111 J1L I 1_ -
: L -:.~':'.~>:.:.?<:< 1- ~~I~~[I'~I~i~: F~~~[PROVED
O"!, '.' PEA GRAVEL, EXTENDING
2" ABOVE PERF. PIPE
FLOWLINE, SEE SUBDRAIN PLAN
SECTION
. CITY OF DUBLIN
SUBDRAIN
CONDITION A
D5-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I 111_
FINISH GRADE-TURF
4" DIA. ADS PERFORATED PIPE
WRAP WITH MIRAFI 140N OR EQUAL
PIPE FILTER FABRIC SOCK.
FLOWLINE, SEE GRADING PLAN
LARGE PARTICLE
SUBDRAIN SAND
SECTION AT CINDER CLAY INFIELD/TURF FIELD INTERFACE
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: RJB
CHECKED:PS
CITY OF DUBLIN
"
SUBDRAIN
CONDITION B
05-8
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SUBDRAIN SPACING
BACKFILL TRENCH
WITH ASTM C-33
FINE AGGREGATE
(CONCRETE SAND).
to
..-
~
o
z
SCARIFY SUBGRADE
EXISTING
SUBGRADE
"MULTI-FLOW" SUBDRAIN SYSTEM
INCLUDING ALL CONNECTIONS AND
FITTINGS. OR APPROVED EQUAL
SEE PLAN FOR PATTERN.
CONNECTS TO STORM
DRAIN LINE.
SLOPE OF SUBDRAIN
TO FOLLOW EXISTING
GRADE. MAINTAIN 16"
SLOT TRENCH DEPTH.
EXCEPT AT FEEDER
TRANSITION SECTION
WHERE SUBDRAIN
CONNECTS TO STORM
DRAIN LINE.
CITY OF DUBLIN
SUBDRAIN
CONDITION C
D5-9
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: RJB
CHECKED:PS
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SIDEWALK
WEAKENED PLANE JOINT
A
~\ 1//
N
I
WEAKENED
PLANE JOINT OR
CONSTRUCTION
JOINT
WEAKENED
PLANE
JOINT
- ---.
--1
B
WEAKENED
PLANE JOINT OR
CONSTRUCTION
JOINT
I
II
~_J)
A
~
DIMENSION 'A'
SEE TABLE
24" 24"
CURB OPENING ANGLE
5-#4 BARS
AT 10" C.C.
INSTAlL TWO
CORNER BARS
AT 90"
FRONT ONLY
co
"--
r-')
fOR WEEPHOLE
DETAIL SEE
CD-403
Co
4-#4 BARS
AT 7-1/2"
C.C.
5-#4 BARS
SPACED EVENLY
(3'-6" LONG)
#4 HOOPED BAR
lYP. ALL PIPES
(9-12 DIA.
leaving the inlet shall be channelized to th springline as directed
CONSTRUCTION
JOINT
.: . ~~ .....~ ~~~." .
6"
6"
36"
SECTION B-B
2'-9"
SECTION A-A
GENERAL NOTES:
1. Inlets with conduits entering and
by the Engineer.
2. Where rolled curbs are encountered,transition curbface from vertical at curb
conform to rolled curb in 3 feet.
3. For step details, see Alameda County Detail 50-517.
4. When longitudinal slope exceeds 5%, use Dublin Curb Inlet-Type "8".
5. For storm drain lines larger than 24", use Alameda County Detail 50-416.
DIMENSION A
UPSTREAM CURB GRADE "A" UPSTREAM
2% AND LESS 2'
3% 3
4% 4'
5% 5'
6% 7'
1070 OR MORE 10'
opening angle to
"A" DOWNSTREAM
2'
2
2'
2'
2'
2'
CITY OF DUBLIN
CURB INLET
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN:RJB
CHECKED:PS
05-10
I
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C
~.
w
Z
.....J
3:
.............
e:::
0-J
w
z
::J
3:
.............
e:::
VARI S
f'-.
REINFORCE WITH 6x6-10/10
ELECTRIC WELDED WIRE
FABRIC-10" WIDE OR
APPROVED EQUAL
APPROVED:
TY
DATE: 09/28/98
DRAWN:RJB
CHECKED:PS
SIDEWALK AREA
SAW CUT WHEN THERE
IS EXISTING CURB AND'
GUTTER
---r-
PLAN
VARIES 4' MIN.
SIDEWALK AREA
SECTION C-C
3/2 D
.4 .<1
.4 .
4 . <1.4
4.
<1. 4
SECTION 0-0
o
CURB UNE
C
N
o
VARI
CURB
LINE
. .~'. .
-
..-
. .
. ~. .', 4'
. ., '.
.. .;, .. .
'", .
...-~ ......~-
r.. ,..
'" -,
,,"..1 ~
3"f/> STANDARD
GALVANIZED PIPE
.<1.
4
CITY OF DUBLIN
DRAIN THROUGH CURB
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B
DS-11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CLEAN OUT TYPE 1 TO BE SANTA ROSA PRECAST PRODUCTS
CUSTOM PRECAST INLET-MODEL 2K (24"x 24") WI REINFORCED,
CHECKERED PLATE LID, INCLUDING HEAVY FRAME & GRATE,
AND BOLT DOWN COVER.
1/4" GALVANIZED ~
CHECKERED PLATE
COVER-BOLT DOWN
RECESS BOLTS
COVER TO BE FLUSH
WI RIM OF CLEANOUT
FORM
MORTAR
BOTTOM
OF INLET
SLOPED
TO DRAIN
..
If BACKFILL OF TRENCH
. TO BE PER SPEC'S.
· ~ AND PER GRADING
PLAN, SHEET 4
.
.
I PVC STORM DRAIN
· ! LINE-SEE PLANS
,/ ~.....::.~. ::.:. :.::." '.t '..... FOR PIPE SIZE
.:.... ..... .. . .-. .."\,. .......
. .. ,.. #' -. ..
. .
.
. .
, <t,
. .
"
. .
6' "
'"
4
'" ,
, <t
-II: '..' ," ~.;. :::"'::-":'::~:':''':''''':'/~
_ . 4.4 . . ~.'" . .... <fl.: ....." .~. e. ,.- ., -.... .:-:-:...
- : t7 t7 . .:;; . ,', Q 0" -I I I-I I -,
I, I ?'T i '1.0'1 :~ I ri ;q~ ti II I ' II 1- ' ~~~NBEf~6~~D
6" DEPTH-CLASS 2 AGG. BASE
MATERIAL-REL. COMPACTION-95%
COMPACTED SUBGRADE
SECTION REL. COMPACTION-90% D$-12
CITY OF DUBLIN
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B
CLEANOUT
APPROVED:
05-12
PAVING
CONCRETE
P-C-1: Concrete Paving Condition "A"
P-C-2: Concrete Paving Condition "B"
P-C-3: Concrete Paving Finish and
Color Notes
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTES:
1. CONSTRUCT ALL JOINTS .AND EDGES AS SHOWN ON THE LAYOUT PLAN,
2. SLOPE ALL CONCRETE TO DRAIN PER GRADING PLAN.
3. REBAR AND DOWELS SHALL BE PRE -SET IN FORMS. 'WET-SETTING' OR
'LIFTING' OF BARS OR DOWELS INTO PLACE SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED.
4. BREAK BOND ONE END OF DOWELS. CARDBOARD TUBE 1/2" I.D. OR
TWO LAYERS BUILDING PAPER WRAPPED IN A NEAT, TIGHT MANNER
AROUND DOWEL AND DUCT TAPED IN PLACE ON ONE END OF DOWEL.
DEEP SCORE TROWEL- ---
1/4" WIDE, 1-1/2" DEPTH,
1/4" RAD. TOOL @ 6" O.C.
#3 REBAR AT 18" O.C.
BOTH DIRECTIONS- TYP.
EXPANSION JOINT: 1/4"
IMPREGNATED FIBER FULL
DEPTH OF SLAB.
1/4"R
30" #4 PLAIN BAR
DOWt'L @ 18" O.C. AT
EXP. JOINT, 12" FROM
PAVING EDGE. BREAK
BOND ONE END.
I"
<l
"<t
4
.. s:e. .. s:e. .. s:e. .. s:e.
C>, C>, c>, /C> "<t
~ s:e. .. s:e. .. s:o. .. s:e.
tllmll~11 Ilmlll! ,lllmlllmlllmll
-111-,1 II-III 111-111-111-11
~ 6" DEPTH CLASS 2 AGG. BASE
MATERIAL -REL. COMPACTION-95%
COMPACTED SUBGRADE -REL.
COMPACTION-90%
SECTION
APPROVED:
CITY OF DUBLIN
CONCRETE PAVING
CONDITION 'A'
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B
P-C-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTES:
1. CONSTRUCT ALL JO'INTS AND EDGES AS SHOWN ON LAYOUT PLAN.
2. SLOPE ALL CONCRETE TO DRAIN-MIN PITCH 1/8" PER 1'-0",
MAX. PITCH 1 /4" I::lER 1'-0".
3. REBAR AND DOWELS SHALL BE PRE -SET IN FORMS. 'WET-
SETTING' OR 'LIFTING' SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED.
4. BREAK BOND ONE END OF DOWELS. CARDBOARD TUBE 1/2" I.D.
OR TWO LAYERS BUILDING PAPER WRAPPED IN A NEAT, TIGHT
MANNER AROUND DOWEL AND DUCT TAPED IN PLACE ON ONE
END OF DOWEL.
30" #4 SMOOTH DOWEL REBARS @18" O.C.
:f: - BREAK BOND ONE SIDE ONLY.
EXPANSION JOINT: 1/4" IMPREGNATED FIBER.
FULL DEPTH OF SLAB AT 18'-0" O.C. TOOL
1/4" RADIUS.
:1
<1.<1 .
4 '. <1
SCORE JOINT: TROWEL TO
1/4" WIDE, 1/2" DEEP,
1/2" RADIUS @ 6'-0" O.C.
-.i
u
. . Ll '.
N
C,O
#3 REBARS AT ~
18" O.C. BOTH
DIRECTIONS
4 4
..~ ~ '(,.:0. ..~ ..~ ..s:e.
t..... 0.... 0..... 1>.... ,;""'b.
>-e'(,s:e. ..s:e...s:e...s:e.
111- II-Ill-III 111-111-111-11
, , ,ill, , ,~w, "I I" ,~II",w"
6" DEPTH BASEROCK SUBGRADE -COMPACT
CLASS 2 AGGREGATE TO 90% RELATIVE
COMPACT TO 95% COMPACTION
RELATIVE COMPACTION.
C,O'
SECTION:
APPROVED: .
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: RJB/JE
CHECKED:PS
CITY OF DUBLIN
CONCRETE PAVING
CONDITION 'B'
P-C-2
CI E
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: RJB/ JE
CHECKED:PS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
APPROVED:
TEXTURED CONCRETE PAVING FINISH AND COLOR NOTES:
1. PER THE SPECIFICATIONS SAMPLES ARE TO BE SUBMITTED
FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO START OF CONCRETE WORK.
2. REQUIRED CONCRETE INTEGRAL COLORS AND FINISHES
ARE SHOWN ON THE DETAILS.
3. A SAMPLE OF CONCRETE FINISH AND COLOR IS DEEMED
TO BE THREE DISTINCT 24" SQUARE SAMPLES COMBINING
COLOR, FINISH AND CONCRETE MIX TO BE USED ON THIS
PROJECT.
4. SAMPLES ARE TO BE PROVIDED ON SITE FOR REVIEW
BY CITY ENGINEER AND PROJECT ARCHITECT.
5. SAMPLES SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR THE FOLLOWING
CONCRETE COLORS AND FINISHES:
MEDIUM SANDBLAST
LIGHT SANDBLAST
BROOM WI SCOFIELD C-14 FRENCH GRAY
TOP SEEDED EXPOSED AGGREGATE
WASHED EXPOSED AGGREGATE
TROWEL OR PATTERN STAMPED CONCRETE FINISH
CITY OF DUBLIN
CONCRETE PAVING
FINISH AND COLOR NOTES
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B
P-C-3
PAVING
SPECIAL
P-S-1: Modular Paving on Concrete Bose
P-S-2: Cobble Paving
P-S-3: Pattern Stomped Concrete
P-S-4: Interlocking Modular Concrete Paving
I
I
I
I
II
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTES:
1. CONCRETE SHALL BE SCORED AT 5' O.C.
BENEATH THE MODULAR PAVING UNIT.
2. REBAR TO BE CHAIRED OR DOBIED.
NO WET-SETTING WILL BE PERMITTED.
MODULAR PAVING UNIT
GROUT JOINT TO BE
1/4" MIN., 3/8" MAX.
#3 REBAR AT
18" O.C. BOTH
DIRECTIONS,
1YP.
I
II
CLASS 2 AGG. BASE MATERIAL
-REL. COMPACTION-95%
SECTION
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: RJB
CHECKED:PS
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B
CITY OF DUBLIN
MODULAR PAVING
ON CONCRETE BASE
P-S-1
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTES:
1. CONCRETE SHALL BE SCORED AT 5' O.C.
BENEATH THE COBBLES.
2. REBAR TO BE CHAIRED OR DOBIED. NO
WET-SETTING OF REBAR WILL BE PERMITTED.
3. COBBLES TO BE ROUNDED RIVER WASHED.
1/3 TO BE IN 2"-4" RANGE.
1/3 TO BE IN 4"-6" RANGE.
1/3 TO BE IN 6"-8" RANGE.
"""
SET COBBLES TIGHT
AS SHOWN. MIN.
GROUT TO SHOW.
#3 REBAR AT
18" O.C. BOTH
DIRECTIONS,
TYP.
..d. '';4
r.!)
o 0. ~ 0 C>
<:> ~ C:::;;O <::> o-c::;, a Co 0 t::::::?
co 0 <::;:0 0 0 00:'-" 0 ,--.,~ <=> 0 C>
o <::::? ~ '--'" c.<..--' c;;. 0
C:;J 00 0. c::::;; oc;;. <=> 0 c- 0 ~ <::::;J .0 0
II III III III III III III III
. -11-11\ "1-111=-111-
COMPACTED SUBGRADE-90% R.C.
CLASS 2 AGG. BASE MATERIAL
-REL. COMPACTION-95%
.sECTION
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: RJB
CHECKED:PS
CITY OF DUBLIN
COBBLE PAVING
P-S-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTES:
1. CONSTRUCT ALL PATTERN JOINTS AND EDGES AS SHOWN ON THE
LAYOUT AND REFERENCE PLANS,
2. EXPANSION JOINTS OCCUR ONLY AT JUNCTION BETWEEN CONCRETE
PAVING AND VERTICAL SURFACES OR WHERE TWO DIFFERENT SECTION
THICKNESSES OF CONCRETE ABUT.
3. ALL REBAR IS TO BE PRE -SET. NO WET-SETTING OR LIFTING OF BARS.
REBAR IS TO BE SET TO BE IN MIDDLE OF CONCRETE SECTION.
4. MIX INTEGRAL COLOR AS SPECIFIED ON THE PLANS.
5. SLOPE ALL CONCRETE TO DRAIN. MIN. SLOPE 1/8" IN 12". SEE
GRADING PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL GRADING INFORMATION.
PATTERN SCORE -MIN. 1"
DEPTH. 1/2" R. TOOL ON
EDGES. SEE SPECIFICATIONS
#3 REBAR AT
18" O.C. BOTH
DIRECTIONS, TYP.
1/2"Rl
1 " j
1/2"R
CAULKED EXPANSION JOINT-
1/4" TH. IMPREGNATED FIBER-
FULL DEPTH, SEE NOTE 2
#4 SMOOTH DOWEL -30"
LENGTH-18" O.C. AT ALL
EXP. JOINTS. BREAK BOND
ONE END
'<t
4"
.. "0- .. "0- .. "0-
~... ~... ,......-c.
~ ..:e .. "0- .. "0- .. "0-
Il-III 111-111-111-11
I Jll~~ III Jli, I IWI I JUII
~ COMPACTED SUBGRADE 90% R.C.
CD
CLASS 2 AGG. BASE MATERIAL
REL. COMPACTION 95%
SECTION
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B
CITY OF DUBLIN
PATTERN STAMPED
CONCRETE
APPROVED:
P-S-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CONCRETE BAND
SEE PLANS
SAND JOINTS
INTERLOCKING P A VERS-
SEE NOTES
1-1/2" DEPTH-SAND
LEVELLING BED
"FABRICSCAPE" WEED CONTROL
WEED RESTRICTOR WOVEN
NEEDLE PUNCHED FABRIC
8" MIN. DEPTH CLASS 2
AGG. BASE MATERIAL
95% REL. COMPACTION
COMPACTED SUBGRADE
90% REL. COMPACTION
NOlES:
1. SUBMIT SAMPLE OF PAVER TO PROJECT ARCHITECT
FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
2.INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS
CITY OF DUBLIN
INTERLOCKING MODULAR
CONCRETE PAVING
P-S-4
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: RJB/JE
CHECKED:PS
I
I
PAVING
GRANULAR
P-G-1: Decomposed Granite Paving
with Stabilizer
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTES:
I. DECOMPOSED/WEATHERED GRANITE FINES SHALL BE GREY
IN COLOR. SUBMIT SAMPLE FOR APPROVAL.
2. GREY QUARRY FINES AVAILABLE THROUGH GRANITE CONSTRUCTION
COMPANY FELTON QUARRY. (408)423-8840. OR APPROVED EQUAL.
3. PREBLEND STABILIZER WITH DECOMPOSED GRANITE FINES AT QUARRY SITE,
PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED RATE, BUT NOT LESS THAN
10 LBS. OF STABILIZER PER TON OF DECOMPOSED GRANITE FINES.
4. DECOMPOSED GRANITE MUST BE WET WHEN ROLLED. DO NOT ROLL
DRY DECOMPOSED GRANITE PAVING.
N
l / FINISHED GRADE
,="
~= ~...~ ~.~ ~ ~~...~ ..~
llllllllllll~IIIIIIIIIIIIIII~llllmllllllllllllllllllII:
III III ~III==II =
FINES WET AND ROLLED TO EVENLY
PITCHED GRADES, COMPACT TO
90% RELATIVE COMPACTION.
COMPACTED CLASS II
AGGREGATE BASE MATERIAL
-90% COMPACTION
COMPACTED SUBGRADE
90% COMPACTION
SECTION
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: RJB/JE
CHECKED:PS
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B
CITY OF DUBLIN
DECOMPOSED GRANITE
PAVING WITH STABILIZER
P-G-1
I
I
STREET AND ROADW A Y
S-1: Standard Street Curb
S-2: Standard Street Curb and Gutter
S-3: Standard Street Driveway Condition "A"
S-4: Standard Street Driveway Condition "B"
S-5: Standard Street Driveway with Flat Flares
S-6: Standard Sidewalk Disabled Ramp
S-7: Standard Sidewalk Disabled Ramp
(Limited Access)
S-8: Monolithic Curb, Gutter and Sidewalk
S-9: Valley Gutter
I
I
I
I
I
'1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
8 1/2"
-
"l
"----
..--
N
"----n
..-
5"
Ll
~~' <<~~~
/y ">(/,,,-
~ ' \. SEE LANDSCAPING
PLANS FOR DETAIL
IN THIS AREA
OC)
<J.
FINISH GRADE
AC. PAVING
L:1
<J
L:1
<J
#~~~ ~
BASE I
P.C.C. MEDIAN :W ~ c:::?'?8 ~llTl~ MINIMUM 4" DEPTH
1==11 ~ d25' .~: CLASS II AGGREGATE
=1/1 ~ ~~II . BASE MATERIAL-
I 111==111==111==111 III: 90% R.C.
-I I I J II III " I III=-
-III-Ill-I]'
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN:
CHECKED:PS
I CITY OF DUBLIN
STANDARD STREET CURB
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B
5-1
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
GUTTER LINE
CURB LINE
l' -6"
6"
3/4"
CURB GRADE
R= 1 /2"
TOOLED EDGE
CD
. <J .
N
..-
.L:1
L:1
L:1 .
<J
-
..-
<J
DASHED LINE INDICATES
PERMISSIBLE OPTION FOR
CONSTRUCTION
q??~ 08
o c:r-. 0
~ ~o
I ~ 7 1/2" .1
4" MINIMUM DEPTH
CLASS" AGGREGATE
CUSHION MATERIAL
P.C.C. CURB AND GU7TER
P. C. C. CURB AND GUTTER AREA= 1.292 SQ. FT.
APPROVED:
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B
CITY OF DUBLIN
STANDARD STREET
CURB AND GUTTER
5-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CD
VGUTTER LINE
CURB LINE
1 '-6
5' -a" MIN.
VARIES
3/4"
BACK OF SDWLK. I
- -TOP OF PAVEMENT
CURB GRADE
w
Z
=::i
CD
~
CD 0:::
W
0..
.~ . 0
~ . o~ # ocyJ g. ~
#' ~ f7>. @ 0 "f29
_~ d2i!. 4" MINIMUM CUSHION
~ MATERIAL-CLASS II AGGREGATE
MATERIAL
~
o<t?
rg;d?$1:f5 # ~
SECTION
3'-0"
10' -0" MIN.
20' MAX. RESIDENTIAL
35' MAX. COMMERCIAL
3'-0"
N
"----
..-
CURB
N
-
.-
---7-
F.L. GUTTER
-t
P o~p~ Bp
1 '-6"
p o~p~ B#
4" MINIMUM CUSHION
MATERIAL-CLASS " AGGREGATE
MATERIAL
ELEVA TlON
NOTE:
FOR STANDARD CONCRETE DRIVEWAY WITH SIDEWALK SEPARATED FROM CURB,
SEE DRAWING SD 307.
SPACING BETWEEN DRIVEWAYS SHALL BE 20 FEET OF MULTIPLES OF 20 FEET,
OR LESS THAN 7 FEET, EXCEPT DRIVEWAYS LOCATED ADJACENT TO
UNIMPROVED PROPERTY SHALL BE 10 FEET FROM [PROPERTY LINE. ALL
DRIVEWAY SPACINGS SHALL BE MEASURED FROM TOP OF DRIVEWAY FLARE.
IF DRIVEAY IS POURED SEPARATELY, SEE SD 304.
C E
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN:
CHECKED:PS
e-4 ! CITY OF DUBLIN
STANDARD STREET
DRIVEWAY CONDITION 'A'
5-3
APPROVED:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
GUTTER LINE
CURB LINE
1 '-6
5' -0" MIN.
3/4"
to
w
Z
....J
- -TOP OF PAVEMENT
CURB GRADE
CD
~
0:::
W
D-
o
0::::
0..
CD
~
o~
rg;a5$Y3 P ~
SECTION
3'-0"
10' -0" MIN.
20' MAX. RESIDENTIAL
35' MAX. COMMERCIAL
3'-0"
N
"----
..-
CURB
N
-
.-
---7
F.L. GUTTER
-t
P oJiffp ~ Bp
l' -6"
P oY3p~ Bp
ELEVATION
4" MINIMUM CUSHION
MATERIAL-CLASS II AGGREGATE
MATERIAL
NOTE:
THIS IS A DRIVEWAY SECTION WHEN CURB AND SIDEWALK ARE SEPARATED.
FOR SECTION SHOWING DRIVEWAY CONSTRUCTION WHEN SIDEWALK IS
AFJACENT TO CURB, SEE DRAWING SD-306
SPACING BETWEEN DRIVEWAYS SHALL BE 20 FEET OF MULTIPLES OF 20 FEET,
OR LESS THAN 7 FEET, EXCEPT DRIVEWAYS LOCATED ADJACENT TO
UNIMPROVED PROPERTY SHALL BE 10 FEET FROM [PROPERTY LINE. ALL
DRIVEWAY SPACINGS SHALL BE MEASURED FROM TOP OF DRIVEWAY FLARE.
IF DRIVEAY IS POURED SEPARATELY, SEE SD 304.
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN:
CHECKED:PS
1 CITY OF DUBLIN
STANDARD STREET
DRIVEWAY CONDITION 'B'
5-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
N
~O
o
Z~
Vi
W -
wO
(j)
WEAKENED
PLANE- TYPICAL
~SIDEWALK
- TYPICAL
3'
5' VARIES
~5' FLAT FLARES FOR
COMMERCIAL DRIVEWAYS
3'
NOTE 1: SEE ALAMEDA COUNTY STANDARDS SD-306, SD-307,
SD-308 FOR DRIVEWAY DETAILS.
NOTE 2: DISTANCE 'D' IS TO BACK OF PROPOSED SIDEWALK OR A
MINIMUM OF 5' IF NO SIDEWALK.
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN:
CHECKED:PS
y CITY OF DUBLIN
STANDARD STREET DRIVEWAY
CURB CUT
5-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
GUTTER
12.5%
MAX. .
12.5%
'MAX.
SEE NOTE 1
6' PLATFORM
4'
I" "I
12" WIDE BORDER
AROUND RAMP WITH
1/4" x 1/4" GROOVES
APPROX. 3/4" O.C.
SEE GROOVING DETAIL
14'
PLAN
~LOPE BREAK
I 1-
ELEVATION VIEW
LINE
J
J
GRDDVI NG DEIAl.L
NOTES:
l' -6" 8' MIN. 4' MIN.
11-'" ~ 1-'" "j
I ~~ ~ I
C \ _~_~_> _______ 8.33% Max. ~SLOPE= 1/4"
" CENTER X-SECTION per FOOT
/-...........
45. SLOPE '"
1/2"\
1. FOR A SINGLE CROSSWALK-GROOVE RAMP SO GROOVES ARE \
PARALLEL TO CROSSWALK STRIPES. FOR TWO CROSSWALKS USE (
HERRINGBONE PATTERN AS SHOWN . ~
2. ~ET~:~TSGI~:g{ MAY BE INCREASED TO A MAX. OF 11.1% \ ~ ~~~IL J
B. RAMP LENGTH MAY BE REDUCED TO 6 FEET. ,,;/
C. PLATFORM MAY BE ELIMINATED IF GRADE DOES NOT EXCEED 8.33% --..-'
3. PAY LIMITS ARE THE OUTER DIMENSIONS OF THE RAMP AND
PLATFORM IF REQUIRED.
Approx. 3/4" around perimeter
gpprox. 1 -1/2" on, sloping
portion of ramp :q.j
1/4" ::::-
,,-
. .4. _.;..~...
" '.;.~... . <cr .' ....
. ~ '. .~
A. .
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN:
CHECKED:PS
CITY OF DUBLIN
STANDARD SIDEWALK
DISABLED RAMP
5-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
(S.
FRONT OF RAMP
(TYPICAl)
2 WAY CROSSWAlK
CROSSWALK TO RIGHT
(C).(DO
CROSSWAlK CROSSWALK
TO LEFT PERPENDICULAR
TO CURB FACE
GROOVING PATTERNS
Approx. 3/4" around perimeter
gpprox. 1-1/2" on, sloping
portion of ramp "'<tj
1/4" ::::-
II~
~f
4 . . . ~.- -.~ . .
... ~.". ". .' A .' ;.:"".' .4
GROOVING DETAIL
APPROVED:
A
DETAIL 1
HANDICAP RAMP
/-.........
I 45. SLOPE "
1/2"~
( ...'.~ \
\i' DEIAI~/
--- ....,."
r:(
GROOVING PATTERN
SEE NOTE 1
NOTE 1
WHEN RAMP IS LOCATED IN
CENTER OF CURB RETURN,
IT SHALL BE GROOVED IN
A HERRING-BONE PATTERN
WITH 1/4" GROOVES
APPROXIMATELY 1-1/2" O.C.
SEE GROOVING DETAIL
GROOVES SHALL BE ALIGNED
PARALLEL TO CROSS WALK
STRIPES TO DIRECT BLIND
PEDESTRIANS INTO
APPROPRIATE CROSSWALK
8' MIN.
SLOPE-2%
RETAINING CURB
. - "" -
.1
SEE LIP DETAIL 4" DEPTH-CLASS " AGG.
INSET ABOVE BASE MATERIAL CUSHION
..s..ECTION A-A
J CITY OF DUBLIN
~
STANDARD SIDEWALK DISABLED
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B RAMP (LIMITED ACCESS)
5-7
I
I
I
I
I
'1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
<(
....J....J
<(g
f=U
zO:::
ww
02
(/)2
wo
o::::u
WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS
AT 10'-0" O.C. (THROUGH
CURB AND GUTTER)
SCORE JOINT-CENTER
BETWEEN WEAKENED
PLANE JOINTS
LOCO
SIDEWALK
LO
.,.-
FACE OF CURB
LIP OF GUTTER
<(
PLAN
N.T.S.
D=1/8" FOR SCOREMARK
D= 1" FOR WEAKENED PLANE JOINT
1 /~"~.: I It
~L
SCOREMARKS AMQ
WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS
DETAIL
DASHED LINE INDICATES
PERMISSIBLE OPTION FOR
CONSTRUCTION
4" MINIMUM DEPTH
CLASS II AGGREGATE
CUSHION MATERIAL
GUTTER LINE
l' -6"
CURB LINE
6"
5' RESIDENTIAL
8' COMMERCIAL
2%
..,j-
CURB GRADE-
. :<P> .
..,j-
7 1/2"
MONOLITHIC POUR SECTION A-A
APPROVED: .
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN:
CHECKED:PS
~.~ CITY OF DUBLIN
MONOLITHIC CURB,
GUTTER AND SIDEWALK
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B
5-8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~ OF STREET
W/2 W/2
NOTE:
DASHED LINES WITH
ARROWS INDICATE FLOW
LINES
CURB LINE
ANGLE AS SHOWN
ON PLAN
~
1/2" EXPANSION JOINT
MATERIAL I
FLOW LINE 0.10 FOOT
BELOW EDGE OF APRON
I
CURB LINE
ANGLE AS SHOWN
ON PLAN
I
I::2
1-00
oO::::z
OL1-.W I
~:zo~
wOJ=.::)
I- 1-1
' Q(I5>-w
>:zwo::
o -I
a:::<(-IlL..
CLg:~OI
1/2" EXPANSION JOINT
MATERIAL I
FLOW LINE 0.10 FOOT
BELOW EDGE OF APRON
I
CURB LINE
MAX. 4% SLOPE ACROSS
APRON
CURB LINE
KEYED JOINT (SEE DETAIL)
#6x18" DOWELS ON 18" MAX. SPACINGS
PLAN VIEW OF VALLEY GUTTER AND APRON
~LI:
6'
3'
~I~
3'
~I
. .~~~ ~
~. 4
I
<J~
~
~
OF VALLEY GUTTER
SECTION A-A
to
VALLEY GUTTER
1 5/8"
..--
"- co
..-- "-
..- L()
N N
#6x18" DOWEL
, z
, 0
COo::
Q..
<(
SECTION B-B
to
..--
"-
..-
..--
N
E
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN:
CHECKED:PS
./ CITY OF DUBLIN
VALLEY GUTTER
APPROVED:
5-9
I
~
FENCING, RAILINGS
AND GATES
FR-1: Chain Link Fence (6' and 8" height)
FR-2: Color Coated Chain Link Fence
(6' & 8'~ height)
FR-3: Chain Link Single Gate (5' width)
FR-4: Double Chain Link Gate (10' width)
FR-5: Standard Wooden Fence, 6' Height
FR-6: Standard Wooden Fence, 3' Height
FR-7: Wood Fence Gate, 6' Height
FR-8A: Pipe Gate
FR-88: Pipe Gate with Removable Lock Tabs
FR-8C: Pipe Gate
FR-9: Metal Rail Fence, 6' Height
FR-10: Metal Rail Gate, 6' Height
FR-11: Metal Guard Rail
FR-12: Metal Step Railing
FR-13: Metal Guard Rail
FR-14: Pipe Step Railing
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
10' MIN.
TOP, BOTTOM AND
MID RAIL TO BE
1-7 /8"~
-l
<(
=>
G
w
~I
f-
:l:
If)
ill
:l:
D:::
Q
l.L
Z
<t
--I
D-
ill
ill
tSl -l
<(
=>
G
w
STANDARD C.L. FENCE
FABRIC + / - 2" PATTERN
LINE POST TO BE
2-3/8"0
2-7 /8"~ END OR
CORNER POST
3/8"1/> TRUSS ROD
W/ TURNBUCKLE
HOLD BOTTOM
RAIL 1" ABOVE
FINISH GRADE
~
Ii Ii
t> t>
~ b
b [>.
\'() b
t>
b b
b [>.
t> ('()
~ <:1 ...- <0. a
00 q 0"0.
o<=! o.d 0 .<O~
18"
FINISH GRADE
18"1/> CONCRETE
FOOTING
6" DEPTH-CL. 2
AGG. BASE
MATERIAL
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN:
CHECKED:PS
CITY OF DUBLIN
CHAIN LINK FENCE
6' AND 8' HEIGHT
FR-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I~
10' MIN.
TOP. BOnOM AND
MID RAIL TO BE
1-7/S"0
....J
<(
=:J
o
W
HOLD BOnOM
RAIL 1" ABOVE
FINISH GRADE
~I
f-
:r:
'-'
[jJ
:r:
n::
o
u..
VINYL-FUSED COLOR
-COATED FABRIC
SEE SPECIFICATIONS
LINE POST TO BE
2-3/S"!2l
- MID RAIL
z
::'5
0..
W
W
(/)
2-7/S"!2l END OR
CORNER POST
3/S"0 TRUSS ROD
W/ TURNBUCKLE
-l
<(
=:J
o
W
i i
CD
to l> l>
t.
I:. [>.
l> t.
t. I:.
I:. [>. l>
:
l>
ClO -."0-0
QoctO.o.
oC! ~cf <:1 .O~
18"
FINISH GRADE
1S"!2l CONCRETE
FOOTING
6" DEPTH-CL. 2
AGG. BASE
MATERiAl
APPROVED:
CITY OF DUBLIN
COLOR-COATED CHAIN LINK
FENCE 6' AND 8' HEIGHT
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B
FR-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WIDTH AS NEEDED
o TO FIT 5'-0" GATE
5' / CHAIN LINK
"/ /'
FENCE
1- I'
HEAVY-DUTY GATE
HINGE (2 TOTAL)
CHAIN LINK FABRIC SEE
CHAIN LINK FENCE NOTES
i
2-3/8"</J GATE
FRAME-WELD
FRAME JOINTS
OC)
GATE LATCH W/
LOCKING TAB
3/8" TRUSS ROD
W/TURNBUCKLE
3"</J GATE POST-
ONE EACH SIDE
IS.
OC)
-<:t
l>
b
b. t>..
l>
b
b. t>..
l>
18"</J CONCRETE
FOOTING
w
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN:
CHECKED:PS
CITY OF DUBLIN
CHAIN LINK SINGLE GATE
5' WIDTH
FR-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
10'
CHAIN LINK EQUAL EQUAL CHAIN LINK
FABRIC _/4 FENCE
HEAVY DUTY
f- ....J GATE HINGE-
I <t
C) :::l 3 REQUIRED
w a PER GATE
I w
0::: SLIDING GATE
0 LATCH AND
lL.
(f) LOCK TAB
z 4"~ GATE POST
~
0.. ....J
<( GATE FRAME-
w :::>
w a 2"f/J STEEL
(f) w PIPE -WELD
ALL JOINTS
3/8" TRUSS ROD
OJ 4 wi TURNBUCKLE
<\ . SC H. 40 2 PER GATE
'fI".
OJ .<\ CJ STEEL 24"f/J CONCRETE
,0- . <t:
~ . ... PIPE
FOOTING
12" SIZE TO ....
FIT GATE ... ..~. 6" DEPTH-CL. 2
LATCH ~9:;'.:;-=V- AGG. BASE
POLE .;;:<t> __.~_
18"
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: JE
CHECKED:PS
;
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B
CITY OF DUBLIN
DOUBLE CHAIN LINK
10' WIDTH
FR-4
GATE
-------------------
0 0 0 )>
:c ;Q ~ \J
fT1 ~ \J
0 fT1 ;Q
^ z 0
fTl <:..0 <
0 fTl
fTl"---- 0
\J -> ..
(f) ~
"----
to
(Xl
;:0
$I
f'1
-"
<0
01
.j>.
mOO
(J)
~
z
o
)>
:::0
0'>0
., I:E
::::0 rrl 0
I - 0
U1 GJ 0
Irrl
-IZ
.,.,
rrl
Z
o
rrl
o
~
o
"
o
c
OJ
r
-
Z
NOTES:
ALL POSTS SHALL BE PRESSURE TREATED DOUGLASS FIR.
ALL OTHER LUMBER TO BE CONSTRUCTION HEART REDWOOD
UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE ON PLANS.
o
I
<0
.
(\j
J~
SECTION
2x4 STRINGER
4x6 FENCE POST-
PRESSURE TREATED
DOUGLAS FIR
1 x8 FENCE BOARDS
2x4 STRINGER
NOT REQ. FOR
34" HEIGHT
2x4 STRINGER
..<1. .' .IIIIIIIIIIIIIIII~II-
.. .1 I]]-III=-
IIi:
',.1.., . d... I_
.. .<\
: 'fl'
SET TOP LEVEL
BOTTOM TRIM TO FOLLOW GRADE
111 .6" A'
'4 ..:0-
4",:' . 4' ~.'.6..t
CONCRETE FOOTING
C'-A> .1
ELEVATION
2x8 CAP
1 x4 TRIM
4x6 FENCE POST-
PRESSURE TREATED
DOUGLAS FIR
1x8 FENCE BOARDS
1 x4 TRIM
1" CLEAR MIN.
4" CLEAR MAX.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
000 )>
I;:O~ -0
fTl)>fTl -0
0:E.. ;:0
AZ__ 0
fTl .. 0 <
0 "-.. fTl
0
-0
(f)
6' O.C. MAX.
SET TOP OF FENCE LEVEL '1
2x6 TOP RAIL-CON.~
HRT. REDWOOD S4S \
I'
2x2 TRIM-CON. HRT.
REDWOOD S4S
4x6 FENCE POST-
PRESS. TREATED DOUG.
FIR-LIGHTLY SAND
FACE AND EASE EDGES
1 x6 CON.HRT.REDWOOD
TONGUE AND GROOVE
SMOOTH BOTH FACES.
2x2 TRIM-CON. HRT.
REDWOOD S4S
2x6 BOTTOM RAIL-CON.
HRT. REDWOOD S4S I
FINISH GRADE J
o
1
n
+1
(f)
~
Z
0
)> <l
:::0
(N 0 0
OJ q
..--
'1 I :E
::::0
I rrlO q ..
m -0
(;')0
IfTl
-iZ
.,.,
fTl
Z
()
fTl
12" DIA. CONCRETE PIER
FOOTING-CROWN TOP OF
PIER TO DRAIN AWAY FROM
FENCE POST
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
0 0 0 )>
I ;;0 ~ -U
fT1 ~ -U
0 f:1 ;;0
^ Z 0
fT1 0 <
0 ;;0 "---- fT1
I 0
-U -t>-
(J) "----
<D -
ex>
~
0
0
()) Q.
...
" I~
::::0
I (J) ::::::I
-.....J -. ()
t.O (J)
::J
r+
C)
0
r+
(I)
o
~
o
."
o
C
OJ
r
-
Z
.HQlES;
ALL POSTS SHAlL BE PRESSURE TREATED DOUGLASS fiR.
ALL OTHER LUMBER TO BE CONSTRUCTION HEART REDWOOD
UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE ON PLANS.
SUBMIT GATE HARDEWAAE FOR APPROVAL
PRIOR TO STAAT OF GATE CONSTRUCTION
2x CAP
SET TOP LEVEL
~
;n
2x4 STRINGER
4x6 fENCE POST-
PRESSURE TREATED
DOUGLAS FIR
lx8 FENCE SOAADS
2x4 STRINGER
NOT REQ. FOR
34" HEIGHT
2X6 DlAG. CROSS BRACE LET IN
TO STRINGERS
STANLEY HEAW DUlY
GAlV. GATE HINGE 3 REO.
BOTTOM TRIM TO FOLLOW GRADE
FRONT ELEVATION
CONCRETE fOOTING
J~
SECTION
3'-0' CLEAR
2x CAP
," CLEAR MIN.
4" CLEAR t.IAX.
FINISH GRADE
4xS fENCE POSTS-
PRESSURE TREATED
DOUGLAS FIR
STANLEY LATCH 8<
LOCKING BOLT
2x6 DIAG. BRACE
LET INTO STRINGERS
6"XS"X2" GALV. ANGLE BRACE
SCREEW TO CIAO. BRACE 8< STRINGER
-
-
-
0 0 0 )>
I ;;U ~ \J
r'l ~ lJ
0 r'l ;;U
^ Z 0
r'l <:-0 <
0 r'l
r'l"---- 0
\J -'
(j) .po.
'-..... () ,
to-
O)
0
-
~
<0 0
VI
~
moo "
0
C
CD
r
-
Z
"lJ
" "lJ
;0 rrJ
I
OJ G1
)> ~
rrJ
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
DISTANCE=:l:20' -0"
:f:10' 0"
4" DIA. SCH. 40 STEEL POST w/ WELDED DOME TOP
5/8" STEEL PLATE-COPE TO 4" DIA. POST
AND WELD CONTINUOUS BEAD AROUND PLATE
3" DIA.x4" SCH. 40 STEEL PIPE SOCKET -WELD
TO PLATE AND 4" DIA. POST-CONTlN. BEAD
2" DIA. TOP RAIL
[GATE LOCK ASSEMBLY-
SEE ENLARGEMENT
/'.
/ "
1-1/2" VERTICAL BRACES
1-1/2" BOTTOM RAIL
2" DIA. GATE POST
.
o
I
':q-
3" DIA.x4" SCH. 40 STEEL PIPE SOCKET-WELD
TO PLATE AND 4" DIA. POST -CONTlN. BEAD
5/8" STEEL PLATE-COPE TO 4" DIA. POST
AND WELD CONTINUOUS BEAD AROUND PLATE
..
14" DIA. CONCRETE PIER-SLOPE TOP OF
FOOTING AWAY FROM POST TO DRAIN
..
SECTION
-
-
-
-
-
:f:l0' 0"
18"x18" REFLECTIVE SIGN ('TWO
REQUIRED). SIGN TO HAVE 9
REFLECTORS OVER YELLOW
3M REFLECTIVE SHEETING. SIGN
TO BE CONSTRUCTED OF .080
GAUGE ALUMINUM SHEET STOCK.
MOUNT TO GATE PER MANUF.
SPECIFICATIONS FOR PERMANENT
INSTALLATIONS.
SUBMIT MANU F., MODEL AND
DRAWINGS TO OWNER REPRESENTATIVE
FOR APPROVAL
..
..
liQIES.;
1. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT COMPLETE SCALED SHOP DRAWINGS DETAILING ALL CONNECTIONS, FITTINGS. COPES. WELDTYPES AND EXTENTS.
MATERIALS AND HARDWARE, AND FINISHES TO BE USED IN THE FABRICATION OF THESE GATES. SHOP DRAWINGS ARE TO BE SUBMITTED AND
APPROVED PRIOR TO START OF ANY WORK. ALL PIPE TO BE SCH. 40 STEEL. NO TUBING PERMlmED.
2. ALL GATE CONNECTIONS ARE TO BE ARC WELDED AND GROUND SMOOTH. ALL PIPE AND PLATE SURFACES ARE TO BE FREE OF ANY SLAG
OR SPLATTER.
3. DRILL DRAIN HOLES IN BOTTOM GATE POST SOCKETS TO FACILITATE DRAINAGE.
4. AFTER FABRICATION GATE SHALL BE SHOP PRIMED WI TWO COATS RUST -INHIBITING PRIMER AND TWO COATS PAINT, "RUST -O-LEUM"
COATING SYSTEM OR EQUAL. SUBMIT COLOR SAMPLE FOR APPROVAL.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I~
4"
3" WIDE
.,
NOTE:
PROVIDE TWO UNITS
TO CITY
CONSTRUCT FROM
5/8" STEEL
3/4" PLATE
CONSTRUCT FROM
5/8" STEEL
PLATE
DRILL 5/8" DIA.
HOLE TO ACCEPT
HEAVY DUTY
PAD LOCK
1/4" RADIUS
ALL CORNERS
TYPICAL
OJ
"----
L[)
n""
~
I")
+
2"
REMOVABLE LOCK TAB ENLARGEMENT
LOCK POST 'A'
4" DIA. SCH. 40 STEEL POST W/
LOCK HOOK. SEE ENLARGEMENT FOR
LOCK HOOK. POST TO BE SET IN
4' -0" DEPTH CONCRETE FOOTING
IDENTICAL TO GATE POST
LOCK POST 'B'
4" DIA. SCH. 40 STEEL POST W/
LOCK HOOK. SEE ENLARGEMENT FOR
LOCK HOOK. POST TO BE SET IN
4' -0" DEPTH CONCRETE FOOTING
IDENTICAL TO GATE POST
-
-
'--.......
---
~ r GATES OPEN INTO \ ,,/"
"" SITE \ /'
"'" /
'" /
GATE IN OPEN POSITION \ / GATE IN OPEN POSITION
EDGE OF DRIVEWAY \ / EDGE OF DRIVEWAY
\ /
\ I
GATE IN CLOSED POSITION
GATE LOCKING ASSEMBLY-
SEE ENLARGEMENT .~~.
C?> \)
~ GATE POST-TYPICAL
PLAN
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: JE
CHECKED:PS
.l CITY OF DUBLIN
, . PIPE GATE PLAN & REMOV-
R.C.E. 19348
Revision ABLE LOCK TAB ENLARGEMENT
FR -88
I
:1
:1
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2" DIA.
STEEL PIPE
TOP RAIL 15"
6"
1/2" STEEL PLATE
WELD TO SPACER
3" TYPICAL BOTH GATE
ENDS _
1/2" STEEL PLATE
WELD TO SPACER 15"
TYPICAL BOTH GATE
ENDS
REMOVABLE LOCK TAB
CAP END OF PIPE
TYPICAL BOTH GATE
ENDS STEEL PLATE SPACER
ALL 4 SIDES OF PLATE.
COPE TO PIPE TYPICAL
BOTH GATE ENDS
~
15"
2.25" LENGTH
x 3/4" WIDTH
SLOT TO ACCEPT
LOCK TAB.
ELEVATION
PLAN
GATE LOCK ASSEMBLY ENLARGEMENT
4" DIA. LOCK-
ING POST-TO
LOCK GATE IN
OPEN POSITION,
SEE PLAN.
4" DIA. LOCKING
POST-TO LOCK
GATE IN OPEN
POSITION.
SEE PLAN.
DRILL 5/8" DIA.
HOLE TO ACCEPT
N HEAVY DUTY
~ PAD LOCK
N
~
3"
3"
REMOVABLE
LOCK TAB.
SEE ENLARGE-
MENT.
N
1-1/4"
DRILL 5/8'
DIA.HOLE
o ACCEPT
HEAVY
DUTY PAD
LOCK.
EASE
EDGES
1 -1 /4"
GATE HOOK
CUT SLOT TO
RECEIVE REM.
LOCK TAB
N
i-0
i-0
CONSTRUCT FROM
5/8" STEEL GAS ARC WELD
PLATE TO POST-
CONTINUOUS BEAD.
CONSTRUCT FROM
5/8" STEEL
PLATE
LOCK POST 'A'
HOOK ENLARGEMENT
LOCK POST 'B'
HOOK ENLARGEMENT
LOCK HOOK PLAN
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: JE
CHECKED:PS
CITY OF DUBLIN
PIPE GATE LOCK HOOKS &
OCK ASSEMBLY ENLARGMENT
FR-8C
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTES:
1. ALL STEEL TUBING TO BE STRUCTURAL
CARBON STEEL TUBING. GAUGES AS SHOWN.
2. PAINT ALL TUBING. SHOP PRIME ALL METAL
W/2 COATS RUST INHIBITING PRIMER,
'RUST -O-LEUM' INDUSTRIAL COATING OR
EQUAL. PAINT W/2 COATS EPOXY. SUBMIT
ALL COATINGS, PAINT AND COLOR FOF~ APPROVAL.
3. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL PRIOR
TO START OF FABRICATION. ALL FIELD WELDS
ARE TO BE INDICATED ON THE SHOP DRAWINGS.
ADDITIONAL FIELD WELDS WILL NOT BE ACCEPT-
ABLE UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY ENGINEER.
4. CONCRETE BAND FINISH AND COLOR TO MATCH
CONCRETE PAVING.
5. EXCEPT @ FOOTING, CONCRETE BAND SHALL BE
SET ON 6" DEPTH, CLASS 2 AGG. BASE,
COMPACTED TO 90% OVER COMPACTED SUB-
GRADE AT 90% COMPACTION.
6"x6" POST
HORIZONTAL
RAIL
CONCRETE BAND
18" WIDTH
TWO-#4 REBAR
HORIZ. RUN CONT.
BETWEEN EXP.
JOINTS
. .
<l
CD
I
n
18"lb CONCRETE
FOOTING
SECTION
SET POSTS PLUMB
SET HORIZ.
6"x6" STRUCT TUBING
POST. 7 GAUGE WALL.
3"x6" STRUCT.
TUBING. 7 GA. WALL
1-1/2"x3" STRUC .
TUBING. 11 GA. WALL
1" SQ. STEEl:
TUBING PICKETS
AT 4" O.C.
TUBING. 11 GA. WALL
1 -1 /2"x3" STRUC .
TUBING. 11 GA. WALL
3"x6" STRUCT.
TUBING. 7 GA. WALL /
CONCRETE BAND .
SEE INSET AT RIGHT
SECTION
22
:::l:::l
2~
-x
~<I:
22
0<0
I I
CD <0
ELEVATION
1-1/2" MIN.
4" MAX.
\
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: JE
CHECKED:PS
0/ CITY OF DUBLIN
METAL RAIL FENCE
6' HEIGHT
FR-9
I
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I
I
I
NOTE:
I. HEIGHT AND COLOR TO MATCH HEIGHT OF METAL RAIL FENCE
2. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL PRIOR
TO START OF FABRICATION.
1" SQ. STEEL:
TUBING PICKETS
AT 4" O.C.
TUBING. 11 GA. WALL
3"x6" STRUCT.
TUBING. 7 GA. WALL
6"x6" STRUCT TUBING
POST. 7 GAUGE WALL.
METAL RAIL FENCE
1 -1 /2"x3" STRUCT.
TUBING. 11 GA. WALL
HEAVY DUTY
STEEL PLATE
HINGES-WELD
TO GATE, BOLT
THROUGH
FRAME.
3"x6" STRUCT.
TUBING. 7 GA. WALL
3/16" THICK CHECKER PLATE J
STEEL KICKPLATE ON PUSH
SIDE OF GATE -10" MIN. HEIGHT
STEEL LOCK BOX. WELD TO
GATE AT 3' HT. SIZE TO
LARGE PADLOCK. SUBMIT
SEPERATE SHOP DRAWING
OF LOCKING HARDWARE
FOR APPROVAL.
CONCRETE BAND
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: JE
CHECKED:PS
I CITY OF DUBLIN
METAL RAIL GATE
6' HEIGHT
FR -1 0
-------------------
(") 0 0 )>
I :;0 ~ -U
rrl ~ -U RAIL POST 2"91 GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE
(") rrl :;0
^ Z 0 -GROUT SOLID INTO 3"9l SLEEVE WITH
rrl ~O < HIGH STRENGTH GROUT. GROUT TO BE
0 rrl FLUSH W/TOP OF RAMP SURFACE.
rrl.......... 0
lJ --" ..
(f) ..p..
"----
<0
())
to
VI
~
to co
~
~
r
G)
., C
:;:0 )>
I :::0
~
...... 0
:::0
)>
r
z
G)
1/2"
J:
()
0:
~
0J
,-
- FINISHED SURFACE
- PQST SLEEVE -CONSTRUCT FROM
3..~Q.STRUCTURAL STEEL TUBING
WL025" WALL THICKNESS. WELD
5 SQ. PLATE TO BOTTOM OF
SLEEVE. HOLD TOP OF SLEEVE 1 /2"
BELOW FINISH SURFACE OF RAMP
OR CUR~. SHOP PRIME, W /2 COATS
PRIMER RUST -O-LEUM BRAND OR
EQUAL.
6" MIN. lYPICAL TO
BOTTOM OF RAMP CURB.
RAIL AlTACHMENT ENLARGEMENT
<t HANDRAIL-1 1/2'"
STEEL TUBING, TYP.
RAIL POST-2"91 STEEL
TUBING, TYP.
PICKET -1 "<IS STEEL
TUBING
FINISHED
GRADE
SEE RAIL ATTACHMENT
ENLARGEMENT
HOLD TOP OF RAMP
CURB FLUSH WITH
ADJACENT RAMP SURFACE
EXISTING
CONCRETE RAMP
SECTION
:m
. III · . III.
III ..19..1) 1111:
=111-gJ' .
NOTES:
1. ALL STEEL TUBING TO BE STRUCTURAL CARBON STEEL
TUBING. GAUGES AS SHOWN.
2. PAINT ALL TUBING. SHOP PRIME ALL METAL W/2 COATS
RUST INHIBITING PRIMER,'RUST -O-LEUM' INDUSTRIAL
COATING OR EQUAL. PAINT W/ 2 COATS EPOXY PAINT.
SUBMIT ALL COATINGS, PAINT AND COLOR FOR APPROVAL.
3. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO START OF
FABRICATION. ALL FIELD WELDS ARE TO BE INDICATED ON
THE SHOP DRAWINGS. ADDITIONAL FIELD WELDS WILL NOT BE
ACCEPTABLE ULESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY ENGINEER.
4. HANDRAIL SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED FROM 7 GA. OR
HEAVIER STEEL TUBING. ALL WELDS ARE TO BE ARC
WELDED, CONTINUOUS BEAD. ALL WELDS ARE TO BE
GROUND SMOOTH. PIPE AND WELDS ARE TO BE SMOOTH
TO FEEL AND FREE OF SLAG OR SPLATTER. ALL METAL
TO BE HOT-DIPPED GALVANIZED. ALL FIELD WELDS ARE
TO RECEIVE 2 COATS RUST -INHIBITING ZINC CHROMATE
PRIMER OR EQUAL
5. PROVIDE COMPLETE SHOP DRAWINGS, TO SCALE, SHOWING
ALL CONNECTIONS, WELD~ FIELD WELDS AND SIZING OF
MEMBERS PRIOR TO STAR I OF CONSTRUCTION.
NOTES:
1. SET POSTS PLUMB
2. HORIZ. RAILS TO
FOLLOW FIN. GRADE
5' O.C.
<0
I
t')
2" SQ. STRUCT TUBING
POST. 7 GAUGE WALL.
1 1/2" SQ. STRUCT.
TUBING. 7 GA. WALL
1 1/2" SQ. STEEL
TUBING PICKETS
AT 4" O.C.
TUBING. 11 GA. WALL
2" SQ. STRUCT.
TUBING. 7 GA. WALL
ELEVATION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTE:
RAILINGS TO BE PAINTED GLOSS
WI TWO PART EPOXY IYPE PAINT
COLOR TO BE SELECTED
'<t
..-
POST TO BE 7 GUAGE
2" STRUCTURAL STEEL
TUBING.
HANDRAIL TO BE 7 GUAGE
1 1/2" STRUCTURAL STEEL
TUBING.
TYPICAL OUTSIDE
RADIUS-:l:6"
CD
1'0
8"
CONCRETE STAIRS
0: . 0 .8,..0 0 <1
~ 00'?00. . ~ .
o .0.. ~oC> 00
1'"11111114;\ :
'111_111 00..
- .<1 '11- ~o o. 0
=1, '.1; .. -II f:-"-~I~ _S-:o ?~~";,
U1111 II,LI, '~II If"7'lif'.' ·
- 8,."0 0:.0 -111--111 ...
-- o. .000- - ~ <J .6,'
--O~oC>.oo .0.: - _ - -. 4
12" MIN.
12"
12"0 CONCRETE FOOTING
CAN BE POURED MONOLITHIC
WITH STAIR POUR WHERE
APPLICABLE
4 . g.
o.
~oC> .
.. 'I ~
· II If ~
Il.lTlillm-
SECTION
APPROVED:
! CITY OF DUBLIN
METAL STEP RAILING
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B
FR-12
-------------------
() 0 0 )>
:r: ;:0 ~ lJ
fTl )> lJ
() ~ fTl ;:0
^ z 0
fTl ,-0 <
0 fTl
fTl"---- 0 8' a.c. MAX.
-0 ...... ..
tf) ~ 3.5"
"----
<.0 MAX.
CO
-0
-
-0
fT1
G)
" C
::::0 )>
I :;0
-->. 0
VI
:;0
)>
r
z
G)
ELEVATION
1/2"
J:
52
0.
~
1 2"
MI
C'l
...-
HANDRAIL-1 1/2'"
STEEL TUBING, TYP.
RAIL POST -2"11l STEEL
TUBING, TYP.
<t
HANDRAIL-1 1/2'"
STEEL TUBING, TYP.
RAIL POST -2"9) STEEL
TUBING. TYP.
PICKET -1 "9) STEEL
TUBING
PICKET -1 "91 STEEL
TUBING, TYP.
HOLD PICKETS
VERTICAL
BOTTOM RAIL-2"11l
STEEL TUBING, TYP.
SEE RAIL ATTACHMENT
ENLARGEMENT
N
.q-
jHOLD TOP OF RAMP
CURB FLUSH WITH
ADJ'CENT -'MP -"R-'--
A . KA ::'U I-A\;t.
EXISTING
CONCRETE RAMP
RAIL POST 2"9) GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE
-GROUT SOLID INTO 3"91 SLEEVE WITH FINISHED
HIGH STRENGTH GROUT. GROUT TO BE GRADE
FLUSH W/TOP OF RAMP SURFACE.
- FINISHED SURFACE
POST SLEEVE - CONSTRUCT FROM 3" SQ,
STRUCTURAL STEEL TUBING W/.025" WALL
THICKNESS. WELD 5" SQ. PLATE TO BOTTOM OF
SLEEVE. HOLD TOP OF SLEEVE 1 /2" BELOW FINISH
SURFACE OF RAMP OR CURB. SHOP PRIME W/ 2
COATS PRIMER 'RUST -O-LEUM' BRAND OR EQUAL.
6" MIN. TYPICAL TO BOTTOM OF RAMP CURB.
RAIL ATTACHMENT ENLARGEMENT
SECTION
FR-13
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
12"
~I
NOTE:
RAILINGS TO BE PAINTED GLOSS
W / TWO PART EPOXY lYPE PAINT
COLOR TO BE SELECTED
HAND RAIL TO BE CONSTRUCTED FROM
7 GA. STEEL TUBING. TUBING TO BE
1-1/2" 0.0. SEAMLESS OR SMOOTH
EXTERIOR TUBING
I~
12"
CD
1'0
7"R.
CONCRETE STAIRS
;;n~~1if · b
1'1 I ,ill I III <1.4 ..00.
- <1 11-.0.0
III II i II II ~ I~i'~ qo~. ~;~o
_I 11==111_ .' '--=11 0.L!....!.~] i]
-8. "" -11]--111
12"0 CONCRETE FOOTING -" 0:;"0";;, o.~: _ -= 4 <1'
CAN BE POURED MONOLITHIC IllllilllllUJ'
WITH STAIR POUR WHERE . - '
APPLICABLE
12" MIN.
12"
4. . 8.
.dO. oO<:::I2J .
. I I I 0....
." I ~
~ II i= ~
.."c I
IITIIllim .
SECTION
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: JE
CHECKED:PS
CITY OF DUBLIN
PIPE STEP RAILING
FR -1 4
SITE DET AILS
SD-1: Concrete Planter Curb 6" Height
SD-2: Concrete Seat Wall
SD-3: Concrete Mow Band
SD-4: Concrete Edge Band
SD-5: Concrete Retaining Wall Criteria
SD-6: Concrete Stair
SD- 7: Concrete Step Cheek Wall
SD-8: Wood Header
E
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: JE
CHECKED:PS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
APPROVED:
NOTE:
FINISH:
COLOR:
1" CHAMFER
gn
~ #6 REBAR HORIZ.
BARS-RUN CONTINUOUS
---LEVEL ~ BETWEEN JOINTS. TIE
- "-/ '/ wi #3 REBAR VERTICALS
. //< >/ AT 42" O.C.
~ ~ ~ PLANTING AREA SOIL
......(/ SEE SPECIFICATIONS
<1 ~"
to
1"
oo~ "';;' . ~ 4.; ..
ooocJ=1 ,.'
11==11 <I.
-111-000 0.,,00 00 II'
- - 0' 0 co .0 00 -
:11 (~{ti[~\i I~I J
6" DEPTH-CLASS 2 AGG.!
BASE MATERIAL -REL. COMPACTED SUBGRADE -REL.
COMPACTION TO 90% COMPACTION TO 90%
. CITY OF DUBLIN
CONCRETE PLANTER
CURB 6" HEIGHT
SD-1
I
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTE:
FINISH:
COLOR:
(f):ZX
W2<(
- :2
0:::_
<( - -
>LO~
"--C'J
SET TOP LEVEL
8" ~3- #6 REBAR HORIZ.
/. BARS-RUN CONTINUOUS
BETWEEN JOINTS. TIE
- 11-=111 wi #3 REBAR VERTICALS
. III 11 AT 30" a_c.
.... ~ PLANTING AREA SOIL
;11111 SEE SPECIFICATIONS
1" DIA. WEEP HOLE
wi 1 CU FT OF PEA
GRAVEL IN MIRAFI
140N FILTER FABRIC.
..ILl
, q ..
_00' . .
o~ eP
II-II 4
III 000 0000 oc> 11-
- = 0010; 0 <,00 ::.
-I/O 000 <> 0 0_1
- ..11 I II 'II 1111 I I-
6" DEPTH-ClASS 2 AGG. '\
BASE MATERIAL-REL. \...COMPACTED SUBGRADE-REL.
COMPACTION TO 95% COMPACTION TO 90%
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: JE
CHECKED:PS
CITY OF DUBLIN
CONCRETE SEAT WALL
50-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTES:
1. CONCRETE FINISH:
2. CONCRETE COLOR:
3. SEE PLAN FOR SCORE JOINT & EXPANSION
JOINT LOCATIONS.
16"
PLANTING AREA
3"
.... ..
.,
. .
...
. 4 .
.. ...,' .. .
1/2"R. TOOLED EDGE
/ FINISH GRADE
6" DEPTH CONCRETE
-
C"-I
.. e.
. . .
o. " .s.....
00. ~cr"Oot:/OO~
.~. 0
ob .O~ ,
o
2- #3 REBAR - RUN
CONTINUOUS LENGTH OF
BAND
6" DEPTH CLASS 2
AGG. BASE, 95% COMPACTION
~SUBGRADE 90%
COMPACTION
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: JE
CHECKED:PS
CITY OF DUBLIN
CONCRETE MOW BAND
5D-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTES:
1 . SEE PLANS FOR SCORE JOINT & EXPANSION
JOINT LOCATIONS.
16"
ADJACENT PAVING l
3" TYP.
1/2"R. (TYP.)
<<:7.
t>
_ '<"7
.j:<<:7
V'
t>. --
. <<:7
<<:7-
"'
6"
11\ (2) 114 REBARS CONTINUOUS
BETWEEN EXPANSION JOINTS
COMPACTED SUBGRADE
90% RELATIVE COMPACTION
6"
CLASS II AGGREGATE BASE
95% RELATIVE COMPACTION
SECTION
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: JE
CHECKED:PS
if CITY OF DUBLIN
CONCRETE EDGE BAND
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B
5D-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
FINISH
12"
EDGE\ rA .1.... -I /FINISH GRADE
I~VEL.. ~
:I. <....1 -; .::;PPlANTING SOIL WHERE APPUCABLE
. . 00 I)
r 0 <aoeo oOoJ'vDRAIN ROCK
. . 0 o~ oo:~ ~ FILTER FABRIC
4 <t I. ~:eO; 0: MIRAFI 140N
. .4 0 000 : 0 SUBORAIN FLOW LINE
..' ooQo 0 00
O.
000 :0
.<0 0
ocf:d'oo ""'"'
m
1-1/2" OIA.
FINISH GRADE
u ADJACENT SURFACE
o
<:1 . .
... 4 q . 4 f. 4sJ. ~. ..
.. .~4 4
... . <1 -.
_~___ <'J
LJ
.<t
.4
4.
:<1.
LJ
WIDTH HEIGHT SURFACE TO FOOTING FOOTING FOOTING
TOP OF FOOTING THICKNESS FORWARD BACK
WALL
SECTION
A
B
C
o
E
F
DIMENSION
REINFORCING IN WALL
REINFORCING IN FOOTING
WALL FINISH AND COLOR
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: JE
CHECKED:PS
CITY OF DUBLIN
CONCRETE RETAINING
WALL CRITERIA
50-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
:1
I
I
I
I
I
SAFETY STRIP PER
TITLE 24, SUBMIT
SHOP DRWG. AND
MANUFACTURER TO
ENGINEER FOR
APPROVAL.
1.5"
BAR
LO
~
1.5"
LO
..-
INSET
#4 REBAR-BOTH DIRECTIONS
AT 18" O.C. TYP.
ALTRED SAFETY TREAD-SEE NOTE 2
NOSING BAR-#4 REBAR
N
..-
CAULKED E.J. 12"
iADJACENT MATERIAL
CD
..--
SECTION
CAULKED E.J.
14"
APPROVED:
I CITY OF DUBLIN
CONCRETE STAIR
E
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: JE
CHECKED:PS
5D-6
E
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: JE
CHECKED:PS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
APPROVED: 1
12"
TOP OF WALL ELEVATION VARIES
MIN. 3",MAX. 7"-SEE PLANS
~ STAIR BEYOND
b #4 REBAR VERT.
"r-........_ @ 24" O.C. #
~ " 4 REBAR HOLD
o = " ~~~~~M E1~~S~ND
-=lliooo..:g.. "" ~ CONTINUOUS RUN
1==1 II=- g 0<>0 '-l.. L.::
-'11-111-" 0 'h 1/2" R.
== ==11,"1:::>0 0 " '-...
-I II -III II i:-::" AELDLGES
_I I I==/II=-- 0 '" " "
---IIIl!...c o~ P 0 -l
- ==111_ 0 0 '" 0 '1 I
-III-III-o~
. --III _11111 .~ L---+
III c>
II==~ ~.. 000
I -0 0 0'" '" 0
IIIIII~ I "1~ II II ~11.F1\
20"
NOTE:
WALL IS 12" WIDE.
SECTION
, CITY OF DUBLIN
CONCRETE STEP
CHEEK WALL
5D-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTES:
1. ALL WOOD TO BE PRESSURE
TREATED DOUGLAS FIR. PRESS.
TREATMENT TO BE WARRANTED
FOR 20 YEARS AND RATED
FOR GROUND CONTACT.
FINISH GRADE AT GROUNDCOVER 2" BELOW TOP OF
FINISH GRADE AT TURF 1" BELOW TOP OF HEADER
2" X 4" PRESSURE TREATED
DOUGLAS FIR HEADER
1" X 4" X 6' SCAB @ BUTT
JOINTS ON BOTH SIDES
ON CURVED RUNS
1" X 4" X 6' SCAB @ BUTT
JOINTS ON OUTSIDE ON
STRAIGHT RUNS
2" X 4" X 18" P.T. FIR STAKE
@ 4'-0" O.C. NAIL 1" BELOW
TOP OF HEADER. PAINT ALL CUTS
WITH 2 COATS COPPER NAPTHANATE
ALLOW TO DRY.
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: JE
CHECKED:PS
CITY OF DUBLIN
WOOD HEADER
50-8
I
I
I
I
I
-I
SPORTS
TENNIS
SP- T1: Paving
SP- T2: Surface Coat
SP- T3: Net Posts and Hardware
SP- T 4: Net Anchor
SP- T5: Chain Link Fence and Wind Screen
SP- T6: Pedestrian Gate
SP- T7: Maintenance Gate
SP- T8: Court Bench
i I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A SURFACING SYSTEM SHALL BE APPLIED
TO ALL FINISHED AC. SURFACING SYSTEM
SHALL INCLUDE A LEVELLING SLURRY COURSE,
COLOR COATING AND LINE PAINT
P A VI NG
CONCRETE TENNIS COURT BAND
\\l
1I'I![illl i II il'l! . <7', t> <7 II Ill:-
!, " 1.1" I I '7 -' IIIII-IIIJ
000000000000000 vt>.~ ' ., , .', g ~
o 0 0 0 0 0 0 000 00 0 0 0 _ . ~''": _ _ . . . _ . _ _ _ _ _ . ~ _
0000000000000000000000000000000000 c-II_-III_
0000000000000000000000000000000000 - -
OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOC - -
0000 00000000000000000000000000000
0000 OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOC
0000 OOOOOOOOOO~OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
00000 ooooooooooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO(
00000 ooooooooo~oooooooooooooooooo
~OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOc
'--111--111 0000000000000000
== == =-= OOOOOOOOOOOOO(
111:--'" '4
....- :orr=llT~l;.
to
]
\\l
~
90% COMPACTED
SUBGRADE TO 18"
DEPTH
6" OF CLASS II
AGGREGATE BASE 95%
COMPACTION REQUIRED
CITY OF DUBLIN
19348
B
PAVING
APPROVED:
5P- T1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TENNIS COURT SURFACE COATINGS
LEVELLING SLURRY COURSE
MATERIAL FOR LEVELING LOW AREAS AND FOR THE LEVELLING
COURSE SHALL BE ACRYLIC RESURFACER COATING MANUFACTURED
BY "PLEXI-PAVE", OR AN APPROVED EQUAL MINERAL FILLED
ACRYLIC EMULSION PRODUCT.
COLOR COATING
COLOR COATING IS TO BE "PLEXI-PAVE" SYSTEM MANUFACTURED
BY CALIFORNIA PRODUCTS CORP., OR APPROVED EQUAL. COLORS
TO BE CHOSEN BY CITY. SUBMIT SAMPLES.
PAINT
PLEXICOLOR LINE PAINT BY CALIFORNIA PRODUCTS, OR APPROVED EQUAL.
PROTECTIVE COATING
ON ALL SURFACES, APPLY TWO COATS OF "CLEAR-GLO 3", APPLIED OVER
COLOR COATINGS, MANUFACTURED BY CALIFORNIA PRODUCTS CORP., OR
APPROVED EQUAL.
APPROVED:
DATE: 1 0/14/98
DRAWN:RB
CHECKED:PS
CITY OF DUBLIN
SURFACE COAT
5P- T2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTE:
TENNIS COURT NET POST, SLEEVE AND NET
TO BE AS MANUFACTURED BY :
PW ATHLETIC
TENNIS COURT NET POST-MODEL #2205
SLEEVE-MODEL #8305-01
TENNIS COURT NET-MODEL #8352
TENNIS
PAVING
POST .... rPER SPECS.
=:
J
)( 'X'"'
x x xx-
x X xx-
x xx-
x: x: x ~
~... ~ ~
CT. \ ~ x:
..f x: X
x'X 'X X
xx 'X 'X ><
x: 'L'
;\ IX yy yy x ><
+
14. -
4
~. ~. COMPACTED
4
H X 1". . A { SUBGRADE
P X <1
. ~. . ~ . ~I 1_ TENNIS CT. NET
TTOM t .4
.." -.. 1== CENTER STRAP
TENNIS COURT NET
TENNIS COURT NET
CONC. FTG.
2'-6" DEPT
14"0 AT TO
30"0 AT BO
4" DEPTH,
CLASS 2 AGG.
BASE MATERIAL
COMPACTED 95%
I II
] 1;';000 00 cr. 0 :111=
-I 0 /l 0 DcP-,
- l'O OD Vo 0 c c-
11 ' ~III' 9, III p, 'III' , 'f1l~
-:111 III III 111-
'-111-]11-
ANCHOR
APPROVED:
CITY OF DUBLIN
NET POSTS AND HARDWARE
5P- T3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTE:
NET ANCHOR TO BE PW ATHLETIC MODEL #8371-20
AND #8371-30
TENNIS COURT
PAVING
APPROVED:
A.
TENNIS COURT NET CENTER
STRAP ANCHOR
1/4"0 GALV. STEEL PIN
CENTERED IN TOP OF PIPE
SET 3/8" BELOW FINISH
GRADE OF COURT SURFACE
1-5/8"0 GALV. STEEL
PIPE W / BOTTOM 2"
FLATTENED TOGETHER.
SET TOP OF PIPE 1/4"
BELOW FIN. GRADE OF
COURT SURFACE
-
~m~ . ... .'" ...::111_ CONCRETE FOOTING -
1==1 A: . 1==1 6"(Zl X 12" DEPTH
- 000 00 0 - ,
-:lll=""o~oo~4" DEPTH - CLASS 2
COMPACTED .. ~I ~IIIL~~IiI~I~11 AGG. BASE MATERIAL
SUBGRADE ;~ COMPACTED 95% SEE SPECS.
95% RELATIVE COMPACTION
CITY OF DUBLIN
NET ANCHOR
C E
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: RB
CHECKED:PS
5P- T 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTES:
1. FENCE FABRIC TO BE 1 -1/2" DIAMOND CHAIN LINK FENCE FABRIC
WITH FUSED VINYL COLOR COATING. COLOR TO BE BLACK. SEE
SPECIFICATIONS.
2. WINDSCREEN TO BE HAR- TRU DURASCREEN PVC COATED POLYESTER
FABRIC WITH HEAVY DUTY HEMS AND BRASS GROMMETS. INSTALL
PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
CONTACT: HAR- TRU
PH. 1 -800-842-7878
3. ALL POSTS, RAILS, HARDWARE AND FITTINGS TO BE HOT-DIPPED
GALVANIZED STEEL. WASH AND PAINT PER SPECIFICATIONS. COLOR
TO BE BLACK.
('oJ _
~ O'l
TOP RAIL
FENCE POST-
END AND CORNER
POSTS: 2-7/8" DIA
LINE POSTS: 2-3/8" DIA
TOP, BOTTOM AND
MIDDLE RAILS: 1-7/8" DIA.
3/8" DIA. TRUSS ROD
WITH TURNBUCKLE
2 PER END PANEL
('oJ
HOLD BOTTOM RAIL 1"
ABOVE FINISH GRADE OF
TENNIS COURT
<l
4
4
4
.q-
1D
".4
<1
..4
<1
1'0
18" DIA. CONCRETE
<1
" FOOTING-DEPTH AS
0<:0 00 00 INDICATED
o ooooo~
o "-- 4" DEPTH CLASS 2
AGG. BASE MATERIAL
COMPACTED
0<:0 0 0 0
o oooqg
<!
APPROVED: "
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN:
CHECKED:PS
CITY OF DUBLIN
CHAIN LINK FENCE
AND WIND SCREEN
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B
SP- T5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: JE
CHECKED:PS
NOTE:
CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR CITY APPROVAL PRIOR TO
CONSTRUCTION OF GATE. SHOP DRAWINGS TO INCLUDE ALL FITTINGS,
HARDWARE AND FASTENERS. DRAWINGS SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT SCALE
AND ClARITY TO CLEARLY ILLUSTRATE ALL CONNECTIONS AND HARDWARE.
I~-o" CLEAR GA~ I
WIDTH
I
o
I
t'-.
HEAVY DUTY\
GALV. GATE
HINGE (TYP.
OF 3)
<1
Ll
to
I
";"j-
<1
<
<J
II-.!...WO 0 '" -111- I-Oa:?O 0 0 It I
-= --0 ooo~g == = 0 ooo~g _
-111- "I-II -' 11-] I I-I -
L1 IP III ~ ~ ~U 1111" Jlll~ ~ ~ 1111111,1 '
COMPACTED SUBGRADE
95% RELATIVE COMPACTION
TENNIS COURT FENCE
1-1/2" SPACE FABRIC
4"lZS GATE POST W/
GALV. TERMINAL DOME
CAP- POWDER COAT
TO MATCH POST
AUTOMATIC GATE LATCH
W/PADLOCK KEEPER
2"lZS GATE FRAME W/
MALLEABLE IRON ANGLES
AND 5/16" TRUSS RODS
AND TURNBUCKLES-BOTH
DIRECTIONS
CONC. FOOTING-
24"gJ X 4'-6" DEPTH
4" DEPTH-CLASS 2
AGG. BASE MATERIAL
95% RELATIVE
COMPACTION
o l CITY OF DUBLIN
PEDESTRIAN GATE
5P- T6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTE:
CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR CITY APPROVAL PRIOR TO
CONSTRUCTION OF GATE. SHOP DRAWINGS TO INCLUE ALL FITTINGS, HARDWARE
AND FASTENERS. DRAWINGS SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT SCALE AND CLARITY TO
CLEARLY ILLUSTRATE ALL CONNECTIONS AND HARDWARE.
TURNBUCKLE
TYP_ ONE @
EA TRUSS
ROD
12'-0"
TENNIS COURT FENCE
1-1/2- SPACE FABRIC
. ~
~ ci Z
U-IO
lL.
~-Ij:
Z -10
Z <(-
WCIlW
~W:I:
(f)
~ <( W
CIl~
r-:~0
J: 0
: r-: f-
9 J: (f)
N bES
.- I lL.
_ W
coO::
4-95 GATE POST wi
GALV. TERMINAL DOME
UTOMATIC GATE LATCH
WI PADLOCK KEEPER
2-95 GATE FRAME Wi
MALLEABLE IRON ANGLES
AND 5/16" TRUSS RODS AND
TURNBUCKLES - BOTH
DIRECTIONS
TENNIS COURT SURFACE
<l
<I
1-3/8" O.D.
PLUI'lGER ROD
SET STEEL
SLEEVE FOR
ROD INTO .
CONC. FOOTING 'l
CONC. FOOTING-
24-95 X 4'-6- DEPTH
\0
\
't
HEAVY DUTY
GALVANIZED <I
GATE HINGES-
2 PER GATE
L!.-.!..l..O..o 0 0 _111_
lllllli oll74ng CO~CR~E FOOTlNG-
II m m TT 18 95x3 DEPTH
-111-111-
COMPACTED SUBGRADE
95% RELATNE COMPACTION
,_0..0 0 0 _I 1
~11~f~ .
-Ii' 4 DEPTH - CLASS 2
AGG_ BASE MATERIAL
95% RELATNE COMPACTION
E
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: JE
CHECKED:PS
iI CITY OF DUBLIN
MAINTENANCE GATE
APPROVED:
5P- T7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTES:
1. PLAYER BENCH SHALL BE PN103-B, 25' LENGTH (SPECIAL ORDER) ALUMINUM PEDESTAL
LEG BENCH AS MADE BY GENERAL. SEATING CO. (800)843-9512 OR APPROVED EQUAL.
2. INSTALL PLAYER BENCH PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS AND
RECOMMENDATIONS.
q"
1:
...!
PLAYER BENCH
SET LEVEL
17" MIN / 22" MAX. HT.
FENCE POST
-r
~[
~I
0:::1
0...
0...
FINISH GRADE <{
CONC.PAVING
FENCE POST
FOOTING
1-'
I I
--u.
~
BENCH FOOTING PER
MANUF. RECOM.
~.
CLASS II AGG. BASE
4" DEPTH
COMPACTED
SUBGRADE
O()
00 0 m 0
ceo 00 c:r IU
. ~I"~ ~ ~ III ~ ~ ~f
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN:RB
CHECKED:PS
CITY OF DUBLIN
COURT BENCH
5P- T8
SPORTS
BASEBALL/SOFTBALL FIELD
SP-BASE1: Backstop(Youth Leagues/Softball)
SP-BASE2: Dugout
SP-BASE3: Player's Dugout Bench
SP-BASE4: Infield Material
SP-BASE5: Baseball Pitcher's Mound
SP-BASE6: Baseball Base Installation
SP-BASE7: Softball Base Installation
SP-BASE8: Infield Edge Band
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
: I
I
I
I
I
I
I
BACKSTOP LEGEND
IIDI FENCE RAIL 1-7/8" 0.0. SCH. 40
8 BACKSTOP FENCE LINE POST 2--7/8" 0.0. SCH. 40
@ BACKSTOP FENCE LINE POST 3-1/2" 0.0. SCH. 40
fi\ BACKSTOP FOOTING-AS SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER OF
\[y PREFABRICATED BACKSTOP UNIT
@ BACKSTOP FOOTING-TYPE 2
80'
10'
10'
PREFABRICATED BACKSTOP UNIT
PATTERSON-WILLIAMS
MODEL # 1240-03
20'
10'
10'
2x12 BACKSTOP BOARDS TO BE
SUPPLIED BY PW ATHLETIC.
2x12 DOUGlAS FIR BOARDS TO BE SUPPLIED BY CONTRACTOR.
INSTALLATION DETAIL TO MATCH ATTACHMENT DETAIL USED
ON PRE-FAB BACKSTOP UNIT
BACKSTOP PROFILE
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN:RB
CHECKED:PS
CITY OF DUBLIN
BACKSTOP-YOUTH LEAGUES
AND SOFTBALL
5P-BASE1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTES:
1. 8' HEIGHT CHAIN LINK FENCE TO CONFORM TO STANDARD PARK DEVELOPMENT
DETAIL FOR 6' AND 8' HEIGHT FENCE. PLAYER'S DUGOUT BENCH TO CONFORM
TO STANDARD DETAIL FOR PLAYER'S DUGOUT BENCH. INFIELD EDGE BAND AT
BACKSTOP AND FOUL LINE FENCE TO CONFORM TO STANDARD DETAIL FOR SAME.
2. PAVING MATERIAL TO BE PER PLAN. STANDARD PAVING TO BE MEDIUM BROOM
FINISH CONCRETE.
TO INFIELD 1 TO HOMEPLATE
INFIELD EDGE BAND AT BACKSTOP BACKSTOP FENCE POST
AND FOUL LINE FENCE AT END OF BACKSTOP
FENCE
8' HEIGHT CHAIN LINK
4' FENCE
<J
<J
L1 4J L1
<J 4J,6
PLAYER'S DUGOUT BENCH
41 <J
<J <:J .I.
,6
10' 10'
CX)
<:J <J
<Ji!.
.1
10'
PLAN
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: RB
CHECKED:PS
CITY OF DUBLIN
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B
DUGOUT
5P-BASE2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTES:
1. PLAYER BENCH SHALL BE 20' LENGTH (SPECIAL ORDER)
ALUMINUM PEDESTAL LEG BENCH AS MADE BY GENERAL SEATING CO.
(800)843-9512 OR APPROVED EQUAL.
2. INSTALL PLAYER BENCH PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS AND
RECOMMENDATIONS.
9"
ct
PLAYER BENCH
SET LEVEL
17" MIN / 22" MAX.
FENCE POST
co
..-
x
o
0:::
0..
0..
<{
;;- PAVING
FINISH GRADE
-:;111~111~111",1111
BENCH FOOTING PER :111
MANUF. RECOM.
~.~IIIIII. ~ .,'.,
. .. . 'i;>
1=
=1
'1-
., r
<:/ ..
. '.U'
<:/
FENCE POST
FOOTING
SECTION
00
00 0 CV\
Q:::>O 00 cr ~
: II III IIlT1 ~ COMPACTED CLASS 2
'77III~III~ "'.AGG. BASE MATERIAL
~COMPACTED SUBGRADE
c
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN:RB
CHECKED:PS
DUGOUT BENCH
APPROVED:
5P- BA5E3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTES:
1. CLAY INFIELD MIX SHALL BE FREE OF ROCKS. DEBRIS, VEGETATION
AND FOREIGN MATERIAL WITH 100% PASSING A 9mm SCREEN, 85%
PASSING A 6mm SCREEN. INFIELD SUBGRADE SHALL BE STERILIZED
IN A MANNER APPROVED BY THE CITY OF DUBLIN.
THE COMPOSITION OF THE INFIELD MIX SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS:
70% RED LAVE CINDEF~ GRADED 1/8"
20% WILDER CLAY
10% MANTECA LOAM
2. SUBMIT ONE TWO QUART SAMPLE TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
FOR APPROVAL. PRIOR TO ORDER AND DELIVERY.
HOLD FINISH
GRADE AT TURF
AND INFIELD
LEVEL
INFIELD MIX-GRADE SMOOTH
90% REL. COMPACTION
SECTION
COMPACTED SUBGRADE
90% REL. COMPACTION
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: RB
CHECKED:PS
CITY OF DUBLIN
INFIELD MATERIAL
R.C.E. 19348
Revision
SP-BASE4
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTES:
1. CONSTRUCT MOUND FOR LITTLE LEAGUE AND COMBINATION LITTLE LEAGUE/SOFTBALL FIELDS
ONLY. FIELDS FOR SOFTBALL USE ONLY SHALL NOT HAVE A MOUND, JUST THE RUBBER.
2. CONSTRUCT MOUND USING A SOIL MIXTURE OF 50% CINDER, 30% CLAY AND 20% LOAM
TO BE PROVIDED BY SHELTON TRANSFER, OR EQUAL.
3. FOR LITTLE LEAGUE AND COMBINATION LITTLE LEAGUE/SOFTBALL FIELDS, 'A'=48', 'B'=12'
FOR SOFTBALL ONLY FIELDS, 'A'=46', 'B'=8'
HOME
PLATE
PLAN
PITCHER'S RUBBER TO BE
OFFICIAL LITTLE LEAGUE
STEP DOWN RUBBER
MACGREGOR MODEL #BBPRPROY
AVAIL. FROM: BSN SPORTS OR
EQUAL.
MOUNT RUBBER TO 4x8
P.T. FIR STAKED TO MOUND.
SIT TOP OF RUBBER
FLUSH W/ TOP OF MOUND
I :
TO HOME
PLATE
24'
14'-6"
4x8 P.T. FIR CUT TO
SIZE. STAKE IN PLACE wi
3-114 SMOOTH BAR-18"
LEN'GTH INTO MOUND
/ / / "
SECTION
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: RB
CHECKED:PS
CITY OF DUBLIN
BASEBALL PITCHER'S MOUND
SP- BASES
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PLAN
MACGREGOR SHOCK ABSORBING
BASE AND ANCHOR
BASE -MODEL #BBBASRIC
ANCHOR-MODEL #BBANCHOR
AVAIL. FROM: BSN SPORTS
co
.,--
SECTION
'.<1 .
8" SQUARE CONCRETE
FOOTING
I. 8" .1
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: RB
CHECKED:PS
{i CITY OF DUBLIN
BASEBALL BASE INSTALLATION
SP-BASE6
I
I
I
I
:1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PLAN
MACGREGOR SHOCK ABSORBING
BASE AND ANCHOR
BASE-MODEL #BBBASRIC
ANCHOR-MODEL #BBANCHOR
AVAIL. FROM: BSN SPORTS
co
.,--
SECTION
. ...
8" SQUARE CONCRETE
FOOTING
NOTES:
1. BASES AVAILABLE FROM WOLVERINE SPORTS
I. 8" ~ I
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN:RB
CHECKED:PS
/1 CITY OF DUBLIN
1 SOFTBALL BASE INSTALLATION
. : . 19348
B
SP- BASE7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTES:
1. CONCRETE COLOR AND FINISH SHALL MATCH COLOR AND FINISH OF CONCRETE
PAVING ADJACENT TO BAND.
2. BAND REQUIRES USE OF DRAIN INLETS IN FLOW LINE OF SWALE.
3. BAND IS FLUSH WITH ADJACENT PAVING AND INFIELD MIX.
CLAY
INFIELD
22"
8" ( BACKSTOP
FENCE POST
BEYOND
I
I EQUAL EQUAL
I
" <J "
.4 I <:71'i .1 to
"
to
o = 0 ~
~ 0 0 0 '-------'
= =
C> 00 <::> '0<:> 00 = C;7
~ 0 ~ = = 0 I =0 0 I c~ = 01 ~ 00
o = = ~ 00 = 0 ~ 0 = ~
-'Il2..l. -I 11l2..l.-1 11l2..l....-i11 0 00 I 0 j = oJ
== == == 1c::;J = 0 C5 01 =
"I 111~11I31~ I-W~ W~~II I -
-:111 III ill:clll III 111== II' EXPANSION JOINT
==111==11 L.Lll I 1==1 1 1==1 I 1\1 L
,---lljT---,
FENCE FOOTING I 1 V 1 I COMPACTED CLASS 2 AGGREGATE
BEYOND I I I MATERIAL. RELATIVE COMPACTION
1 TO 95%
I L -.J I COMPACTED SUBGRADE-RELATIVE
I I COMPACTION TO 90%
L_________J
SECTION
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: RB
CHECKED:PS
it CITY OF DUBLIN
NFIELD EDGE BAND AT BACK
STOP & FOUL LINE FENCE
SP- BASE8
I
I
I
I
SPORTS
BASKETBALL
SP-BSKT: Standard and Backboard
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTE:
DUAL POST, 4' SINGLE OFFSET BASKETBALL GOAL AND
STANDARD W / 1/4" STEEL F)AINTED BACKBOARD AND
GOAL TO BE MODEL #1523-13 BACKBOARD AND TARGET
W / MODEL #45 BASKETBALL GOAL AND NET AS MANUF. BY
"PATTERSON-WILLlAMS" OR APPROVED EQUAL.
- 4'-0"
BASKETBALL BACKBOARD
AND GOAL. SEE NOTE.
FINISHED ~
GRADE "
HOLD CONC FOOTING
6" BELOW FINISHED
GRADE PAVING-
SLOPING AWAY FROM
r POLE TO DRAIN
rAC PAVING
2
n:::
o
I-
-
o
I
o
..----
...,., -=iTE==111
18"~ X 6' DEPTH
CONCRETE FOOTING
SECTION
z
2
::
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: JE
CHECKED:PS
F CITY OF DUBLIN
BASKETBALL STANDARD
AND BACKBOARD
SP-BSKT1
I
I
SPORTS
VOLLEYBALL
SP-V1: Posts and Net
SP-V2: Sand Volleyball Court Edge
I
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTE:
VOLLEYBALL POST TO BE PW ATHLETIC MODEL #2214-005
AND NET MODEL #8361-205.
,VOLLEYBALL NET
PER SPECIFICATIONS
.... \: l
y",>
'>t
"X
X
I-
VOLLEYBALL POST, SLEEVE, AND FITTING::: w
z
PER SPECIFICATIONS )< l..L..
)< 0
I: C J y 0::
Xv W
~ I-
Z
W
II U
V @
VOLLEYBALL CURB I
Y 0
( 112'-0" MIN. CLEAR ~ I
r FINISH GRADE co
OF SAND
..
tIo. bo..
. - ----' · ~ .. L SLOPE SUBGRADE @ 2%
~ ~ ~ TO SUBDRAIN, SEE GRADING
.. AND DRAINAGE PLAN -
. fill;: J lUhiillhilll,.;illTTilllffiil - ~
~ "lti' 'I-II f-I - - - - -
i~ -= ~ I---,-,-L--_-
~, 'IJ ..' 11, I ,m.
MULTIFLOW DRAIN ~::' III: ~ - -
li.t.:.:: "~ 1/2"'/> GALV. STEEL BOLT
1/2"0 GALV. STEEL BOLl' I ~" WELDED TO SLEEVE
THROUGH SLEEVE & POST _III "" ""1:;11
CONCRETE FOOTING ---/'" I ~""" I
12",/> X 4'-0" DEPTH :.=11 L ~ "'~~II I
1-0'( OO~
'II rOo ( Ig-" 6" DEPTH - CLASS 2 AGG.
TTj <-:-1' BASE MATERIAL
41 CITY OF DUBLIN
,;:r-~I) H~j
APPROVED: t '7 ,~\LL j ~ -"'-- A POSTS AND NET
"enY I NGINEERIilO:.r 'R.C.E. 19348
DATE: 10/14/98 No. Revision Bv
DRAWN: JE
CHECKED:PS SP-V1
-------------------
() CJ CJ )>
I ;;0 ~ '1J
fT1 ~ '1J
() fT1 ;;0
^ Z ........ 0
fT1 LO <
CJ fT1
fT1~ CJ
'1J ..
(j) ..p..
"-
<.0
CO
<0
VI
-I>-
COCO
(f)
)>
OZ
00
(f) C <
lJ :;0 0
I -; r
tS fTI r
O~
G)rn
fTI)>
r
r
NOTES:
1. SLOPE AS NOTED ON THIS DETAIL.
2. COLOR:
3. FINISH:
EDGE OF SAND~
o
~
o
."
o
C
OJ
r
-
Z
2'-0"
6"
l' -10"
1 /8"/FT. MIN. 6"
,
.<1
".<1
"4 <1
---.
SAND"
SPORTS
MISCELLANEOUS SPORTS
SP-MISC1: Playfield SandjSubdrain
SP- M ISC2: Cinder Track Su rface
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SAND GROWING MEDIUM-PER SPECIFICATIONS
FINISH GRADE OF SAND
I CROWN TOP OF
PEA GRAVEL
.
.. -. :..:. .. ~~
'. .
'. , . :' ,~ . ....; .' :": :' .: ".
1 % . ~KJ .~'lj8G'RADE '.:,
-. "',' {(j
. .
.. ... ..
'<t
FLOW-LINE
APPROVED:
PLAYFIELD
SAND/SUBDRAIN
SP-MISC1
, CITY OF DUBLIN
c
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: RB
CHECKED:PS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTES:
1. CONCRETE FOR TRACK CURBS TO HAVE MEDIUM
BROOM FINISH. INTEGRAL COLOR TO BE CONSOV
HI-CON 1195 AT 1 LB/CUBIC YARD.
2. TRACK CINDERS TO BE AS SUPPLIED BY:
TMT ENTERPRISES
1 (408) 432-9040
OR APPROVED EQUAL
HOLD TRACK
CURB FLUSH
W/ ADJACENT
PAVING
6"
CLAY/CINDER TRACK MATERIAL TO BE;
60%-1/8" TO MINUS CRUSHED VOLCANIC CINDER
30%-CLAY
10%-LOAM
SEE NOTE 2.
HOLD FINISH GRADE
OF TRACK SYRFACE
AT 1l1:-1 /2 BELOW
TOP OF TRACK CURB
14' -0"
6"
HOLD FINISH GRADE OF
ADJACENT TURF OR
MULCH AREAS 1" BELOW
TOP OF TRACK CURB
...
'-
I
to
~~-:
\. ",,"- " ~
/ . --- PLANTING BACKFILL-PER
SPECIFICATIONS
_ _ - 4 _' '4 REBAR HORIZONTAL
I \ 111- =111==111==1 <l - - II F ~UN CONTINUOUS
,TTT- -I' '-11 <I: _ <l 11-1 BETWEEN EXPANSION
I ~'1?~o<::::'<::::, ~~ JOINTS
.II 1:: <::::'o<::::'~, ~;, 115 ~ COMPACTED SUBGRADE
'==1 <::::" <::::, ~=III~ TO 90% R.C.
COMPACTED SUBGRADE '-11-111-111 -1-
TO 90% R.C. == == == :- CONCRETE TRACK
ClASS 2 AGG. BASE MATERIAL'I-=111 111- CURB, SEE NOTE 1
COMPACT TO 95% R.C. CLASS 2 AGG. BASE MATERIAL
COMPACT TO 95% R.C.
:.:-
APPROVED:
CITY OF DUBLIN
CINDER TRACK SURFACE
c
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: RB
CHECKED:PS
19348
B
SP- MISC2
I
I
I
I SITE FURNITURE
I
SF-F-1: Accessible Drinking Fountain-Concrete
SF -F -2: Accessible Drinking Fountain-Metal
SF -F -3: Accessible Picnic Table-Wood
SF -F -4: Picnic Table-Wood
SF -F -5: Metal Bollard
SF -F -6: Timber Bollard
,
SF -F -7: Flat Wood Bench-6 Length
,
SF -F -S: Flat Wood Bench-S Length
SF -F -9: Backed Wood Bench-5' Length
SF -F -1 0: Backed Wood Bench-S' Length
SF -F -11: Round Tree Grate
SF-F-12: Square Tree Grate
SF -F -13: Trash Receptacle-Steel
SF -F -14: Trash Receptacle-Steel/Wood
SF -F -1 5: Trash Receptacle-Concrete
SF -F -1 6: Bicycle Rock
SF-F-17: Park Sign
-------------------
(') 0 0 )>
I ;:0 ~ -U
fTl ~ -U
(') fTl ;:0
^ Z 0
fTl ,-0 <
0 fTl
fTl"'-.. 0
-U -'
(J) ..f:>.
"'-..
<.D
CO
....
<0
(,j
.,..
co
(/)
.,.,
I
.,.,
I
.,.,)>
00
CO
ZfTl
~~
ZCD
Ir
OfTl
00
Z;o
0-
;oZ
~^
fTlti
.......
NOTE:
1. DRINKING FOUNTAIN TO BE "HAWS" MODEL
#3177
2. CONCRETE FOOTING COLOR AND FINISH
SHALL MATCH SITE WALKWAYS
ATTACHED WITH ANCHOR BOLTS PER
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS
SCHEMATIC CLEANOUT LOCATION l
LOCATE CLEANOUT TO ALIGN
WITH FOUNTAIN DRAIN AND
CATCH BASIN, SEE PLAN
CHRISTY V-1 CLEAN OUT
wi LOCKING LID
MORTAR BOTTOM
SLOPE TO PIPE @ 2%
CONCRITE BASE
4" DEPTH
4" DEPTH COMPACTED
CLASS II AGGREGATE
BASEROCK
SECTION
_-" -il
.d ~ .4.'
~-
PUSH BUTTON VALVE
DRAIN LINE
r WATER LINE
CHRISTY G5C VALVE BOX WITH LOCKING LID, CONCRETE
OR CAST IRON LID, LOCATION IS SCHEMATIC, ALIGN wi
POTABLE LINE & DRINKING FOUNTAIN
3/4" BRONZE GATE VALVE
PER CITY STANDARD
.
Ji..-,.....J'
6" DEPTH CONCRITE PAVING EXTENDING
OUT 3' FROM CENTER OF DRINKING
FOUNTAIN, SHALL HAVE #4 REBAR @ 12'
O.C. BOTH WAYS
6" DEPTH COMPACTED CLASS II
AGGREGATE BASEROCK
6" DEPTH CONCRETE PAVING
3/4" POTABLE WATER LINE
CONNECT TO
CATCH BASIN
3"~ PVC DRAIN LINE
SLOPE TO DRAIN
@ MIN. 2%
>
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
APPROVED:
C
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: JE
CHECKED:PS
NOTE:
I. DRINKING FOUNTAIN TO BE "HAWS" MODEL
#3380, AVAILABLE THROUGH:
HAWS FOUNTAINS
(510) 525-5801
2. CONCRITE FOOTING COLOR AND FINISH
SHALL MATCH SITE WALKWAYS
40-1 12"
I
fL&i.
ALlOW B" OF SLACK IN
SUPPLY LINE FOR STRAINER
AND VALVE MAINTENANCE
.tmEi..
DURING INSTALlATION OF THIS
FOUNTAIN, MAKE SURE SUPPLY
LINE AND LINE FROM VALVE I"--
TO BUBBLER DOES NOT KINK. ('o,J
ALlOW EXTRA SLACK FOR FRONT
PLATE REMOVAL AND VALVE ACCESS.
1/8" CLEARANC
l
SCREWDRIVER STOP
1/2" UNC ANCHORS
CONCRETE SlAB
('o,J
<l
4~
<l
<t
-- ~ -
I.
2'-E;" SQ.
SECTION
en
en
w
u
W
0:::
J('o,J
..........
t
to
..........
L()
I
('o,J"--
..........
.-
I
'<:t
I"')
CITY OF DUBLIN
ACCESSIBLE DRINKING
FOUNTAIN-METAL
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B
SF-F-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOlES
1.TABLE SHALL BE "TIMBERFORM" ARBOR 2243-8
ACCESSABLE PICNIC TABLE
2,INSTALl PER MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTION
.,
-'
:.,.
ELEVAllON
7' '10"
I
I~
H
I
in
n
[]]
9'-10.
.fWL
c
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: RH
CHECKED:PS
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B
CITY OF DUBLIN
ACCESSIBLE PICNIC TABLE
WOOD
SF-F-3
APPROVED:
CITY OF DUBLIN
PICNIC TABLE
WOOD
SF-F-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTES
1.TABLE SHALL BE "TIMBERFROM" ARBOR 2244-8
STANDARD PICNIC TABLE
2.INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTION.
,
...
"-0.
ELEVATION
7' 10.
o
n
~
_I
'"
o
u
PLAN
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: RH
CHECKED:PS
SEE PLANS FOR PA~NG
1
;"
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: JE
CHECKED:PS
NOTE:
BOLLARD SHALL BE "TIMBERFORM" #2190
POST W / SLEEVE
o
PLAN
4-1/2" ~
METAL BOLLARD.-
GALVANIZED STEEL.
o
I
n
METAL LOCKING COLLAR LATCH
FINISH GRADE
. . <1
4'
.4
.4 .
.<i~
CONCRETE FOOTING
PER MANUFACTURER
RECOMMENDATIONS.
4.
SECTION
~ COMPACTED SUBGRADE
.: CITY OF DUBLIN
METAL BOLLARD
Revision
SF-F-S
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTE:
BOLLARD SHALL BE "TIMBERFORM" #2191
POST W / SLEEVE
o
PLAN
4-1/2" ~
METAL BOLLARD.-
GALVANIZED STEEL.
WOOD SURROUND
o
I
I"')
METAL LOCKING COLLAR LATCH
FINISH GRADE
_ _ <1
4'
- 4
-4 -
~~
4-
CONCRETE FOOTING
PER MANUFACTURER
RECOMMENDATIONS.
<1- _
SECTION
~ COMPACTED SUBGRADE
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: JE
CHECKED:PS
CITY OF DUBLIN
TIMBER BOLLARD
SF-F-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i I
II
NOTES
1. BENCH SHALL BE "TIMBERFORM" GREENWAY
MOD. 2139-6 EMBED MOUNT
2. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOM,
6' 0"
..aAtL
SET TOP OF BENCH
LEVEL BOTH DIRECTIONS
FINISH GRADE l
f3 1: t
- ",0
O::~N
~ I '.
'l-
I- I-:z:
:z::z:
Cl 'X
w~<
:z: ::;::;
SUPPORT LEG
OF BENCH UNIT
FIN. GRADE
.." ',~.:
.:~ .:' 4 .
.4. . . .
.... ~'. ":.4
:.~ .. :-- .. "," ~ . ~". > .~. . :' :.~." .... ':.' ,..:~
.'.
00 0 :....-. .';. ,. 00 0
0.0 r.t floO 0.0 - ~ '.. .... 0.0 O. 0.00.0
..0.0.0.0 -0.0 .~.": . ;,.~O' 0.0.0.0.0.0 --S-T~"1~ .:.... . ..~~lTl~11
'I?.o. . . 0 '0' O. . 0 0'.0 ':.:-... . ~.:.: :. 'I?.o. . . 0 '0' O. . 0 0'. 1111 Jll ,:/. ,,:, . ~.:.:; I' III
I ,I I Iml I Irrr I ITlII I I-I. . .. ",-I I I-I I I-II I I ~ ... . . . il~,l .m I 1
I I I_I I I_I I I_III ~4 ~ ~."~.... I ill" ,ill, , ,lL I ,I III :'1.:: >~.: ~ 111-
= _0 0'0. 0 - = _0 0 '0 ,0 ::
COMPACTED ClASS /I ~.o.o. 0 '<fi'I-' CONCRETE FOOTING' 1=--1' ~o . 0 0 '11-1
BASE ROCK PER MFG, ~ lffiillll Illi, I lill~ PER MFG. REC. ~-::::::::. II I I 1-::::::::'1 -::::::::.
SPEC, COMPACTED SUBGRADE, COMPACTED ClASS /I
90% R.C. BASE ROCK PER MFG.
SECTION
APPROVED:
TY
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: JE
ICHECKED:PS
!I CITY OF DUBLIN
FLAT WOOD BENCH
6' LENGTH
SF-F-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
, I
II
NOTES
1. BENCH SHALL BE "11MBERFORM" GREENWAY
MOD, 2139-8 EMBED MOUNT
2. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOM.
R' o.
..fW..
r SET TOP OF BENCH
LEVEL BOTH DIRECTIONS
FINISH GRADE
~. .
_",0
0: _N
~ I '.
'1-
I- ~:r.
:r:
o 'x
~~~
SUPPORT LEG
OF BENCH UNIT
FIN. GRADE
. ..
:. .
. .4 ' .
.. 4:. -:"'4
to .
. . .. .'
,". . '.'
..
o 0 0 :,' ~_. ... 0 0 0
.0 . .0 . _~.' . ..0 . .0 .0
.. 0 .0 .0 . 0 .0 00 '4' : ., ~ : . 0 .0 .0 . 0 .0 .0 ~f1q~ .~.": . ~ " ~PT9~1 I
O(J"o. .'0 '0' O. 000'. ~.:..-' .~.:-.- '..;0.0. .'0 '0' O. oQO. ill,)f! ';':..- ~.." II III
I [I I ITIr I 'rfTLJJ.ffil.lJ.f ,. . ,". .. ~ ~-..!..J.J.-..!..J.J.-..!..J.J. rrr.: '. .~ .,".. ~ ~.I ,W==-I ,
'TiI_TilL" '_III ."4.: .4"~. f W, I ,ill" ,ill, 1,1 ,!, "4.: :...~'. f 'I ,ill
= _0 o.o.? _ - = _0 0'0. 0 I::
COMPACTED CLASS II ~.o.o. 0 q [-I CONCRETE FOOTING ~-I. ~o .0 0 '0;-;:[ I-I
BASE ROCK PER MFG. -Jffiill11 I ill , I ,.LL./'i"l PER MFG. REC. == I I I I 1==1 ==
SPEC, I I 1'- COMPACTED SUBGRADE,
90% R.C. COMPACTED CLASS II
BASE ROCK PER MFG.
.~ .. .:
4
:.~ '. :.. .. 'b,. " .....
.
... ':. .....
SEC110N
CITY OF DUBLIN
FLAT WOOD BENCH
8' LENGTH
APPROVED:
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B
SF-F-8
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTES
1. BENCH SHALL BE TIMBERFROM MODEL #2140-6
6' BENCH W / BACK
2. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOM,
6' 0"
'I
.
.
..fLAIL
f1
SET TOP OF
BENCH LEVEL
SUPPORT LEG
OF BENCH UNI
FIN, GRADE
PER MANUF. REC.
VARIES MIN. HT. 15"
FINISH GRADEl
<lit:.. .' .' '. .; .: '.
... .
.: "bo".:. .... ~ ..
.:b..:......~.~ '.
.-
..
'4. . .
000 .- ,... 000
.0 . .0 .0.. . '-. . .0..0.0
.~.()~ ..0.~0.;.Oo'.o.~~..o /.,: .~...~.~.()~ ..o.~o.;.Oo:o.~~.. ri(,q",1i -,;r.~. '<'~. ~?Tq. 0'11
II' "m" 'm" 'm' "T:"' ;;. I' mil m "m "I -I i iTTI.; ;;';'IIII,rW'"
I I I-I I I-I I I 111_0 0"0 ... 0 =--' , ,-, , ,-, , , I o' o. "0 .... 0 III=--
COMPACTED CLASS I~.() .0'0 'q-yl--I CONCRETE FOOTING -1--'" ~o '0 0',1--1
BASE ROCK PER MTGlffilli11 ,W, , lillTtl~___ PER MFG. REC. ~ I I 1 I 1==1 ==
SPEC. COMPACTED SUBGRADE, COMPACTED CLASS II
90% R.C. BASE ROCK PER MF
SECTION .
':4 ,'.~:.. ..:..' 4':
APPROVED:
CITY OF DUBLIN
BACKED WOOD BENCH
6' LENGTH
SF-F-9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
NOTES
1 ,BENCH SHALL BE "TIMBERFORM" MODEL #2 "140-8
8' BENCH WI BACK
2. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOM.
8'-0"
-------~_.
-~
--~- -------------- - -~----- - -------------- --- -- -- - - --~----
~----~--------------~-------
~
- SIT TOP OF
BENCH LEVEL
SUPPORT LEG
OF BENCH UNIT
FINISH
GRADE
PER MANUF. REC.
VARIES MIN. HT. 15"
FINISH GRADE l
. . '.' . ..... "
., :. ~.. .; ~.; .:- ..... :.... ....... ....... :.....:-. .. ..~. ...: ......:- :.~!- .. ~. .;.. ..- '0 . '0 . .~ ~< ~.. ,: ./.0'00'0
.' 0 '0 .0 . 0 '0 . 0 .~.. '. ~ . 0 '0 .0 . 0 '0 .0 ~~,q~ .:".: · ~ ~PTq~1 I
'" 00. . . 0 '0' o. . 0 0'. .~.:.: ~ ... .. '" 00. . . 0 . o' o. . 0 0'. ill, , , III ::~. .... ~. :.::. II III
111-111-111-111-.. . ",.-"1-1"-"1 rrr... .....""7'.',~I'
II, , ,ill, , ,ill, "illll/I :'~< 4'" , ill, "ill" ,ilL ,I II , .~~ ':, .~..'.: ~ II II/ill
= _0 O. 0 . 0 .. _ _0 O. 0 . 0 :
COMPACTED CLASS II ~~,-r,~~il I ~~~C~~E ~~8TING 1==", ~I ~ f 0 ~TI I
BASE ROCK PER MFG. -I 11-1 1 I-II I-m,--- COMPACTED SUBGRADE ~ . ~
SPEC. 90% R C ' COMPACTED CLASS II
SECTION 0 .. BASE ROCK PER MFG.
APPROVED:
CITY OF DUBLIN
BACKED WOOD BENCH
8' LENGTH
R.C.IE. 19348
Revision
SF-F-10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTE:
TREE GRATE TO BE FITTED TO
STANDARD FRAME AS PROVIDED BY
"URBAN ACCESSORIES, INC.". INSTALL PER
MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS.
TREE GRATE AND FRAME TO BE POWDER-
COATED BY MANUFACTURER. COLOR TO
BE SELECTED BY OWNER.
CONCRETE PAVING
/ GONG. BAND AT PAVING
4
4_<1
- ..-
.~1I
<J 4
-4
" - : 4' -: - 4-
- '.
-..
APPROVED:
CITY OF DUBLIN
ROUND TREE GRATE
I
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: JE
CHECKED:PS
"STD.FLAT" TREE GRATE
4' ROUND GRATE AND
FRAME, AS MANUF. BY
"URBAN ACCESSORIES, INC."
(206) 487-0488
SF-F-11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTE:
TREE GRATE TO BE FITTED TO STANDARD FRAME AS
PROVIDED BY "URBAN ACCESSORIES INC."
INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS.
TREE GRATE AND FRAME TO BE POWDER-
COATED BY MANUFACTURER. COLOR TO
BE SELECTED BY OWNER.
-1D!
Ii
00
I
I
!
,
=
In
_LJ
i
I
--.J
I~
JU
~
=
Ilnl=onl
! I I L II
,"KIVA-SQ." TREE GRATE
AS MANUFACTURED BY:
"URBAN ACCESSORIES, INC."
WOODINVILLE, WA 98072 (206) 487-0488
IIU'
, ,I
LJ!
~
I
EQ.~
CONC. BAND
'ninl
I i I
Inoe
I I
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: JE
CHECKED:PS
CITY OF DUBLIN
SQUARE TREE GRATE
SF-F-12
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
NOTES:
1. TRASH RECEPTACLE WITH LINER AND LID SHALL
BE "TIMBERFORM" MODEL #2814-AT.
2. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND
INSTALL TRASH f~ECEPTACLES AS
DIRECTED BY CITY REPRESENTATIVE.
~
PLAN
- (i\\
c... ...J
-- COLa
UNIT
"<t
I
iv;
jFINIS
GRAD
r
R-COATED STEEL
BODY
H
E
SECTION
APPROVED:
R.C..E, 19348
Revision B
CITY OF DUBLIN
TRASH RECEPTACLE
STEEL
SF-F-13
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i I
I
I
I
I
NOTES:
1. TRASH RECEFtTACLE WITH LINER AND LID SHALL
BE "TIMBERFORM" MODEL #2770-HT.
2. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND
INSTALL TRASH RECEPTACLES AS
DIRECTED BY CITY REPRESENTATIVE.
-
0;-
PLAN
- /0
---- COLa
w/wo
UNIT
~
I
j.r
I FINIS
GRAD
R-COATED STEEL
00 SLATS
BODY
H
E
ELEVATION
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: JE
CHECKED:PS
CITY OF DUBLIN
TRASH RECEPTACLE
STEEL/WOOD
SF-F-14
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTES:
1. TRASH RECEPTACLE WITH LINER AND LID SHALL BE
MODEL #130 RECTANGULAR- FINISH SHALL BE
BROOK ROCK AGGREGATE - NO GLAZING, BROWN COLOR
2. PLASTIC DOME TOP TO BE #SF -60, ENTIRE
UNIT SHALL BE AS MADE BY HANSON CONCRETE
PRODUCTS, ONE HANSON COURT, MILPITAS, CA
(408) 262-1091.
3. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND
INSTALL TRASH RECEPTACLES AS
DIRECTED BY CITY REPRESENTATIVE.
"
- 22" x 30" DOOR W/SLAM LOCK
PLAN
I"
20"
~I
N
""
.,-
I
co
METAL OR POLYETHYLENE
PLASTIC TOP
PRECAST TRASH
UNIT BODY
7" x 7" SPACE FOR
LOGO PLAQUE ON FRONT
LATCH
"... .II
~
ELEVATION
FINISH
GRADE
~ EPOXY CONTAINER
TO CONCRETE IF
CONCRETE PAVING
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: JE
CHECKED:PS
CITY OF DUBLIN
TRASH RECEPTACLE
CONCRETE
SF-F-1S
I
I
I
I
I
.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTES:
I. BICYCLE RACK SHALL BE MODEL NO. 2170, AS MANUFACTURED BY
"COLUMBIA CASCADE COMPANY"
2. BICYCLE RACK SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL.
3. CONCRETE FOOTING AND NO.4 REBAR PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS.
o
I
n
.a X4 X
FINISH GRADE
-~
- -
"0 -.."0-
",
CONTINUE PAVING
OVER FOOTING, TYP.
. "0- . "0- CONCRETE FOOTING-
", ~ SEE MANUFACTURER
WI I JU~ RECOMMENDATIONS.
4" DEPTH CLASS 2
AGGREGATE BASE OVER
COMPACTED SUBGRADE
SECTION
APPROVED:
CITY OF DUBLIN
BICYCLE RACK
R.C.E. 19348
Revision
SF-F-16
-------------------
() CJ CJ }>
I AJ}> 'lJ
rr1 }> -l 'lJ
() ~!:l AJ
^ Z...... 0
8 ~ 0 ;$i
I'T1 "" CJ
\J ........
(J) ~
""
~~
(J)
'1
I
'1
I
--"
'-.J
~
<0
Vl
-l>-
mOO
-0
)>
;0
^
(J)
G')
Z
NOTE:
1. ALL HARDWARE TO BE HOT -DIPPED 3. SIGNBOARD TO BE CONSTRUCTION
GALVANIZED STEEL. 2" ANGLE IRON HEART SELECT REDWOOD. POST TO
TO HAVE ALL EDGES EASED. BE PRESSURE TREATED DOUGLAS
2. ALL LETTERS TO BE RAISED 1" FROM FIR, GRADE 1.
BACKGROUND. BACKGROUND TO BE 4. ALL WOOD TO RECEIVE TWO COATS
DEPRESSED 1" FROM FACE OF SIGN OF "OLYMPIC" #711 STAIN OR EQUAL.
AND MEDIUM SANDBLASTED. LETTERING AND BORDER TO BE
PAINTED PER SPECIFICATIONS.
COLOR TO BE SELECTED BY CITY.
5. SUBMIT COMPLETE SHOP DRAWINGS
FOR DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY CITY.
1 /2"x8" MACHINE
BOLT W / WASHERS
AND LOCK NUT
1/2"x2" LAG BOLT
W/ LOCK WASHER
4" THICK REDWOOD 1/8"R EDGE OF
SIGNBOARD RAISED BORDER
SECTION ToROUGH POST
1:C1'-S"
"I'll
1 0'
+ l' -S':I
"'I~
6'-S"
-
.,--
8x8 PRESS. TREATED
FIR POST-PYRAMID
CUT TOP
PARK NAME -8" HIGH
LETTERING
N
.,'.. ..~. '.," ";Jii.:'R" V'" "N"'A' ""'M'" "E" '. '. '"
.. .. ".... . ~ .~.. -, . .' ,. . .... . .
::~.;:.\:<~ ':~. :"~::'., ';',:". .:: ~'~..:':' ...~'./..~.::.::~ ~ ::~:. ~'.' ':: :,:. :. :; :.:~ : ':. ~:;.:~..~~ ~.~::~. :.< :~~:~::':
.~.: .': . '. \'.. . .ITY. OF .dUBLIN.... ". '." '. . .
. .,' . "0,," ....~ '. .' ) . ". .....'1.. t., . \;', '. .:. . : '. ..' .,;. ..:y . .. ..... t
1O
I
in in 6"R
2" WIDE-RAISED
BORDER-SANDED
SMOOTH FINISH
4" HIGH LETTERING
6" SQUARE -CITY LOGO
1 /2" CHAMFER
ALL EDGES
FINISH
GRADE
ELEVATI.QM
.
.
.
SLOPE TOP
OF CONC.
FOOTING
-
.,--
18" DIA.
CONCRETE
FOOTING
CRUSHED
DRAIN
ROCK
o
I
n
P ARK LIGHTING
L -1: Park Light Standard (14', 20', 24')
L-2: Standard Street Light
L-3: Electrical Conductor Trench Detail
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[
CONNECT TO GROUND LUG
1-1/2" THICK GROUT~
ELECTRICAL JUNCTION __ ~
BOX PER CODE
2-1/2" MIN. d -- <3
~.
~
<3 _ -./I
III.
'=1
II
~-
<t
-II
c::-
JII:'~III~ II'
_ -./I - -
SECTION
LIGHT FIXTURE CHART
POLE HEIGHT DIAMETER DEPTH
1 4' HEIGHT 18" 42"
20' HEIGHT 24" 48"
24' HEIGHT 24" 60"
NOTE:
LIGHT POLE
RUUD PS4S14CTBZ
RUUD PS4S20CTBZ
RUUD PS4S24CTBZ
LIGHT FIXTURE-
RUUD #PR3525-M
(INSTALL W/ 10. TILT)
LIGHT POLE-
SEE CHART BELOW
HANDHOLE
BASE COVER
ANCHOR BOLTS PER
POLE MANUFACTURER'S
SPECIFICATION
DOUBLE WASHERS AND
NUT PER MANUF.
SPECIFICATIONS
FINISH GRADE
3-#3 REBARS, 3" O.C.
1" ELECTRICAL CONDUIT
#3 REBAR HOOP TIES-
SPACE AT 8" O.C.
4-#4 REBAR VERTICALS
EVENLY SPACED-HOLD
2-1/2" CLEAR OF EDGE
OF FOOTING CONCRETE
CONCRETE FOOTING-
3000 PSI AT 28 DAYS
5' COIL-#6 COPPER
GROUND WIRE
LIGHT FIXTURE
RUUD PR3525-M
RUUD PR3525-M
RUUD PR3525-M
1. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO U.B.C., U.E.C. AND LOCAL CODES
AND ORDINANCES, CONTRACTOR TO BE f~ESPONSIBLE FOR ALL NECESSARY
PERMITS AND LICENSES
APPROVED:
CITY OF DUBLIN
PARK LIGHT STANDARD
14', 20', 24'
L-1
TY
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN:RB
CHECKED:PS
CITY OF DUBLIN
STANDARD STREET LIGHT
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
II
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN:
CHECKED:PS ~I
====t==L
L-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SAWCUT PAVING WHERE
TRENCH PASSES THROUGH
EXISTING PAVING
WHERE TRENCH PASSES
/ THROUGH EXISTING PAVING-
REPLACE AND REPAIR
PAVING TO MATCH EXISTING
PAVING
r FINISH
GRADE
C'\l
t:..-
:)
o
.2
20
~()
. LL
:q.O
No...
o
f-
o
f-
/ CONTINUOUS WARNING
TAPE FOR ELECTRICAL
LINE
, ~ TRENCH BACKFILL AS FOLLOWS:
/' UNDER PAVING AREAS-
BACKFILL TO BE SELECT
STRUCTURAL SOIL BACKFILL TO
95% RELATIVE COMPACTION.
IN LANDSCAPE AREAS-
AMENDED TOPSOIL PLANTING
MEDIUM TO 90% RELATIVE
COMPACTION.
l"')
CONDUIT FOR LIGHTING
~III_III~III__- CIRCUIT
~_-III_~- SAND BEDDING-SAND PER
- ~ P.G.&E. STANDARDS FOR
SAND BEDDING
UNDISTURBED SOIL
SECTION
NOTE:
1. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO U.B.C., U.E.C. AND LOCAL CODES
AND ORDINANCES. CONTRACTOR TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL NECESSARY
PERMITS AND LICENSES
ITY
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN:RB
CHECKED:PS
tdII / CITY OF DUBLIN
ELECTRICAL CONDUCTOR
TRENCH
L-3
APPROVED:
IRRIGA TION
1-1: Reduced Pressure Backflow Prevention
Device
1-2: Backflow Unit Metal Cage
1-3: Remote Control Volve and Valve
Manifold at !Grade
1-4: Gate Valve ~)" of Larger
1-5: Gate Valve ~~" or Smaller
1-6: Irrigation, Control Wire Trench, and
Irrigation Sleeve
1-7: Thrust Block
1-8: Turf Rotor
1-9: Turf Spray Head
1-1 0: Shrub Spray Head
1-11: Pop-up Shrub Head
1-12: Quick Coupler Head
1-13: Bubbler Heael
1-14: Irrigation Controller (Wall Mount)
1-15: Irrigation Controller (Free Standing)
1-16: Drip Irrigation Valve
1-17: Air Vacuum Relief & Flush Valve for
Drip Irrigation
1-18: In-pipe Drip Tubing Layout and
Manifold Detail
1-19: In-pipe Drip Tubing Trench and
Automatic Flush Valve
I
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTE:
INSTALLATION TO CONFORM TO
CITY AND UTILITY DISTRICT
REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS.
REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER
DEVICE. SHUT OFF VALVE TO BE PER WATER
DISTRICT REQUIREMENTS
7 ENCLOSURE AND PAD
/; PER BACKFLOW UNIT
_METAL CAGE ENCLOSURE
STANDARD DETAIL
--
- - I i PIPE UNIONS-ON
BOTH SIDES OF
BACK FLOW
DEVICE
,---
I r--
I.
II
II
Ii
II
RISERS AND FITTINGS
TO BE THREADED
HEAVY BRASS
= Z
N-
-~
a
a 'Cl
, CI
<::I', ,.
a a
, 00 '
,0 , a c'
-oa. .0
:> 0 , aa ,0
o. Q. Q 0
. 0 Q.O
a 0, 0
o '
a .
0, .
ADAPTER AS
NECESSARY
TO IRRIG.
VALVES
CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKS-
MINIMUM 1 CUBIC YARD PER
THRUST BLOCK FOR 2" DIA.
AND LARGER UNITS. 1/2 C.Y.
FOR SMALLER UNITS
NOTES:
1. BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICES SHALL BE
INSTALLED NO MORE THAN 12" ABOVE FINISH
GRADE DIRECTLY BELOW THE DEVIICE.
2. BACKFILL WITH SAND IN CORROSIVE OR REACTIVE SOILS.
3. LINE FROM METER TO BE ONLY COPPER, BRASS OR PLASTIC.
NO GALVANIZED PIPE SHALL BE USED.
APPROVED:
CITY OF DUBLIN
REDUCED PRESSURE
ACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVIC
R,C.E. 19348
Revision B
1-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I 6" 12"
1- ..
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
I
i
i
I
jJ
_I . ..~;, . -:. ...: 4_. ...~ ..... .:. . ., .... ... .4,''' ,.4.~. .4;' .. 4, ,.4...<.. ~. 4. . I-
II_ 0 0 . a . 0 0 . Q . Q a. 0 0 0 . a ..0 . 0 a.-I
-0 a . O. I' ~ . 0 .Cl a . . ,0 . fO F . 0 0. . 0_
~ ~"
COMPACTED SUBGRADE-REL. "--\= 6" DEPTH-CONCRETE PAD
COMPACTION-90% \ HEAVY BROOM FINISH
SIDE ELEVATION L 4" DEPTH-CLASS 2 AGG. BASE
MATERIAL - REL. COMPACTION-95%
LENGTH AS REQUIRED TO FIT
BACKFLOW UNIT
.1
I.. 1 2" . .6 ".1
I .
r- 3/8" U-BOLT
/ FOR PAD-
LOCKING
LIFTING
HANDLE
NOTE:
1. INSTALLATION TO CONFORM TO CITY AND UTILITY
DISTRICT STANDARDS.
2. CAGE SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY LEMEUR
OR EQUAL.
3. STEEL FR:AME TO BE 3/16" STEEL ANGLE. EXPANDED
METAL TO BE #9.
4. CAGE TO BE GALVANIZED, PRIMED AND PAINTED W /
2 COATS DARK FOREST GREEN PAINT.
-E1iD ELEVATION
R.C,.E, 19348
Revision B
CITY OF DUBLIN
BACKFLOW UNIT METAL
CAGE ENCLOSURE
APPROVED:
1-2
I
,I
,
I
il
I
I
I
NOTES:
1. INSTALL WIRE PER CODE.
2. TAPE AND BUNDLE WIRE @ 10' O.C.
3. COIL WIRE 24" MIN. @ EA. WIRE CONNECTION IN BOX.
4. CENTER VALVE BOX OVER REMOTE CONTROL VALVE.
5. SET BOXES PARALLEL TO EACH OTHER
6. AVOID HEAVY COMPACTING OF SOIL AROUND BOXES
TO PREVENT COLLAPSE OF SIDES.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
REMOTE
CONTROL VALVE
PLASTIC VALVE BOX
W/ BOLT DOWN LID
FINISH
UNIONS
SIDES OF
IIIIIIII~III~
=111:-
4 BRICKS
II
IRRIGATION
LATERAL
d!
?('o~ 6" DEPTH
----- PEA GRAVEL
SCH. 80 PVC
RISER AND
FITTINGS (TYP.)
SECTION
o
~ PVC MAIN LINE
VALVE BOX OF ADEQUATE
SIZE TO CONTAIN VALVES
AND UNIONS INSIDE BOX.
RCV MANIFOLD PLAN
BALL VALVE IN-
8" </) VALVE BOX
@ GRADE. ONE
PER MANIFOLD
EDGE OF
WALK
QUICK COUPLING
VALVE-SEE PLANS
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B
CITY OF DUBLIN
REMOTE CONTROL VALVE
AND RCV MANIFOLD
APPROVED:
1-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FINISH
GRADE
CONCRETE VALVE BOX
SEE NOTE 2
GATE VALVE UNIT-
2-1/2" SIZE OR LARGER
EXTENSION AS NECESSARY
... FLOW
ADAPTERS AS NECESSARY-
SEE NOTE 3
FROM BACKFLOW
DEVICE
...
Iii I 'III~
-II OO'?a .s;oo 1--1
- c~Oo~ --
III-oc;;-Q~~. OoOoo~o o~
- 'oc5'-..J' 00 '---' 0= -
- 00" 9-- 000 '<... -
-I 0 05'---' 'Cc.JCOO 0
I I 1111' I I: III ~ I IIII1 I 'II I
3 CUBIC FEET PEA GRAVEL
AT BOTTOM OF BOX
SECTION
NOTES:
1. GATE VALVE TO BE CAST IRON RESILIENT WEDGE UNIT W/ NUT HANDLE.
GATE VALVE TO BE LINE SIZE AND SET AT DEPTH OF MAIN LINE.
2. CONCRETE VALVE BOX TO BE CHRISTY G5 VALVE BOX WITH SCREW DOWN
CAST IRON LID. IN TRAFFIC OR PAVED AREAS SET BOX FLUSH WITH FINISH
GRADE OF PAVING.
3. FLANGED CONNECTIONS ARE TO BE MADE AT VALVE. MECHANICAL JOINT
ADAPTERS MAY BE REQUIRED FOR CONNECTION, ALL BOLTS, NUTS AND
WASHERS ARE TO BE STAINLESS STEEL. USE SPLIT LOCK WASHERS ON
NUT SIDE OF BOLTS.
4. ADDITIONAL ADAPTERS OR COUPLING MAY BE REQUIRED TO INSTALL GATE
VALVE PER THIS DETAIL. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL ITEMS NECESSARY
TO INSTALL GATE VALVE PER THIS DETAIL.
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B
CITY OF DUBLIN
GATE VALVE-
2-1/2" AND LARGER
APPROVED:
1-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FINISH 1 ~1
GRADE \ .,--
FLOW
....
CONCRETE VALVE BOX
SEE NOTE 2
LINE SIZE GATE VALVE-
2" OR SMALLER-SEE
NOTE 1
PIPE UNIONS ON BOTH
SIDES OF GATE VALVE
FROM BACKFLOW
..
DEVICE
I w-Q 0
=111 9o.;:::;6d3'god~9o~oo~bSo 11-
_ 00 0 <:) 00 oq, 0 -
1_ 00 ogC-) "OOcoo oo~~ I
'flllm!l!m111ml rim!! l'
. I I 1 '
SECTION
NOTES:
RED BRASS NIPPLES ON
BOTH SIDES OF VALVE
2 CUBIC FEET PEA
GRAVEL
1. GATE VALVE TO BE CAST BRONZE, CLASS 125 UNIT WITH NON-RISING STEM.
GATE VALVE UNIT TO BE F)ROVIDED WITH CAST BRONZE CROSS HANDLE. .
2. CONCRETE VALVE BOX TO BE CHRISTY' F8 VALVE BOX WITH SCREW DOWN
CAST IRON LID IN LANDSCAPE AREAS. CONCRETE BOX TO BE CHRISTY G5
VALVE BOX WITH SCREW DOWN CAST IRON LID IN TRAFFIC AREAS. IN
TRAFFIC AREAS SET BOX LEVEL WITH PAVING GRADE.
3. ADDITIONAL ADAPTERS OR COUPLING MAY BE REQUIRED TO INSTALL GATE
VALVE PER THIS DETAIL. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL ITEMS NECESSARY
TO INSTALL GATE VALVE PER THIS DETAIL.
APPROVED:
i CITY OF DUBLIN
GATE VALVE-
2" AND SMALLER
R.C.E, 19348
Revision B
I-S
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
LATERAL L1NE-
SEE NOTE 1 CONTROLLER
LATERAL LINE TRENCH WIRE TRENCH
NOTES:
1. ALL PLASTIC PIPE SHALL BE INSTALLED IN THE TRENCH IN A SERPENTINE MANNER AND
PER MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATION.
2. ALL MAIN LINES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN THE TRENCH PER MANUFACTURER'S
SPECIFICATION. MAIN LINES SHALL BE THRUST BLOCKED PER CITY OF DUBLIN PLAN
STANDARDS.
3. TAPE AND BUNDLE CONTROLLER WIRING AT 10' INTERVALS.
4. TRENCH BACKFILL SHALL BE NATIVE SOIL WITH NO ROCKS OR CLODS OVER 1" DIAMETER.
COMPACT TO 85% R.C. IN PLANTING AREAS TOP 8" OF TRENCH BACKFILL TO BE
AMENDED TOPSOIL.
5. SLEEVES ARE TO BE AT DEPTHS SHOWN FOR PIPE AND WIRING TO BE CONTAINED.
WHERE SLEEVE IS UNDER STREET HOLD SLEEVE 6" BELOW SUBGRADE IN STREET.
CITY OF DUBLIN
IRRIGATION TRENCHING
AND PIPING DETAIL
1-6
r
TRENCH BACKFILL-
SEE NOTE 5
FINISH GRADE
LOW VOLTAGE z
CONTROLLER :2
WIRING .
1.0. TAPE- 6" ~
ABOVE MAIN LINE: ,~
~. i)" FINISH
I~ GRADE
: Z
OJ --
~:2
I.D. TAPE
ABOVE
CONDUIT
SAND l
BACKFILL
LATERAL L1NE-
ELECTRICAL
CONDUIT -
PER LOCAL
120 VOLT CODE
CONDUIT TRENCH
COMBINED TRENCH
10"
1 0"
I~
I '
FINISH
GRADE
-i
I
FINISH
GRADE
TF~ENCH
BACKFILL-
SEE NOTE 5
LOW VOLTAGE
CONTROLLER
WIRING-SEE
NOTE 3
. z
OJ_
~:2
TRENCH
BACKFILL-
SEE NOTE 5
: Z
co-
.,--:2
APPROVED:
CITY ENGINEER
DATE; 09/26/98 No.
DRAWN: RF
CHECKED:PS
SLEEVE TO BE SCHEDULE
40 PVC PIPE. SIZE TO BE
2X SIZE OF PIPE TO BE
CONTAINED, SLEEVES TO
CONTAIN WIRING SHALL
HAVE 1/2" POLY ROPE W/
12" LOOP AT EACH END
INSTALLED
PAVING
SLEEVE
I _
PLAN-TYPICAL IRRIG.
CROSSING AT PAVING
FINISH GRADE
TRENCH
BACKFILL -
SEE NOTE 5
I.D. TAPE-
6" ABOVE
MAIN LINE
SAND
BEDDING
MAIN L1NE-
SEE NOTE 2
MAIN LINE TRENCH
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
il
I
1
I
ARROW INDICATES
DIRECTION OF FORCE
ON LINES
1J3 REBAR TIE EM
4" IN BLOCK
OF DUBLIN
THRUST BLOCK FOR
RING-FITTED MAIN LINE
PLAN
GATE VALVE
JJ~ REBAR TIE EM~IIC;!~I=--,
4' IN BLOCK ~ ~
CONCRET
THRUST
B~OCK-SET
2' INTO
T(RENCH )BOTTOM
TYPICAL
SECTION
APPROVED:
R.C..E. 19348
Revision B
NOTE:
INSTALL MAIN LINE
AS PER MANUFACTURER'S
INSTALLATION GUIDELINES
AND SPECIFICATIONS. SIZE
OF THRUST BLOCKS SHALL
BE PER MANUFACTURER'S
INSTALLATION
RECOMM ENDA TIONS.
I 7
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
HOLD HEAD 2" FROM ADJACENT
PAVING EDGES, HEADERS, WALLS
OR BUILDINGS
FINISH GRADEL
INSTALL TOP OF HEAD
2" ABOVE FIN. GRADE
DURING TURF
ESTABLISHMENT PERIOD
RUBBER COVER
POP-UP TURF-
ROTOR-SEE PLANS
LASCO PRE-ASSEMBLED
SWING JOINT--INSTALL
PER MANUFUCTAURER'S
SPECIFICATIONS
PVC LATERAL LINE
NOTE: SWING JOINT ASSEMBLY IS EQUIPPED WITH
1" THREADED ENDS. FOR 3/4" FEED HEADS A
REDUCING ADAPTER IS REQUIRED
APPROVED:
DATE: 09/27/98
DRAWN: RF
CHECKED:PS
CITY OF DUBLIN
pop-up TURF ROTOR
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B
1-8
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
HEADER OR
ADJACENT
PAVING
-=11
-T/IIII
1/
_____ 4" POP-UP TURF
SPRAY HEAD
=- DOUBLED STREET ELLS
1=-1 / HAND TIGHT-USE TEFLON
/' TAPE TO PREVENT LEAKS
//; SCHEDULE 80 PVC
NIPPLE -12" LENGTH MIN.
STREET ELL TO TEE
FITTING ON LATERAL LINE
~ LATERAL LINE
{
APPROVED:
DATE: 09/28/98
DRAWN:RF
CHECKED:PS
CITY OF DUBLIN
pop-up TURF
SPRAY HEAD
I 9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i I
II
__ SPRAY NOZZLE
___ SHRUB ADAPTER
CD
~ SCHEDULE SO
_______----- PVC NIPPLE
FINISH GRADE
~ MARLEX 90. ELL
~ ______ MARLEX STREET ELL
~ ______ SCHEDULE 80 PVC
~ ~ NIPPLE-12" LENGTH MIN.
~ -- MARLEX STREET ELL TO TEE
FITTING ON LATERAL LINE
~ LATERAL LINE
APPROVED:
CRY
DATE: 09/28/98
DRAWN: RF
ICHECKED:PS
SPRAY ON
6" RISER
I 10
No.
----t==L
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
HEADER OR
ADJACENT
PAVING
2"
~ SET HEAD 1/2" ABOVE
/' FINISH GRADE
FINISH GRADE
-=11
-TIll II
II
1------
~mIIIIIIIIIII11~",ill, , ,III~
I III II'
-III III~
1 ~ j=- 6" POP-UP SHRUB
~---- SPRAY HEAD
DOUBLED STREET ELLS
/ HAND TIGHT-USE TEFLON
/ TAPE TO PREVENT LEAKS
//:- SCHEDULE 80 PVC
NIPPLE -12" LENGTH MIN.
STREET ELL TO TEE
FITTING ON LATERAL LINE
~ LATERAL LINE
APPROVED:
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B
CITY OF DUBLIN
pop-up SHRUB
SPRAY HEAD
1-11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
!I
I
I
I
APPROVED:
DATE: 09/25/98
DRAWN:RF
CHECKED:PS
- SET BOX AGAINST PAVING OR
/ HEADER WHERE ADJACENT. HOLD
BOX 12" MIN. FROM WALLS. BOX
TO BE 1/2" BELOW FINISH
GRADE OF ADJACENT WALKS
-CARSON 910 ROUND PLASTIC
VALVE BOX WI T -TYPE LID
HOLD TOP OF BOX 1/2" ABOVE
FINISH GRADE OF TURF OR
MULCH FINISH GRADE
___ 5" DEPTH-PEA GRAVEL
r- 1" DIAMETER PRE-ASSEMBLED
/ SWING JOINT ASSEMBLY-
LASCO OR EQUAL
'-- IRRIGATION MAIN LINE
'- 1/2" DIAMETER SMOOTH STEEL
STAKE-18" LENGTH-DRIVE MIN.
1 0" INTO GROUND
SECTION
! CITY OF DUBLIN
IRRIGATION QUICK
COUPLING VALVE
1-12
I
I
I
;1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'1
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
/ SHRUB OR TREE
- 4" DIAMETER X 48" LENGTH PERFORATED
PVC PIPE. USE NDS # 13 POLYETHYLENE
GRATE AT TOP OF PIPE. FILL PIPE WITH
CRUSHED DRAIN ROCK. CONCEAL TOP
GRATE BELOW MULCH
-1/2" DIAMETER PVC FLEX-HOSE
RISER. CUT DRAIN PIPE TO RECEIVE
FLEX-HOSE.
IRRIGATION LATERAL AND TEE
FITTING. USE ADAPTER TO FIT
FLEX-HOSE RISER TO PVC
FITTI NG
SECTION
NOTES:
1. BUBBLER TO BE AS SHOWN ON IRRIGATION PLAN. BUBBLER SHOULD BE
SET ABOVE FINISH GRADE OF PLANT PIT.
2. SEE SHRUB AND TREE PLANTING DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
3. USE ONE BUBBLER PER SHRUB, THREE BUBBLERS PER TREE, UNLESS
OTHERWISE SHOWN ON PLANS.
APPROVED:
DATE: 09/27/98
DRAWN:RF
CHECKED:PS
CITY OF DUBLIN
/l
..' / BUBBLER ON FLEX RISER
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B
1-13
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
IRRIGATION CONTROLLER
AND ENCLOSURE-SEE
PLANS FOR MANUFACTURER
AND MODEL
DUPLEX GFCI OUTLET IN ~
NEMA APPROVED WEATHER
AND WATERPROOF BOX wi
SCREW ON COVER
KEY OPERATED ON/OFF___
SWITCH IN NEMA APPROVED
WEATHER AND WATER PROOF
BOX W/ SCREW ON COVER
120 VOLT SERVICE AND --
GROUND WIRE IN CONDUIT
PER UEC AND LOCAL CODE
.
.
C'\I
~ STAINLESS STEEL PIPE
CLAMPS-SCREW TO WALL
AT 18" ON CENTER
~ IRRIGATION CONTROL AND
~ COMMON WIRE BUNDLE
~ RIGID STEEL ELECTRICAL
CONDUIT FOR IRRIGATION
WIRING-SIZE TO ACCEPT
ALL WIRES IN LOOSE MANNER
~ FINISH GRADE
18" _ I
~ 2:)1'
!-
EXTEND GROUND WIRE TO
COPPER GROUND ROD AND
CLAMP TO ROD
UF DIRECT BURIAL IRRIGATION
CONTROL WIRES TO REMOTE
~ CONTROL VALVES
~ 1/2" DIAMETER COPPER
GROUND ROD-S' LENGTH
ELEVATION
NOTES:
1. IRRIGATION CONTROLLER: AND ENCLOSURE TO BE AS SPECIFIED
ON PLANS. CONTROLLEF< AND ENCLOSURE SHALL BE DESIGNED
AND MANUFACTURED FOR USE TOGETHER.
2. ALL WIRING AND CONDUIT WORK SHALL BE PER LOCAL AND
UNIFORM ELECTRIC CODE.
3. INSTALL CONTROLLER AND ENCLOSURE LEVEL AND CONDUITS
PLUMB. PAINT CONTROL.LER, CONDUITS, CLAMPS AND BOXES
TO MATCH WALL COLOR
-;.>,i-'
APPROVED:
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B
1-14
I
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
LE MEUR CONTROLLER
ENCLOSURE-SEE NOTE 1
IRRIGATION CONTROLLER
SEE PLANS FOR MODEL
AND MANUFACTURER
PLYWOOD BACKING BOARD
24V TERMINAL STRIP-TO
BE CLEARLY LABELED WITH
STATION INFORMATION
DUPLEX GFCI RECEPTACLE
STUB 3 SPARE WIRES OF
DISTINCT COLOR FROM
N 16 BOX INTO LE MEUR
ENCLOSURE-PROVIDE 18"
COILS AT EA. END
DISCONNECT SWITCH-
ON/OFF KEY OPERATED
120 VOLT ELECTRICAL
SERVICE IN RIGID STEEL
ELECTRICAL CONDUIT
ADAPTER COUPLING-HOLD
6" ABOVE TOP OF SLAB
PVC ELECTRICAL
CONDUIT IN GROUND
12" LOOP
CHRISlY N16 BOX w/J
N16T BOLT DOWN LID
INSTALL AT GRADE AND
ADJACENT TO PAD
2" PVC CONDUIT FROM N16
BOX INTO LE MEUR ENCLOSURE
HOLD AT 18" DEPTH. HEIGHT
TO EXTEND TO BACKER BOARD
PROVIDE AND INSTALL
CHRISTY N9 CONCRETE
ELECTRICAL BOX W /
N9T BOLT DOWN LID
\ COMPACT SUBGRADE TO 90%
L 6" THICK CONCRETE BASE OVER 4"
DEPTH CLASS 2 AGG. BASE AT 95%
R.C.. EXTEND PAD 9" FROM ENCLOSURE
ON SIDES AND BACK. EXTEND 24" FROM
FRONT OF ENCLOSURE
SECTION
NOTES:
1. CONTROLLER ENCLOSUE TO BE LE MEUR 35" HEIGHT UNIT MANUFACTURED FROM 3/16"
COLD ROLLED STEEL. CONTROLLER TO BE PRIMED WITH RUST INHIBITING PRIMER AND
PAINTED TWO COATS WITH EPOXY PAINT. COLOR TO BE DARK FOREST GREEN.
2. INSTALL ENCLOSURE ELEVATED 1/2" FROM CONCRETE PAD USING STAINLESS STEEL 5/8"
NUT SPACER AT ALL MOUNTING BOLT LOCATIONS.
3. PLYWOOD BACKER BOARD TO BE PER LE MEUR SPECIFICATION AND PAINTED TO MATCH
INTERIOR OF ENCLOSURE.
4. TERMINAL STRIPS ARE TO BE UNITS APPROVED BY MANUFACTURER OF CONTROLLER FOR
USE WITH THE SPECIFIED IRRIGATION CONTROL.LER
APPROVED:
CITY OF DUBLIN
IRRIGATION CONTROLLER
PEDESTAL MOUNTED
R.C.E. 19348
Revision
1-15
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION
BALL VALVE IN
8" (/; VALVE BOX
@ GRADE. ONE
PER MANIFOLD
VALVE BOX OF ADEQUATE:
SIZE TO CONTAIN VALVES
AND UNIONS INSIDE BOX.
Rev MANIFOLD PLAN
QUICK COUPLING
VALVE--SEE PLANS
AMIAD Y-FILTER-LlNE SIZE
200 MESH WEAVE WIRE
VALVE BOX TO BE CARSON
PLASTIC VALVE BOX W/ T -LID
SIZE TO FIT ENTIRE ASSEMBLY
LID TO BE BOLT DOWN TYPE
REMOTE CONNTROL VALVE
UNIT-PER PLANS
FINISHED GRADE
PROVIDE 24" LENGTH OF
CONTROL AND COMMON WIRE
IN SERVICE COIL
SENNINGER LINE SIZE
PRE-SET PRESSURE
REGULATOR-30 PSI
PVC LATERAL
TO HEADS
SCH. 80 UNION
VALVE BOX EXTENSION-
AS NEEDED
BRICK SUPPORTS
1 CU. FT. PEA GRAVEL SUMP
EDGE OF
WALK
CITY OF DUBLIN
REMOTE CONTROL VALVE
FOR DRIP IRRIGATION
APPROVED:
DATE: 09/28/98
DRAWN:RF
CHECKED:PS
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B
1-16
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TO DRIP
LINES
AIR/VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
CARSON 910 PLASTIC VALVE
BOX W/ T -LID
FINISH GRADE
3/4" DIAMETER QUICK
COUPLER VALVE W/ LOCKING
COVER-RAINBIRD OR EQUAL
SCHEDULE 80 NIPPLE
LENGTH AS REQUIRED
FLEX-RiSER-RUBBER HOSE
AND ABS TYPE
BRICK SUPPORTS
8" DEPTH-PEA GRAVEL
SUMP
--------- PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS
NOTES:
1. LOCATE AIR RELIEF VALVE AT HIGHEST POINT OF SYSTEM. WHERE MORE THAN ONE HIGH
POINT EXISTS ON SYSTEM, LOCATE AIR RELIEF VALVE AT EACH HIGH POINT.
2. PROVIDE CITY WITH TWO KEYS FOR EACH QUICK COUPLER INSTALLED.
3. SET RIM OF BOX 1" ABOVE SURROUNDING GRADE. LOCATE BOX IN GROUNDCOVER AREAS
ONLY.
4. AIR/VACUUM RELIEF VALVE SHALL BE BY SAME MANUFACTURER AS DRIP LINE.
1
APPROVED: \
ITY
DATE: 10/13/98
DRAWN:RF
CHECKED:PS
CITY OF DUBLIN
AIR/VACUUM RELIEF & FLUSH
VALVE FOR DRIP IRRIGATION
1-17
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CLASS 200 PVC
SUPPLY MANIFOLD
QUICK COUPLING VALVE
FLUSH POINT
AIR/VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
IN-PIPE DRIP EMITTER
TUBING AT 18" ON CENTER
CLASS 200 PVC FLUSH
MANIFOLD
LIMIT OF PLANTING BED
AUTOMATIC FLUSH VALVE
....
REMOTE CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
W/ FILTER AND PRESSURE REGULATOR
..sQti.EMATIC PLAN
LAYOUT DIAGRAM
4" DEPTH FOR DRIP LINE
FINISHED GRADE
IN-PIPE DRIP EMITTER LINE
(TYP.)
ISOMETRIC
SCHEMATIC MANIFOLD
ADAPTERS AS NECESSARY TO
FIT DRIP LINE TO PVC ELLS
__________ CLASS 200 PVC RISER
CLASS 200 PVC SUPPLY
MANIFOLD
~FLOW FROM VALVE
APPROVED:
j CITY OF DUBLIN
IN-PIPE DRIP TUBING LAYOUT
AND MANIFOLD DETAIL
1-18
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
; I
I
I
18" O.C.
FINISH GRADE
\ !
1- '.' .... 11-
=1. ;..' :
T "'. ". I
-.;;t ~I: .... ',,:,
.1 "': '., 11-
=1 . -'.. .. ": I
1: .' IF
!
1- ". ::-.11
-[ . .
-' .
': .... .:' I
'-1 - , .
- .
". . .
.I: "".: '.. 11-
=1 .. ...... ': I
-1- : .-
- .
- .
-I .
~ -m-"-
BACKFILL TRENCH WITH
AMENDED TOPSOIL
IN-PIPE DRIP TUBING
W/ 1 GPH EMITTERS AT
18" O.C. SPACING
2"
SECTION
TRENCHING DETAIL
- FINISHED GRADE
- 6" ROUND VALVE BOX
- AUTOMATIC FLUSH VALVE
- SOLID POLYETHYLENE TUBING
- COMPRESSION ADAPTER FITTING
- PVC ELBOW
- PEA GRAVEL SUMP (18")
- BF~ICK SUPPORTS
- PVC PIPE
SECTION
NOTE:
ALL FITTINGS AND EQUIPMENT TO BE
AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER
OF IN--PIPE DRIPLlNE.
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/13/98
DRAWN:RF
CHECKED:PS
j/ CITY OF DUE~LIN
IN-PIPE DRIP TUBING TRENCH
AND AUTOMATIC FLUSH VALVE
1-19
I
I
PLANTINIG
PL -1: Specimen Tree PlontingjStaking
(30"-48" Box)
PL - 2: Tree PlantingjStakin(~
PL-3: Shrub Planting
PL-4: Planting and Groundcover Spacing
PL-5: Schedule of Amendnlents and Fertilizer
PL-6: Top Soil Placement
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
MULCH AS SHOWN BELOW
CONSTRUCT 4" BERM AS SHOWN
iN SECTION BELOW
ROOT BARRIER-SEE NOTE BELOW
DEEP ROOT
3/4" TO 1-1/2" GRAVEL OR CRUSHED
ROCk: BACk:FILL
TREE HOLE MIN. 12" DEEPER AND 8"
LARGER DIAMETER THAN "DEEP ROOT"
PLANTER SCARIFY SIDES OF HOLE AND
ROOT BALL.
ALL TREES PLANTED WITHIN 8' OF CURB, CONCRETE
FLATWORK, ASPHALT PAVING AND BUILDING FOUNDATIONS
SHALL RECEIVE "DEEP ROOT" PU~NTER MODEL NUMBER
RP 22-30-18. INSTALL PER: MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS
,- 3'" DIA. PRESSURE TREATED
LODGE POLE PINE STAKE-
3 TYPICAL PER TREE
-- PREVAlUNG WIND DIRECTION
-- T"~EE TRUNK -CENTER
BETWEEN STAKES
--1)(4 ROUGH REDWOOD BRACE
TIE DETAIL,
1-1-
II
C)Q
-w
~I
: '0
CO,
I _
':q-CO
'X
~<(
~~
~ 2" DIAMETER PRESSURE TREATED LODGE
;/ POLE PINE TFi:EE STAKE. MAINTAIN 6"
CLEAR FI~OM LOWEST BRANCH. SET
POLES OUTSIDE ROOTBALL
CORDED RUBBER AND WIRE TREE TIE
~ 1 x4 ROUGH REDWOOD W/TWO-2"
/ GALVANIZED NAILS, EACH CONNECTION.
(LOCATE ON PREVAILING WIND SIDE.)
- SET ROOTBALL. 1" ABOVE BACk:FILL
2" MINIMUM WETTED DEPTH MULCH-
"BFI PRO-CHIP" OR APPROVED EQUAL
r WHEN TREE IS IN TURF AREA-GRADE 4"
HEIGHT EARTH BERM AROUND DIAMETER
OF PLANTING HOLE
~ BACKFILL TO BE 2/3 NATIVE SOIL AND 1/3
SOIL AMENDMENT -NITIRFIED SAWDUST OR
APPROVED EQUAL
TREE HOLE MIN. 12" DEEPER AND 18"
LARGER DIAMETER THAN ROOT BALL.
SCARIFY SIDES OF HOLE AND ROOT BALL
-- FOUR (4) 21 GRAM FERTILIZER TABLETS.
SCARIFY SIDES OF HOLE AND ROOT BALL
AND BACKFILL.
LEAVE UNDISTURBED SOIL MOUND BELOW
ROOT BALL TO PREVENT SETTLING OF TREE.
SECTION
APPROVED:
I CITY OF DUE~LIN
SPECIMEN TREE PLANTING/
STAKING( 30"-48" BOX)
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B
PL-1
I
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-3/4" TO 1-1/2" GRAVEL OR CRUSHED
11 ROCK BACKFILL
I I - TF(EE HOLE MIN. 12" DEEPER AND 8"
, II LJ~RGER DIAMETER THAN "DEEP ROOT"
~III . , PLANTER SCARIFY SIDES OF HOLE AND
NOTE: ROOT BALL.
ALL TREES PLANTED WITHIN 8' OF CURB, CONCRETE
FLATWORK, ASPHALT PAVING AIND BUILDING FOUNDATIONS
SHALL RECEIVE "DEEP ROOT" PLANTER MODEL NUMBER
RP 22-30-18. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS
rj'N x 1'~6' MIN.
~ ~~
.~
,0- F.
1 x4 RDWD.J
TIE DETAIL
-III I '~g~
'II ; ~:'.D
-=1 (:,
o.
. <>
<>.
'. Of>
o . , I
-I '0
_III o' I~
I I _I
~III, " I '" U '
DEEP ROOT
NOTE:
f-f-
II
0Q
-w
~I
='0
COI
I .
':.;rCO
'X
~<(
~~
'IIIEI
:11
SECTION
APPROVED:
- MULCH AS SHOWN BELOW
.-- CONSTRUCT 4" BERM AS SHOWN
11:_ N SECTION BELOW
I __ ROOT BARRIER-SEE NOTE BELOW
WRAP WIRE
AROUND ITSELF
6 TU RNS
CORDED RUBBER AND
WIRE TREE TIE
2" DIAMETER PRESSURE TREATED LODGE
POLE PIINE TF(EE STAKE. MAINTAIN 6"
CLEAR FROM LOWEST BRANCH
_ CORDED RUBBER AND WIRE TREE TIE
"r- 1 x4 ROUGH REDWOOD W/TWO-2"
GALVANIZED NAILS, EACH CONNECTION.
(LOCATE ON PREVAILING WIND SIDE.)
SET ROOTBALL 1" ABOVE BACKFILL
- 2" MINIMUM WETTED DEPTH MULCH-
"BFI PRO-CHIP" OR APPROVED EQUAL
r WHEN TREE IS IN TURF AREA-GRADE 4"
HEIGHT EARTH BERM AROUND DIAMETER
OF PLANTING HOLE
~ BACKFILL TO BE 2/3 NATIVE SOIL AND 1/3
; SOIL AMENDMENT -NITIRFIED SAWDUST OR
APPROVED EQUAL
TREE HOLE MIN. 12" DEEPER AND 18"
LARGER DIAM ETER THAN ROOT BALL.
SCARIFY SIDES OF HOLE AND ROOT BALL
FOUR (4) 21 GRAM FERTILIZER TABLETS.
SCARIFY SIDES OF HOLE AND ROOT BALL
AND BACKFILL.
"- LEAVE UNDISTURBED SOIL MOUND BELOW
ROOT BALL TO PREVENT SETTLING OF TREE.
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B
PL-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2'" DEPTH WOOD CHIP
MULCH (TYP.) AS
SPECIFIED ,A.T ALL
SHRUB PLANTING AREAS
1/3 ORGANIC
AMENDMENT
2/3 NATIVE
BACKFILL
FOOT TAMP BACKFILL
MAT BELOW ROOTBALL
TO PI~EVENT SETTLING
OF SHRUB
SECTION
C E
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: RJB/JE
CHECKED:PS
/ CITY OF DUE~LIN
SHRUB PLANTING
APPROVED:
PL-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PLANT SPACING CHART
FOR USE WHEN PLANTS ARE SPACED EQUALLY FROM EACH
OTHER AS IN ALL GROUNDCOVER PLANTINGS AND MASSED
MASSED SHRUB PLANTINGS.
WO)
o
<t:N
CL
(f),..-
CD
c.::>
z
o
<t:
CL
(f)
GROUNDCOVER
~ LIMIT OF PLANTING AREA
.
/-\ /u:\ \ j/\
. . ~. .
I.SPACING 'A'_I ' ~ PLANT LOCATION
CD
c.>
z
o
<(
CL
(f)
.
.
.
.
/ 2" DEPTH LAYER MULCH
/' SEE SPECIFICATIONS
~~ 6" LAYER AMENDED SOIL
/ / SEE PLANTING PLAN AND
L_ SPECIFICATIONS
SUBGRADE
SEE SPECIFICATIONS
O~-CENTe;R SPACING CHART
SPACING 'A'
6" O.C.
8" O.C.
9" O.C.
10" O.C.
12" O.C.
15" O.C.
18" O.C.
24" O.C.
30" O.C.
36" O.C.
SPACING 'B'
5.2" O.C.
6.9" O.C.
7.S" O.C.
8.7" O.C.
10.4" O.C.
13.0" O.C.
15.6" O.C.
20.8" O.C.
26.0" O.C.
30.0" O.C.
NO. PU\NTSjSQ.FT.
4.60 PER 1 S.F.
2.60 PER 1 S.F.
1. 78 PER 1 S.F.
1.65 PER 1 S.F.
1.15 PER 1 S.F.
.74 PER 1 S.F.
.5'1 PER 1 S.F.
.29 PER 1 S.F.
.19 PER 1 S.F.
.12 PER 1 S.F.
, CITY OF DUE~LIN
PLANTING AND
GROUNDCOVER SPACING
APPROVED:
E
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN:RJB/JE
CHECKED:PS
, :.. 19348
ReVision B
PL-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
RATE OF
ITEM MATERIAL APPUCATlON
SOIL PREPARATION
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECI- 6-20-20 25#/1000 S.F.
FICATIONS FOR TURF AREA SOIL
PREPARATION AND SOIL PREPARATION IRON SULFATE 10#/1000 S.F.
FOR ALL SHRUB, TREE AND/OR
GROUNDCOVER AREAS, INCORPOR'ATE SOIL 6 CU. YDS./
AMENDMENTS AND FERTILIZERS AS B'=-I 'SUPER-
FOLLOWS: HUMUS' 1000 S.F.
PLANTING BACKFILL
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS BI=-I 'SUPER- 1 PER 1 GC
FOR PLANTING OF SHRUBS AND TREES, HUMUS' -1/3 3 PER 5 GC
INCORPORATE SOIL AMENDMENTS AND TOPSOIL-2/3 4 PER 15 GC
FERTILIZERS IN PLANTING BACKFILL PLANTING 1 PER 1/2"
AS FOLLOWS: TABLETS 21 CAL. SPEC.
GI~AM SIZE
PRE-EMERGENCE WEED CONTROL
TWO WEEKS AFTER PLANTING OF RONSTAR OR AS PER
GROUNDCOVER, CULTIVATE, WEED AND APPROVED MANUFAC-
APPLY PRE-EMERGENCE WEED CONTROL, EQUAL. TURER'S
IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS.
DIRECTIONS, TO ALL GROUNDCOVER
AREAS AND PLANT BASINS.
TOP DRESSING BI~OWNING
FERRIS
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS, INDUSTRIES
AFTER APPLICATION OF PRE-EMERGENCE "PRO-CHIP" 2" DEPTH
WEED CONTROL, MULCH GROUNDCOVER WOOD CHIP
AREAS AND PLANT BASINS WITH MULCH MULCH OR
TO WETTED DOWN DEPTHS AS FOLLOWS: APPROVED
EQUAL
FEEDING
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS COMMERCIAL 1 5 LBS./
FOR FEEDING DURING MAINTENANCE PERIOD, FERTILIZER 1,000 SQ.FT.
APPLY FERTILIZER TO TURF AND GROUND- 6-- 20- 20
COVER AREAS ONE WEEK PRIOR TO FINAL
INSPECTION AS FOLLOWS:
SEEDED TURF
,
j
APPROVED: \
C E
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: RJB/JE
CHECKED:PS
! CITY OF DUE~LIN
SCHEDULE OF AMENDMENTS
AND FERTILIZER
PL-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FINISH GRADE PER
GRADING PLAN
TOPSOIL IN PLANTING AREAS PER
SPECIFICATIONS
.... .. "'."' ...."'.
.. ~ :... "'. .. .. "'. ..... .......
.. .. .. ......: ..:............ .. .. "....... .. "'.
.... ...."...... .. .:.. .. .. "'. "'... :...... .... ....:. .... .. .. ".." "'. .. ..
o o. 0"'..."'
.. "'. .... "'..........- .."'..
...... .. .. :.... :.. .." ."' ...." "'. .. .. .." ,,"'. ..
.... .. .. .... .. .. :: .. .. .. t' \ "'. ",.':.." .:.. : : .. .... .. .: .. ..
. 0 . O~'O OO~~ .
/~~~V~ >V:~~" <~~>:~~>>~"0j~
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
'l0000~ ~00{;~00'~~00'
IMPORT TOPSOIL-
12" DEPTH
SEE PLAN FOR
LOCATION
SCARIFY SUBGRADE TO ALL.OW
PERCOLATION
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: RJB/JE
CHECKED:PS
! CITY OF DUElLIN
TOP SOIL PLACEMENT
PL-6
PLAY AREA F A(~ILITIES
PA-1: Play Area Curb and Granular Surface
PA-2: Accessibility Ramp to Granular Surface
PA-3: Resilient Play Su rface
PA-4: Play Area Subdrain
PA-5: Std. Play Equipment Installation Notes
PA-6: Subdrain Cleanout
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTES:
1. CONCRETE COLOR:
2. FINISH TO BE:
PROVIDE 24"x24" SAMPLE FOR
APPROVAL PRIOR TO STARTING
CONCRETE WORK.
3. HOLD REBAR MIN. 2-1/2" CLEAR
FROM EDGES OF CONCRETE.
4. 'FIBAR' SAFETY SURFACING MANU-
FACTURED BY FIBAR SYSTEMS.
/3/S" BITUMINOUS
FELT EXP. JT.
_. . _ MATERIAL
FOAM BACKER
ROD
CONCI~ETE \"'"
PLANTER /. .
CURB .' .~..
. .... . ". ."
.... . \.>
1/4" .
URETHANE JOINT
SEALANT -COLOR TO
MATCH CONCRETE
SECTION @ EXP. JOINT
WHERE ADJACENT TO \
CONCRETE PAVING
EXPANSION JOINT PER
SPECIFICATIONS AND
SECTION @ EXP. JOINT \
12"
ADJACENT PAVING r----
\ I ~EVEL_
2" RADIUS
SET TOP OF
/ FIBAR LEVEL
4 <1. .4' .' 4
.---.
"<t
. . <1
. .
.... .'...:....:.:.'.,.
..' if ". <1~:'" .~ ..... ..: :- ........
THREE #4 REBAR HORIZ. -------II r' I . .~ :.'.<1 . ....:. ~ ; "~ . ~'.:.~':.: ~.:'~
RUN CONTIN. BETWEEN EXP. 1==11 . _ ~.. :. ;. 'i ....~
JOINTS. #3 REBAR TIES AT ::':-111- : 'I' <1' " . "'~'~:'" ,:. :
24" O.C. WIRE TO ALL HORI- 1-1-1_-11 '. ''''-''' ': ....' .....~.:
.. ... _,...f ... .. .... ....
ZONTALS. . - ., . .
. -111= . '<1 ~. 6~' .:". '.' .~. '~:~SLtPt:TO DRAIN
:II!W"~~~ - ~.~. -~'Jl ill ill ill li"~
.111==11 ~~ ~. ~- .=111==111-111-111-111==111=
~:II~llll'~III' ~'I'm~:II~;IIII~IIIII) I'
r - II 1==11/: J 1 r 111==1 II=-
FIBAR
CLASS 2 AGG. BASE MATERIAL
REL. COMPACTION - 95%
COMPACTED SUBGRADE
REL. COMPACTION - 90%
APPROVED:
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: JE
CHECKED:PS
I' CITY OF DUE~LIN
PLAY AREA CURB
AND GRANULAR SURFACE
PA 1
I
I
I
I
I
.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTE:
1. SLOPE OF RAMP TO CONFORM TO ALL CODES AND STANDARDS. SLOPE SHALL
NOT EXCEED SLOPE DEFINED BY AMERICAN WITH DISABILITIES ACT REQUIREMENTS
IN EFFECT AT TIME OF CONSTRUCTION.
2. AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION, RAMP SURFACE AND OUTSIDE PLAY AREA CURB MAY
BE CONSTRUCTED MONOLITHIC. REBAR TO TIE FROM WALL TO RAMP SURFACE
END OF RAMP
CONDITION VARIES,
REFER TO PLAN J
~FIBAR PLAY SURFACE
B
PLAY AREA
CURB
A
~:c
a!:Q
-,..
~-
z --
all..
i=~
Uo
wa
~a::
oen
Fl.USH
-
~
CD
UP 12: 1
FLUSH
JLUSH
.:r--
~
B'
l'
6'
PIPE
RAILING
~
PIPE
RAILING ~
CONCRETE PAVING P-C-
CONDITICm-'B'
PLAY AREA
CURB BEYOND
FINISH GRADE
ADJ. PAVING
c-- _ :.......SEE NOTE 1
~ ~',~~~,~~ ~m#~~~~ilgll~rt~irF~, ?2~f;' : ~'..., .'
., ~III-II 1"""""11 ell ~ I EiT~n~
SECTION A-A' ,.,...~.. .
. 00i.~. ..." ~"t!-~ "ot. ~,. !:...,.I....(
~i~~L~11l~lil~~.II'
PIPE
RAILING
DEPRESSED SECTION OF
PLAY AREA CURB
SECTION 8-8'
EXPANSION JOINT PER
DETAIL P-C-2 CONCRETE
PAVING-TYPE 'B'
APPROVED:
CITY OF DUE3LIN
ACCESSIBILITY RAMP
TO GRANULAR SURFACE
19348
PA-2
-------------------
() 0 0 }>
I ::u ~ -0
fTl ~ -0
() fTl ::u
^ z 0
fTl cO <
0 fTl
fTl~ 0
-0 ..
(j) +>-
"-..
<D
CO
-
<0
U
"'"'
OJ co
o
'~
o
-n
-0
)>
I
VI
;u I~I
fT1 "'"
U) C
r Z
fT1
Z
-f
lJ
~
U)
C
;:0
~
o
fT1
NOTES:
1. RESILIENT SURFACE TO BE POURED-IN-PLACE
POROUS EPDM/URETHANE SURFACE, 3-1/2" THICK.
AS MANUFACTURED BY;
"PLAYBOUND SURFACING SYSTEM"
PH. 1 -800-999-0555.
INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION.
INSTALLATION MUST BE PERFORMED BY THE
MANUFACTURER OR THEIR AUTHORIZED INSTALLER.
PLAY AREA
CURB
~ 3-1/2" THICK RESILIENT SURFACE
COLOR COAT.
r 2" A.C. PAVING-HOLD BACK 6"
\ FROM CURB
\ rFLUSH I I
r SEE GRANULAR
/ SURFACE DETAIL
~I
L
PLAY AREA
/ CURB
/
.~~~~
,"' " '" "-
~W",W"I."
.~ ~ ~ A "A A A ~ A .. ~ ~
. .. III- I~ I III II f I'll ~ II .. . .A 7) 11'1 'III
. .4 1'- ' I ,- '-I , . I I I . == ==11 III 114 ~. I' '~III_ ~
'III~II II' '1=:-11' _
II.A ~ All 6" DEPTH CLASS 2 "" 4.""
-, II'I~ AGG. BAS MATERIAL _ 4" IIL~ ~:II
-111-==111 COMPACT TO 95% -, II" '111-
REL. COMPo
COMPACTED SUBGRADE
MATERIAL-COMPACT TO
90% REL. COMPACTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FINISH GRADE
GRANULAR SURFACE
r CROWN TOP OF
PEA GRAVEL
18"
6"~ PVC OR ADS PERFORATED
PIPE. SEE PLAY AREA GRADING
AND DRAINAGE PLAN FOR
FLOW LINE ELEVATIONS.
- MIRAFI 40N FILTER FABRIC
SIDES AND BOTTOM ONLY
- WASHED PEA GRAVEL
COMPACTED SUBGRADE
- FLOW-LINE
j CITY OF DUI~LIN
APPROVED:
R.C.E. 19348
Revision B
PLAY AREA
SUBDRAIN
PA-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTES:
1. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS OF PLAY EQUIPMENT FOR CITY
REPRESENTATIVE'S APPROVAL. CONTRACTOR SHALL CORNER STAKE LOCATIONS OF
ALL PLAY EQUIPMENT, 3 ROW BLEACHERS AND BICYCLE RACKS IN FIELD PRIOR
TO INSTALLATION. CONTRACTOR MUST OBTAIN APPROVAL FOR PLAY EQUIPMENT
FIELD LOCATION FROM DISTRICT REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.
2. INSTALL ALL PLAY EQUIPMENT AND PLAY [QUIPMENT FOOTINGS PER
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS.
3. DEPTH OF FIBAR IN PLAY AREAS SHALL BE 14" MINIMUM. CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE
INTO ACCOUNT SUB GRADE ELEVATION AND FINISH GRADE OF SAND IN ORDER TO
SET CORRECT FINISHED ELEVATIONS OF PLAY STRUCTURES AND SWINGS.
4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS, DISTANCES, AND GRADE IN
THE FIELD AND BRING ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE ATTENTION OF THE
DISTRICT REPRESENTATIVE FOR A DECISION PRIOR TO COMMENCING WITH THE
WORK.
5. PLAY EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE COMPLETE SHOP DRAWINGS TO
SUCCESSFUL BIDDER. ARCHITECT SHALL I~EVIEW SHOP DRAWINGS FOR
APPROVAL. CONTRACTOR SHALL STAKE LOCATION OF ALL PLAY EQUIPMENT,
IN FIELD PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. CONTR.ACTOR MUST OBTAIN APPROVAL OF
PLAY EQUIPMENT LOCATION FROM ARCHITECT PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.
6. PLAY AREA SHALL BE TREATED WITH PRE --EMERGENT WEED CONTROL PRIOR TO
PLACEMENT OF FIBAR.
7. TRANSITION OF CURVES TO OTHER CURVES AND CURVES TO TANGENTS SHALL
BE SMOOTH AND CONTINUOUS. PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION, THE CONTRACTOR
SHALL LAY OUT ALL CURVILINEAR PATTERNS WITH CHALK, GYPSUM, OR OTHER
MATERIAL AS APPROVED BY THE DISTRICT REPI~ESENTATIVE AND SHALL THEN
REVIEW THE LAYOUT WITH THE DISTRICT REPF~ESENTATIVE AND SHALL ADJUST
THE LAYOUT AS DIRECTED BY THE DISTRICT REPRESENTATIVE. ALTERNATELY,
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL LAY OUT HEADERS AND FORMWORK AND ADJUST AS
NECESSARY AS DIRECTED. AFTER REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE DISTRICT
REPRESENTATIVE, FURTHER CONSTRUCTION MAY PROCEED.
C E
DATE: 10/14/98
DRAWN: RB
CHECKED:PS
/ CITY OF DUE~LIN
STANDARD PLAY EQUIPMENT
INSTALLATION NOTES
PA-5
APPROVED:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CLEANOUT TO BE "CHRISTY" U21
W/ SOLID CONCRETE LID
.
ooOO :". .. ..".. ..
.... :..:. ."'.... .." ."'. '..." .. .."'.... "'-:"... -.. .. "".. .. ......
.. .." ..
".. ..:"'.......: .... .."'... I. .. "'. ".. :
"'. .. ...." .. ..
. 'SUB. . .:: :: - ". "': . :.' . :.: . .' . '" '.'. '~'.:' :-: .' ":~. .
.:.......- .G~ADi'. . ....... .~., :...... .... '" ~~GR~_
~ .." ". "~"" '.' -~
.
w2; II
W <1J
(j) 0:. I
(j) c)
w~; I
~~; I
>Q:
C)
~<#P. 'f - .'f. ~ q$
..~rrtlllw~m~llllf - GROUT DRAIN
LINE INTO
PLACE
4" DEPTH COMPACTED
CLASS II BASEROCK
COMPACTED SUBGRADE
CITY OF DUE~LIN
SUBDRAIN CLEANOUT
..
SECTION
APPROVED:
- FINISH GRADE-
PUW AREA GRANULAR MATERIAL
z
~es
>
o 8
~ 0-1
PVC DRAINLlNE-
SEE GRADING
PLAN
PA-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
(:ITY OF DUBLIN
PARK DE\lELOPMENT STANDARDS
~VOLUME II
- GUIDE TO CITY STAIr--JDARD TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
- STANDARD CONSTHUCTION AND LANDSCAPE SPECIFICATIONS
- SPECIFIED MANUFACTURERS AND PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
April 26, 1999
ITEM 4.7
ATTACHMENT, VOL 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CITY OF DUBLIN
PARK DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
VOLUME II
Introduction: Purpose and Application of Development Standards
III. Guide to City Standard Technical Specifications
- Technical Specification Preparation Instructions
- Supplemental Instructions to the Standard Specifications
IV. Standard Construction and Landscape Specifications
Index of Sections
Section 02000
Standard Specifications
Section 02010
Clearing and Demolition
Section 02100
Earthwork
Section 02120
Import Topsoil
Section 02130
Athletic Field Sand Fill
Section 02150
Site Drainage
Section 02200
Concrete Work
Section 02210
Decomposed Granite with Stabilizer
Section 02220
Masonry Work
Section 02230
Interlocking Paving Units
Section 02250
Asphalt Paving
Section 02260
Tennis Court Asphalt Subsurface
Section 02270
Tennis Court Surfacing
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section 02280
Section 02300
Section 02310
Section 02311
Section 02312
Section 02315
Section 02330
Section 02340
Section 02341
Section 02342
Section 02344
Section 02346
Section 02600
Section 02700
Section 02710
Section 02720
Section 02730
Section 02740
Section 02900
Tennis Court Resurfacing
Carpentry
Structural and Misc. Steel Work
Chain Link Fence
Chain Link Fence with Color-Bonded Fabric
Tennis Court Chain Link Fence
Painting and Staining
Metal Play Structures (Pipeline)
Metal Play Structures (Lands. Struct.)
Timber Play Structures
Site Furniture
Sports Equipment
Irrigation and Water Supply
Preparation of Planting Areas
Planting (Seeded Turf)
Planting (Sodded Turf)
Planting (Hydrosodded Turf)
Planting (Hydroseeding)
Maintenance
v.
Specified Manufacturers and Product Requirements
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
INTRODUCTION
PURPOSE AND APPLICATION OF DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS
These Park Development Standards are provided as a guide to developers in
order to ensure the highest level of quality in the development of Dublin Parks.
The Standards are composed of:
. Instructions for application and use of the provided Construction Details,
Volume I.
. Construction and Landscape Details, Volume I.
. Instructions to complete the required Technical Specifications, Volume II.
. Standard Technical Specifications, Volume II.
. Product and Manufacturer list, Volume II.
Adhering to specific standards in park development will promote park longevity,
aesthetics, safety, and effective maintenance, which will contribute favorably to
the overall character of the City of Dublin.
The Park Development Standards are to be issued by the City to prospective
developers, and will serve as a definitive guide for the development of detailed
plans and specifications. Developers are required to coordinate with City
representatives, submitting plans and specifications in accordance with these
standards. This process will ensure conformance to the specified construction
and landscape requirements.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PART III
GUIDE TO CITY STANDARD TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PART III
GUIDE TO CITY STANDARD TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
The City of Dublin Standard Technical Specifications and Details along with the
Architect or Engineer's plans will constitute the contract documents and will set
forth the specific project construction requirements. These instructions are
intended to provide a simple and efficient means of completing the specifications.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION PREPARATION INSTRUCTIONS
The Architect or Engineer shall pay particular attention to those paragraphs in
bold italics within the Standard Specifications, Part IV to determine if the
italicized paragraphs shall be retained, deleted or modified. It is crucial that the
Architect or Engineer thoroughly review each of the Standard Construction and
Landscape Specification sections for content, accuracy, and pertinence to the
proposed project. The Architect or Engineer shall only edit those paragraphs that
are in bold italics, or that are listed in the supplemental instructions below. Item
numbers may need to be adjusted where paragraphs have been added or
deleted.
SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATION
In addition to the review and possible modification of all bold italicized
paragraphs noted above, complete and/or modify the following specific Technical
Specification Sections as described below.
Section 02000 - Standard Specification Reference
Please note that the term "Standard Specifications" refers to the latest edition of
the State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) Specifications
(Information only - no modification necessary.)
Section 02010 - Clearing and Demolition
Additional paragraphs under Part 3, Execution, may be necessary if unusual or
extensive demolition and removal is required.
Paragraph to review and modify/complete:
1.02B List scope of work.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section 02100 - Earthwork
If any of the following elements are part of the park development, the developer
shall provide the services of a Geotechnical Engineer to review and modify the
relevant portions of the earthwork specification and/or provide additional
specification requirements.
Elements requiring Geotechnical Engineer's recommendations:
. Streets or roadways through the park
. Buildings, such as park restroom, concession building, community center
or equipment shelter.
. Retaining walls over 3 feet in height
. Hillside regrading
. Engineered fill
. Pedestrian or vehicle bridge
Paragraphs to review and modify/complete:
1.02B List scope of work
3.02E
3.02G
Hillside fills. Depending on geotechnical findings, specific
engineering of hillside fills may be required. Specifications
for engineered fill shall be prepared by a Geotechnical
Engineer provided by the developer. Geotechnical
Engineer's recommendations shall be submitted to the City
for review and approval.
This paragraph shall be reviewed and may be modified as
recommended by a Geotechnical Engineer provided by the
developer.
The developer shall also provide a horticultural analysis of the existing site soils,
including recommendations for soil conditioning and fertilization of planting areas.
The recommendation from the Horticultural Soils Laboratory shall be used to edit
or supplant the following earthwork specification items:
3.058, 3.05D, 3.05E, 3.06A, 3.06B, and 3.06C.
3.05B
3.05D
Based on the horticultural soils report, determine if the
surface vegetation is to be incorporated into the planting
area soil or if the existing vegetation is to be stripped and
removed.
Refer to the horticultural soils report to determine if the
existing site soil is horticulturally suitable for supporting plant
growth. Use this item if the horticultural soils report indicates
that the existing soil (either conditioned or unconditioned) is
horticulturally suitable for successful plant and lawn viability.
Specifications for soil amendments and fertilizers are
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I
described in section 02700, "Preparation of Planting." If this
item is used, delete item 3.05E.
3.05E
Refer to the horticultural soil report prepared by a
horticultural testing laboratory to determine if an import
topsoil layer is necessary, and to determine the depth of the
recommended topsoil layer. Use this item if the horticultural
soils report recommends placement of import topsoil in
planting and/or turf areas. If item 3.05E is used, delete item
3.05D.
3.06A, 3.06B, 3.06C -
Modify these items if they are in conflict with the
recommendations of the geotechnical report. In cases
where a geotechnical report is not required, retain items
3.06A, 3.06B, 3.06C in their entirety.
Section 02120 -Import Topsoil
Use this section if required horticultural soils analysis recommends the
importation and placement of topsoil.
Section 02130 - Athletic Field Sand Fill
Use this specification where turf is to be established on sand to facilitate rapid
vertical drainage during rainfall and irrigation. Note: athletic field sand fill
requires a sub-surface drainage system. Sub-surface drainage system shall be
designed and engineered by a licensed Civil Engineer or Landscape Architect.
Paragraph to review and modify/complete:
2.06 At Architect or Engineer's option, fertilization requirements
may be described, either on the drawings or in item 2.06.
Section 02150 - Site Drainage
Paragraph to review and modify/complete:
1.02B List scope of work.
Section 02200 - Concrete Work
Paragraphs to review and modify/complete:
1.02A List scope of work.
2.02
Select method of reinforcing either 2.02F (reinforcing bars)
or 2.02G (welded wire mesh), or a combination of both.
3.03C
Select type or types of concrete joints from items 3.03C (1-4).
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Add additional joint types as necessary, and delete joint
types not used on this project.
3.16D
Select concrete finish from items 3.16D (1-9). Delete
concrete finishes not used on this project.
Section 02210 - Decomposed Granite with Stabilizer
Paragraph to review and modify/complete:
1 .02B List scope of work.
Section 02220 - Masonry Work
Specify modular paving and wall products on the drawings. Include product
name, description, size, color and source on the drawings.
Paragraph to review and modify/complete:
1.02B List scope of work.
Section 02230 - Interlocking Pavers
Specify interlocking paver on the drawings. Include product name, description,
size, color and source on the drawings.
Paragraph to review and modify/complete:
1.02B List scope of work.
Section 02250 - Asphalt Paving
This section shall be thoroughly reviewed and modified as necessary by the Civil
Engineer provided by the developer, in the event that the project includes
construction of a city street or cul-de-sac through or into the park.
Paragraph to review and modify/complete:
1 .02B List scope of work.
Section 02260- Tennis Court Asphalt Subsurface
Section 02270 - Tennis Court Surfacing
Section 02280 - Tennis Court Resurfacing
Architect and/or Engineer shall inspect the tennis court to be resurfaced, and
shall modify the specifications to include any necessary asphalt sub-surface
removal and replacement.
Section 02300 - Carpentry
Paragraph to review and modify/complete:
1.02B List scope of work.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section 02310 - Structural and Miscellaneous Steel
Paragraph to review and modify/complete:
1.02B List scope of work.
Section 02311 - Chain Link Fence
Paragraph to review and modify/complete:
1.02B List scope of work.
Section 02312 - Chain Link Fence with Color-Bonded Fabric
At Architect or Engineer's option, color may be black or dark green.
Paragraph to review and modify/complete:
1.02B List scope of work.
Section 02315 - Tennis Court Chain Link Fence
In the event that a color-bonded fabric is selected for the tennis court chain link
fence, incorporate appropriate sections from Specification Section 02312. Note:
the tennis court chain link fabric must be 1 %" spaced diamond pattern.
Section 02330 - Painting and Staining
Paragraph to review and modify/complete:
1.02B List scope of work.
Section 02340 - Metal Play Structures (Pipeline)
(Use this section or 02341 (Landscape Structures)
Refer to information and requirements included in Part V, "Specified
Manufacturers and Product Requirements".
Paragraph to review and modify/complete:
1.02B List scope of work.
Section 02341 - Metal Play Structures (Landscape Structures)
Use this section or 02340 (Pipeline)
Refer to information and requirements included in part V, "Specified
Manufacturers and Product Requirements".
Paragraph to review and modify/complete:
1.02B List scope of work.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section 02342 - Wood Play Structures
Refer to information and requirements included In Part V, "Specified
Manufacturers and Product Requirements".
Paragraph to review and modify/complete:
1.02B List scope of work.
Section 02344 - Site Furniture
Refer to information and requirements included in Part V, "Specified
Manufacturers and Product Requirements".
Paragraph to review and modify/complete:
1.02B List scope of work.
Part 2 -
Materials: Review Items 2.01 through 2.06. Delete those items which
are not applicable to the project. Renumber Specification
paragraphs as necessary. Indicate Manufacturer and catalog
numbers selected from the recommended products list
included in Part V of Volume II.
For example: Paragraph 2.01 would read:
2.01 DRINKING FOUNTAIN:
"Haws" concrete drinking fountain model #3176 as
manufactured by "Haws" Berkeley, California.
Part 3 -
Execution:
Review Items 3.01 through 3.06. Delete those items which
are not applicable to the project. Renumber Specification
paragraph numbers as necessary.
Section 02346 - Sports Equipment
Refer to information and requirements included in Part V, "Specified
Manufacturers and Product Requirements".
Paragraph to review and modify/complete:
1 ,028 List scope of work.
Part 2 -
Materials: Review Items 2.01 through 2.11. Delete those items which
are not applicable to the project. Renumber Specification
paragraphs as necessary. Indicate Manufacturer and
catalog numbers selected from the recommended products
list included in Part V of Volume II. For example, Paragraph
2.01 will read:
2.01 BASKETBALL STANDARD:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PW Athletic Company basketball standard model
#1523 and #13 backboard with target, and #45 rim.
Part 3 -
Execution:
Review Items 3.01 through 3.11. Delete those items which
are not applicable to the project. Renumber Specification
paragraphs as necessary.
Section 02600 - Irrigation and Water Supply
Refer to information and requirements included in Part V, "Specified
Manufacturers and Product Requirements".
Paragraph to review and modify/complete:
1 .02B List scope of work.
Section 02650 - Drip Irrigation and Water Supply
Refer to information and requirements included in Part V, "Specified
Manufacturers and Product Requirements".
Paragraph to review and modify/complete:
1.028 List scope of work.
Section 02700 - Preparation of Planting Areas
The developer is required to obtain a horticultural soils analysis, including soil
conditioning recommendations, from a City approved soil and plant testing
laboratory. This report and accompanying recommendations will serve as the
basis for editing and/or expanding on the specification items: 2.01, 2.02, 3.02B
and 3.02C.
Paragraphs to review and modify/complete:
1.02C List scope of work.
2.01 Topsoil
2.02 Wood residual soil amendment
3.02B Subgrade scarification
3.02C Topsoil Layer
Type and quantities of required soil amendment and fertilizer may be shown on
the plans or indicated in this section of the specifications.
Section 02710 - Planting (Seeded Turf)
Use this section when turf is to be seeded. Note: this section also includes
specifications for trees, shrubs and ground cover.
Paragraph to review and modify/complete:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.02B
List scope of work.
Section 02720 - Planting (Sodded Turf)
Use this section when turf is to be sodded. Note: this section also includes
specifications for trees, shrubs and ground cover.
Paragraph to review and modify/complete:
1.02B List scope of work.
Section 02730 - Planting (Hydrosodded Turf)
Use this section when turf is to be hydrosodded (pre-germinated seed). Note:
this section also includes specifications for trees, shrubs and ground cover.
Paragraph to review and modify/complete:
1.02B List scope of work.
Section 02740 - Planting (Hydroseeding)
Use this section when areas of the project are to be hydroseeded for erosion
control or for transitional planting purposes. Select hydroseeding mix based on
intended purpose and aesthetic effect. Submit proposed hydroseeding mix to
city for review prior to incorporating the designated seed mix into the
specification.
Paragraphs to review and modify/complete:
1.02B List scope of work.
2.04 Select appropriate seed mix and quantity of seed per acre
(pounds per acre).
Select fertilizer (fertilizer ratio).
Complete per acre quantity application of fiber, seed and
fertilizer (pounds per acre).
2.05
3.01A
Section 02900 - Maintenance
Set maintenance period at 90 calendar days for all projects that include seeded
or hydroseeded turf. Set maintenance period at 45 calendar days for all projects
that include sodded turf.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PART IV
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION AND LANDSCAPE SPECIFICATIONS
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02000
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DOCUMENTS:
The General Conditions and all other Contract Documents for this project
are complementary and applicable to this Section of the Specifications.
1.02 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS:
A. Work to be done under this contract shall be done in accordance
with the Standard Specifications of the State of California
Department of Transportation (Caltrans) dated July 1995.
The term Standard Specifications, where found in the Technical
Specifications shall refer to the July 1995 edition of the "Standard
Specifications" of the State of California, Department of
Transportation (Caltrans).
B. Whenever in the Standard Specifications the following terms are
used, they shall be understood to mean and refer to the following:
1. Director. The Director of the City of Dublin Public Works
Department.
2. Enqineer. The authorized Representative of the City of
Dublin Public Works Department.
3. City. The City of Dublin, Alameda County, State of
California.
02000-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02010
CLEARING AND DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DOCUMENTS:
The General Conditions and all other Contract Documents for this project are
complementary and applicable to this Section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, facilities, transportation and
services to complete all clearing and demolition and related work as
shown on the drawings and/or specified herein.
B. Work Included: The general extent of the clearing, demolition and
removal is shown on the drawings and includes, but is not
necessarily limited to, the following:
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 EQUIPMENT:
Equipment shall be suitable for the work to be done and shall be in first-class
condition. Equipment operators and workmen to be skilled in operations and to
be supervised by a competent superintendent.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL:
A. Clear areas as shown on Plans or as specified herein.
B. Dust Control: At all times during the operations, prevent the formation of
an airborne dust nuisance by watering and/or treating the site of the work
in such a manner that will confine dust particles to the immediate area of
the work.
02010-1
I
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C.
Debris:
1. Remove as it accumulates, excess debris except as otherwise
specified. Do not store or permit debris to accumulate on site. If
contractor fails to remove excess debris promptly, City reserves
right to cause same to be removed at Contractor's expense.
2. Materials requiring removal and demolition to be removed
completely from site, to a minimum depth of 30 inches below finish
grade, unless approved otherwise.
3. If Contractor encounters unforeseen items during clearing and
demolition work, he is to notify the Engineer prior to removal or
demolition.
02010-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02100
EARTHWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DOCUMENTS:
The General Conditions and all other Contract Documents for this project are
complementary and applicable to this Section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, facilities, transportation and
services to complete all grading and related work as shown on the
Drawings and/or Specified herein.
B. Work Included: The general extent of all excavating, filling and
grading is shown on the Drawings and includes, but is not
necessarily limited to, the following:
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 EQUIPMENT:
Grading equipment shall be suitable for the work to be done and shall be in
first-class condition. Equipment operators and workmen to be skilled in grading
operations and to be supervised by a competent superintendent.
2.02 GRADE STAKES AND LINES:
All grading, including subgrading and finished grading of unsurfaced, as well as
paved areas, to be controlled by such intermediate grade stakes and lines as
may be necessary to obtain the slopes and levels required by the finished grade
elevations shown on the plans. Compacted sub-grade and finished grade
surfaces shall parallel and conform to the control planes established by these
grade stakes and lines.
02100-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.03 SURVEYING:
Contractor shall be responsible for all layout and measurements. All surveying
and field engineering necessary to establish the lines and grade stakes shall be
performed by a California licensed land surveyor or civil engineer licensed to
perform land surveying. All bench marks, monuments and other reference points
shall be carefully protected and maintained, and if disturbed or destroyed, shall
be replaced as directed by the Engineer at the Contractor's expense.
2.04 VERIFICATION OF QUANTITIES:
Any quantities mentioned and any Grading Sections are for the Contractor's
convenience only and all grading shall be done to conform to the contours shown
on the Plan and to the requirements of the Specifications. Any discrepancies
between such mentioned quantities and/or sections and the requirements of the
Grading Plan and the Specifications shall not entitle the Contractor to additional
remuneration.
2.05 TOLERANCES:
Subgrades and finished grades for the unsurfaced areas may vary within a
tolerance of one-tenth of a foot (0.1') from the finished grade elevations shown on
the plans, provided that no drainage pockets or depressions result.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXCAVATION:
A. Excavate areas shown on plans or as specified herein which may include
cutting for paving area and construction subgrades, pipe line trenches,
lawn and planting areas.
B. All excavation to be kept free from water until compacted fills and
structures are complete to above water, safe from uplift and horizontal
water pressure and the backfill has been placed. Dewatering equipment
must be adequate to protect against floatation.
C. All excavated material not necessary to, or suitable for, fill construction to
be removed from the site unless specific mention is made in the drawings
of a balanced cut and fill situation.
3.02 FILLING:
A. Source of Material: Prior to the placement of fill the Engineer to be
notified of the source of materials, and samples to be obtained to
02100-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
, I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.03
determine the suitability of the materials and to conduct compaction tests
as required.
B. Placing and compaction: Fill materials to be spread in layers not
exceeding specific depth. Each layer shall be compacted as required.
C. Moisture content: Fill materials to have the uniform moisture content
necessary for compaction to the specified dry density. When required, the
value of the optimum moisture content will be determined and this
information supplied to the Engineer.
D. Seasonal limits: No fill shall be placed during weather conditions which
will alter the moisture content of the fill materials sufficiently to make
adequate compaction impossible. After placing operations have been
stopped because of averse weather conditions, no additional fill material
shall be placed until the last layer compacted has been checked and
found to be compacted to the specified densities.
E. Hillside fills: When fill is to be made and compacted on hillsides~ or
where new fill is to be compacted against existing fills~ the slopes of
original hillsides and old fills shall be cut into a minimum of four feet
(4') horizontally as the work is brought up in layers. Materials thus
cut out shall be recompacted along with the new fill~ at the
Contractor's expense.
F. Tests: Tests to be made on each layer of fill to assure adequate
compaction throughout the entire area. If the dry densities are not
satisfactory, the Contractor shall be required to recompact each layer
and/or work area as necessary to achieve the specified densities.
G. Preparation of fill area sub-grade: Strip surface vegetation~ weeds~
and top six inches (6") from areas under-lying structures and areas
to be paved. Excavate soft~ wet, or otherwise unsuitable base grade
to firm, unyielding soil.
BACKFILL:
A. Structure backfill to conform to the requirements of Section 19-306 of the
Caltrans Standard Specifications, except that ponding and jetting in
planted areas may be permitted to within twelve inches (12") of finish
grade.
B. Pervious backfill to conform to the requirements of Section 19-3.065
of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
02100-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C. Compacted fill areas: Where trenches must be excavated in compacted
fill, these trenches to be backfilled with the fill materials excavated and
recompacted in the layers and to the density specified for the particular
area.
D. Trenching existing paving: Where trenching is through existing paving
areas, fill material to be structure backfill to conform to Section 19-3.06 of
the Caltrans Standard Specifications and to replace pavement section to
match adjacent section in kind.
E. Settling: All backfill to be flush with adjoining grade in a firm, unyielding
position with no visible settling.
F. Guarantee: Any settling of backfill which may occur during a one (1) year
period after acceptance of the work to be repaired to the satisfaction of the
Engineer,and the City by the Contractor, without expense to the City,
including the complete restoration of all damaged planting, paving, or
other improvements of any kind.
3.04 GRADING:
A. Contractor to grade site to establish finish grades of constructed elements,
such as buildings, roads, paths and paved areas, preciselv as indicated.
Remainder of site shall be as indicated by the contours.
B. All ground surfaces to be finished to uniform grades and slopes as per the
Drawings and in such a manner as to drain properly and be free from
depressions which may cause areas of standing water.
C. Clods to be broken up and the surface of the ground shall be uniformly
pulverized and graded to a relatively smooth surface.
D. All drainage to be away from the foundations of buildings.
E. All erosion scars to be repaired.
F. All planting and turf areas shall finish with existing site soil
compacted to eighty percent (80%) maximum relative compaction,
minimum six inch (6r~ depth or as specified in Drawings.
G. If additional soil is necessary to bring grades to the required elevations
and gradients, soil as specified in the Planting Section shall be used.
02100-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
H. Finish grades to be one inch (1") minimum below the surface of adjacent
walks, curbs, paved areas, etc. without abrupt change in gradient either in
the surface of the soil or where the soil meets such features.
I. As a finish operation, ground surfaces to be dragged or bladed with the
contours as directed by the Engineer to achieve the continuity of land
forms as shown in the topographic plan.
J. At the completion of grading work, the site shall be left in a clean and
finished condition conforming to the Drawings.
3.05 CONSTRUCTION OF FILL - AREAS TO BE PLANTED:
A. Required density: Density to be eighty five percent (85%) relative
compaction as determined by Test Method No. Calif. 216 up to topsoil
layer. (See "C" below.)
B. Base grade: Any surface vegetation, weeds, etc. shall be
incorporated into the soil to a depth of eight inches (8'~ by discing in
two (2) ninety degree (900) directions. Where height of growth
interferes with proper discing, growth shall first be cut out or
removed.
C. Layers: Turf and planting areas to be brought up to grade in layers not
exceeding eight inches (8"). Final lift to be topsoil placed to eighty percent
(80%) maximum relative compaction.
D. Topsoillayer: All planting and turf areas shall finish with existing
site topsoil placed to eighty percent (80%) maximum relative
compaction. Minimum six inch (6') depth unless othelWise indicated
in Drawings.
Existing on site topsoil to be stockpiled shall be free of any refuse,
heavy or stiff clay, hard dirt clods, stones larger than one and
one-half inches (1-1/2'~ in size, roots larger than three-quarters of an
inch (3/4') in diameter, noxious weeds, Bermuda grass, nut grass,
and other deleterious materials.
Contractor shall place finish topsoil layer only after Engineer
approves in writing the grades and topographic form of the
sub-grade.
E. Place six inches (6') of import topsoil in all planting areas. Import
topsoil shall conform to section 02700-2.01A. Contractor shall place
02100-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
finish topsoil layer only after Engineer approves in writing the grades
and topographic form of the sub-grade.
3.06 CONSTRUCTION OF FILL - AREAS TO BE PA VED:
A. Required density: Dry densities shall be in excess of ninety percent
(90%) of maximum dry density as determined by Test Method No.
Calif. 216.
B. Base grade: After the cleaning and stripping operations and the cuts
have been completed and before any fill is placed in any particular
area, the existing surface shall be scarified to a depth of six inches
(6'') and compacted to specified dry density.
C. Layers: The fill shall be placed in layers not exceeding eight inches
(8'').
3.07 FINISH GRADING:
After completion of pavements and structures, surfaces of planting areas shall be
graded and shaped by blading, dragging, and other means. Finished surfaces
shall be uniform and smooth; true to slopes and grades. Finished grade of
planting areas shall be one (1) inch below edge of headerboards, pavement or
walks. Particular attention shall be given to the installation of surface drainage
swales. Drainage swales shall conform to slopes and directions shown on plans.
Cross section of swale shall be 3' wide with a 4" depth unless shown otherwise
on plans and details. Swales to direct water away from structure and walks in a
positive manner. In the event that the contractor anticipates a problem installing
a swale as shown on the plans the Contractor shall notify the Engineer prior to
proceeding.
02100-6
I
I
I
I
I
'1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02120
IMPORT TOPSOIL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DOCUMENTS:
The General Conditions and all other Contract Documents for this project are
complementary and applicable to this section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
The extent of import sand fill layer is shown in the drawings. The work includes,
but is not necessarily limited to:
1. Labor, equipment, and materials necessary for subgrade preparation and
topsoil placement.
1.03 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS:
All workmanship and material within this Section shall conform to the Standard
Specifications.
1.04 JOB CONDITIONS:
A. Grading: Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining finish grades in
all planting areas and for executing any fine grading as may be necessary
or incidental to all planting operations.
B. Sand Fill: Sand fill shall not be contaminated with other soil. Sand fill
contaminated by other soil shall be rejected.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 IMPORT TOPSOIL:
A. Import topsoil shall consist of a fertile, friable soil of a loamy character
which contains a normal amount of organic matter, without the addition of
humus or soil amendments. It shall be free of any refuse, heavy or stiff
clay, hard dirt clods, stones larger than one and one-half inches (1-112") in
any dimension, roots larger than three-quarters of an inch (%") in
diameter, noxious weeks, Bermuda grass, nut grass, and other deleterious
02120-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
materials. Topsoil shall also be free from toxic amounts of either acid or
alkaline chemicals and shall be capable of sustaining plant life.
B.
The import topsoil shall be a U.S.D.A. classification sandy loam or loamy
sand.
U.S.D.A. classification of fraction passing 2.0 mm follows:
Class: Particle Size Ranqe: Maximum % Minimum %
Medium to very 0.5 - .5 mm 85% 55%
fine sand
Coarse sand 0.5 - 2.0 mm 20% 5%
Silt plus clay <0.05 mm 45% 15%
Other Classes:
2 - 13 mm 15% 0
Gravel
% - 1 inch 8% by volume with
Rock none> 1 inch
15% 0
Organic
Chemistry - Suitability Considerations:
1. SALINITY: Saturation Extract Conductivity
(ECe) Less than 3.0 ds/m/cm @ 250C.
2. SODIUM: Sodium Absorption Ratio (SAR)
Less than 1.0 ppm
3. BORON: Saturation Extract Concentration
Less than 1.0 ppm
4. REACTION: pH of Saturated Paste: 5.5 - 7.5
Fertility Considerations:
Soil to contain sufficient quantities of available nitrogen, phosphorus
potassium, calcium and magnesium to support normal plant growth per
02120-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
: I
I
requirements indicated on the drawings. Nutrients, fertilizer, amendments
and other required additives, as specified on the Horticultural Soils Report,
shall be incorporated into the topsoil layer.
C. Topsoil sample shall be thoroughly wetted down and allowed to dry two
(2) days prior to inspection for approval. Imported topsoil shall be tested
by an approved horticultural soil testing facility prior to placement or
delivery to site. Contractor must receive written approval of topsoil sample
prior to delivery of topsoil to site.
D. All topsoil must come from one supplier only. During construction,
samples will be taken and analyzed periodically by the Horticultural Soils
Lab to assure strict compliance with the specifications. The City shall
have the option of sampling and testing either at the source or from
incoming trucks at the project site. Topsoil delivered to the site not
meeting specifications shall be rejected by the City's Representative. All
topsoil rejected by the City shall be removed from the site at the
Contractor's expense.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PLACEMENT OF TOPSOIL:
A. In performing this work, the Contractor shall avoid damage to any existing
structures or features of the playing field or features under construction,
such as drainage and irrigation systems. Any such damage shall be
repaired by the Contractor at his own expense.
B. As part of this work, the Contractor shall check all graded areas and
assure that all features of the subgrade are at the proper finished grade,
with on changes or damage to grades, as specified herein and on the
grading plan.
C. The topsoil area subgrade shall be graded to form a smooth clean basin
free of any debris and/or loose soil. The topsoil shall not be placed until
all finished grading, irrigation, and drainage improvements are completed,
to avoid the mixing of other soil and materials with the specified loamy
sand.
D. Topsoil trucked into the site must be done in such a manner as not to alter
the sub-grade and/or damage drainage and irrigation ditches and
systems.
02120-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Using a small tractor and blade, the topsoil shall be carefully and evenly
spread over the sub-basin without disturbing the drainage or irrigation
systems already in place or the compacted sub-base. Topsoil shall be
placed to depths indicated on plan. In order to properly move and grade
the topsoil, it must be moist. Excess water should not be applied when
dumping and rough grading as it could create a soft sub-base which could
alter constructed grades and damage the drainage and irrigation system.
The topsoil shall then be carefully smoothed and compacted to the
finished grade by alternately raking and rolling. The topsoil area shall then
be thoroughly irrigated and then checked for irregularities due to settling
and then brought back to a uniform grade. Upon completion of
compacting, a minimum depth of eight (8) inches, as indicated on the plan,
must be present.
3.02 TOPSOIL COMPACTION:
All planting and turf areas shall finish with import topsoil compacted to eighty
percent (80%) maximum relative compaction.
3.03 GRADE TOLERANCES:
The grades as shown on the various drawings represent the required finished
grade for the turf area. Finished grades must be within one tenth (.10 foot).
3.04 SURFACE PREPARATION:
If any vegetative growth should occur prior to seeding, it shall be removed by
grubbing out and removed from the site. There shall be no debris contaminating
the topsoil.
02120-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02130
ATHLETIC FIELD SAND FILL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DOCUMENTS:
The General Conditions and all other Contract Documents for this project are
complementary and applicable to this section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
The extent of import sand fill layer is shown in the drawings. The work
includes, but is not necessarily limited to:
1. Labor, equipment, and materials necessary for subgrade preparation
and topsoil or sand fill placement.
1.03 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS:
All workmanship and material within this Section shall conform to the
Standard Specifications.
1.04 JOB CONDITIONS:
A. Grading: Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining finish grades
in all planting areas and for executing any fine grading as may be
necessary or incidental to all planting operations.
B. Sand Fill: Sand fill shall not be contaminated with other soil. Sand fill
contaminated by other soils shall be rejected.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 ATHLETIC FIELD SAND:
A. Sand: The import sand fill sand shall be composed of sound, hard,
durable grains; clean and free from silt, clay, water soluble material, or
any other foreign matter. Sand shall be fresh water washed and dried
02130-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
as necessary to meet this specification. Sand particle size distribution
shall conform to the following:
Sand Mechanical Analysis:
U.S.D.A.
Sieve Opeoing(mm) U.S. Standard Sieve No. Class % Retained
2.38 8 Fine 0-5%
2.00 10 Gravel
1.68 12 Very
1.41 14 Coarse
1.19 16 Sand
.841 20 Coarse
.707 25 Sand
.595 30
.500 35
.420 40
.354 45 Medium Sieve No. 12
.297 50 Sand to 140
.250 50 90% - 95%
(Note 50% -
70% must be
in medium
sand ranQe)
.210 70 Fine
.177 80 Sand
.149 100
.125 120
.105 140
.088 170 Very 0-5%
.074 200 Fine
.063 230 Sand
.053 270
.044 325
.037 400 Silt & 0-1%
Clay
The particle size distribution of the sand is critical. 90 to 95% must be
in the size range of 1.68mm to 0.1 mm and within this range 50 to 70
must be within 0.5mm and 0.25mm. Combined silt and clay particles
shall make up less than one percent (0.01) (percent by weight) of the
sand.
02130-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Sand with a pH level of 8.9 or higher is not acceptable. Sand that is at
a pH level of 7.9 or lower is acceptable. Any sand that is at a pH level
between 8.0 and 8.8 shall have single super phosphate added at the
rate of 10 Ibs. per 1,000 square feet and/or shall be leached to bring
the pH to a level of 7.9 or lower.
The Contractor shall submit the following items to the Owner's
Representative for approval not more than twenty (20) calendar days
after issuance of the notice to proceed.
1. Identification of proposed source and supplier.
2. Current lab mechanical analysis of the proposed sand, uSing
U.S.D.A. standards for sieve analysis.
3. Twenty-five pound sample of the proposed sand.
4. Certification that the supplier can deliver the total quantity of
sand needed to complete the project in a timely manner.
5. Laboratory pH analysis of sand.
All sand must come from one supplier only. During construction,
samples will be taken and analyzed periodically by a Geotechnical
Engineer provided by the City to assure strict compliance with the
specifications. The Geotechnical Engineer shall have the option of
sampling and testing either at the source or from incoming trucks at
the project site. Sand delivered to the site not meeting specifications
shall be rejected by the Geotechnical Engineer. All sand rejected by
the Geotechnical Engineer shall be removed from the site at the
Contractor's expense.
2.02 PLACEMENT OF SAND:
A. In performing this work, the Contractor shall avoid damage to any
existing structures or features of the playing field or features under
construction, such as drainage and irrigation systems. Any such
damage shall be repaired by the Contractor at his own expense.
B. As part of this work, the Contractor shall check all graded areas and
assure that all features of the subgrade are at the proper finished
grade, with no changes or damage to grades, as specified herein and
on the grading plan.
02130-3
I
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C. The sand area subgrade shall be graded to form a smooth clean basin
free of any debris and/or loose soil. The sand shall not be installed
until all finished grading, irrigation, and drainage are completed, in
order to avoid the mixing of other soil and materials with the seed bed
sand.
D. Sand trucked into the site must be done in such a manner as not to
alter the sub-grade and/or damage drainage and irrigation ditches and
systems.
Using a small tractor and blade, the seedbed sand shall be carefully
and evenly spread over the sub-basin without disturbing the drainage
or irrigation systems already in place or the compacted sub-base.
Seedbed sand shall be placed over the entire playing field, to depths
indicated on plan. In order to properly move and grade sand, it must
be moist. Excess water should not be applied when dumping and
rough grading as it could create a soft sub-base which could alter
constructed grades and damage the drainage and irrigation system.
The seedbed sand throughout the turf and planting area shall then be
carefully smoothed and compacted to the finished grade by alternately
raking and rolling. The entire turf and planting area shall then be
thoroughly irrigated and then checked for irregularities due to settling
and then brought back to a uniform grade. Upon completion of
compacting, a minimum depth of twelve (12) inches of sand, must be
present.
2.03 GRADE TOLERANCES:
The grades as shown on the various drawings represent the required
finished grade for the playing field. Finished grades must be within one tenth
(.10 foot).
2.04 SURFACE PREPARATION:
No special seedbed preparation is necessary as the proper grade and settled
sand is ready for fertilization and seeing. If any vegetative growth should
occur prior to seeding, it shall be removed by grubbing out and shall be
removed from the site. There shall be no debris of any type contaminating
the same.
2.05 AMENDMENTS:
No soil amendments (i.e., nitrified sawdust) are required in the sand seed
bed.
02130-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.06 FERTILIZATION:
Refer to drawings for sand seed bed fertilization requirements.
02130-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
SECTION 02150
DRAINAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DOCUMENTS:
The General Conditions and all other Contract Documents for this project are
complementary and applicable to this section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, facilities, transportation and
services to complete all drainage and related work as shown on the
Drawings and/or specified herein.
B. Work Included: The general extent of all drain Jines and structures is
shown on the Drawings and includes, but is not necessarily limited
to, the following:
1.03 GENERAL:
Verification: Contractor to check the invert elevations of existing drain structures
and pipes to which connections are to be made and report any discrepancies to
the Owner's Representative.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 FITTINGS:
Provide fittings for the installation and connection of all lines. In general, provide
a V-branch and a one-eighth (1/8) curve for each branch connection except at
manholes. Connections made by cutting holes in pipes will not be permitted.
2.02 CEMENT MORTAR:
Mortar shall be composed of one (1) part Portland Cement and two (2) parts
sand by volume.
2.03 IRON AND STEEL UNITS:
02150-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Iron and steel units shall conform to the provisions of Section 70 and 55 of the
Standard Specifications.
2.04 PRECAST CONCRETE:
Precast concrete structures shall conform to the provisions of Section 70 of the
Standard Specifications.
2.05 PERMEABLE MATERIAL:
Permeable material shall be Class 2 to conform to Section 68-1.025 of the
Standard Specifications.
2.06 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE:
Reinforced concrete pipe (RCP) shall conform to the provisions of Section 65 of
the Standard Specifications.
2.07 GASKETED POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE (STORM DRAIN):
Ring fitted PVC shall be Gasketed PVC Pressure-Rated Pipe, or approved equal,
and shall conform to ASTM D2241 for Standard Dimensions Ratio: Class 315
pipe - SDR 13.5. Extruded from clean, virgin, approved class 12454 - B PVC
resin compound conforming to ASTM Specification D2241. Rubber rings shall
conform to ASTM D1869 and F477. Gasketed PVC pipes shall conform to
performance levels required in ASTM D2241.
2.08 GASKETED POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE (SANITARY SEWER):
Sewer pipe shall be Gasketed (PVC) gravity green sewer pipe, or approved
equal and shall conform to ASTM D 3034-SDR 35, and ASTM tests D244,
D2412, and D3212.
2.09 CORRUGATED HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE DRAIN LINE (SOLID AND
PERFORATED):
CHDPE pipe couplings and fittings shall comply with all the requirements of
AASHTO M-242-851 for 3" - 10" diameter and AASHTO M-294-851 for 12" - 24"
diameter. Perforated pipe shall be furnished where called for on the contract
drawings. Couplings shall be split or snap-on type for pipe 3" - 15" diameter and
split or screw-on type for pipe 3" -15" diameter and split or screw-on type for 18" -
24" diameter. Due to routine field changes requiring cutting, pipe with integral
couplings will not be allowed.
02150-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
! I
I
I
I
CHDPE pipe with integral smooth lining shall comply with all material and
stiffness requirements of AASHTO M-294. The Mannings "n" shall be 1.012.
Pipe manufactured by Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc. shall be considered the
standard to determine compliance to this specification.
2.1 0 "MULTI-FLOW" SUBDRAIN:
A. Description:
1. This work shall consist of providing and placing a geocomposite
prefabricated drainage system as described in the plans. The
drainage system shall be installed in accordance with these
Specifications and in conformity with the locations and dimensions
as shown on the Plans.
B. Materials:
1. The drainage conduit shall be of flexible, prefabricated, rounded
rectangular shaped, composite product. The drain conduit shall be
wrapped with a nonwoven geotextile and shall be a nonwoven
construction and consist of long-chain polymeric fibers composed
of polypropylene, polyethylene or polymide. The fibers shall be
oriented into a multi-directional stable network whereby they retain
their positions relative with each other and allow the passage of
water as specified. The fabric shall be free of any chemical
treatment or coating which reduces permeability and shall be inert
to chemicals commonly found in soil. The geotextile shall conform
to the following minimum average roll values.
Tensile Strength
Puncture, lb.
Mullen Burst, psi
Coefficient of
Permeability
Flow Rate, gpmlft2
Maximum US Std Sieve
Opening Seam
Strength, Ib/ft
ASTM D-4632
ASTM D-751
ASTM D-3786
100 - 130
35 - 60
110-215
ASTM D-4491
ASTM D-4491
.2 - .4 cm/sec
100 - 140
ASTM D-4595
100
2. The drainage core shall be made of a high density polyethylene.
The core shall be constructed using interconnected corrugated
pipes which define and provide the flow channels and structural
02150-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
integrity of the drainage product. The geotextile shall function only
as a filter, and shall not be a structural part of the drainage system.
The core of the drainage product shall conform to the following
physical property requirements.
Thickness, inches ASTM D-1777
Flow Rate, gpm/ft*** ASTM D-4716
Compressive Strength,psf ASTM D-1621
Pipe Stiffness, psi ASTM D-2412
1.0
30
6000
100
*** at gradient = 0.1, pressure = 10 psi for 100 hours
3. The fittings used with the drainage conduit shall be as
recommended by the manufacturer for the drainage product.
4. Pipe for drainage system outlets laterals shall be either PVC pipe
meeting the requirements of ASTM D-2729 or ASTM F-949, or high
density polyethylene pipe meeting the requirements of AASHTO
M252.
5. A rodent screen made of 0.3 inch by 0.3 inch square opening size,
0.063 inch gauge, stainless steel or galvanized, welded wire mesh
shall be installed in each outlet lateral line. When using galvanized
welded wire mesh, the rodent screen shall be galvanized after it
has been formed to the shape and dimensions shown on the plans
or specified by the Engineer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION:
A. Trenches:
1. Pipe: Unless otherwise shown, provide separate trenches for pipe
lines. Minimum cover shall be twelve inches (12").
2. General: Lay all piping in open trench except when the Owner's
Representative gives permission for tunneling.
3. Width of Trenches: Excavate trenches to widths no greater than
necessary for proper installation of the work.
4. Excavation: Material to be excavated for utility trenches shall be
non-classified and shall include all earth or other material
02150-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
encountered. The Contract price is understood to cover the
removal of all such materials to the depth and extent indicated on
the drawings and herein specified.
5. Grading Trench Bottom: Grade the bottom of trenches evenly to
insure uniform bearing for the full length of all pipes. Cut holes as
necessary for joints and joint-making. Excavate all cemented
gravel, old masonry, or other hard material to at least four inches
(4") below the pipe at all points. Refill such space and all other cuts
below grade with sand or fine gravel firmly compacted.
6. Sheeting, Bracing, Water Removal: Sheet and brace trenches,
remove water as necessary to fully protect workmen and adjacent
structures and permit proper installation of the work. Comply with
local regulations or, in the absence thereof, with the provisions of
the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" of the
Associated General Contractors of America, Inc. Under no
circumstances lay pipe or install appurtenances in water; keep the
trench free from water until pipe joint material has hardened. The
presence of ground water in the soil or the necessity of sheeting or
bracing trenches shall not constitute a condition for which any extra
remuneration may be claimed.
B.
Pipe Installation:
1. General: Pipe of size and type noted on Drawings to be laid on firm
bearing, aligned, and graded in the direction of flow. Suitable
fittings shall be provided where various lines connect together and
where changes in pipe size occur. Connections to be made to
catch basins, etc., as indicated.
2. Connection to Existing Drains: Contractor to make or have made
all required connections to existing drains, including new manholes
and other work required. Such work to be done in accordance with
local standards and requirements. Debris to be prevented from
entering existing drains.
3. Pipe Laying: Commence at the lowest point in the system and lay
the pipe with bell and upgrade. Clean interior and joint surfaces and
test pipe for soundness before lowering the pipe into the trench.
Lay pipe in straight lines and on uniform grades between points
where changes in alignment or grade are shown. Bed and pipe
barrel uniformly. Check the line and invert grade of each pipe from
top line carried on batter boards not over twenty-five feet (25')
02150-5
I
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
apart. Fit the pipes to form a smooth uniform invert. Keep a
stopper in the pipe mouth when pipe laying is not in progress.
4. Flushing: Flush all closed lines with water in sufficient volume to
obtain free flow through each line. Remove all obstructions and
correct all defects discovered. Remove all silt and trash from catch
basins and inlets prior to inspection of the work.
5. CHDPE pipe shall be installed per manufacturer's
recommendations and the following minimum criteria:
Minimum cover under H-20 live load = 12" to top of subgrade.
Minimum compaction for pipe subject to H-20 live load is 90% per
Caltrans Standard Specification, Section 19.
Minimum soil type in pipe zone is Class III.
CHDPE pipe shall not be placed directly on rock or other rigid
materials.
C. Backfill: Backfill trenches only after piping has been inspected, tested and
location of pipe and appurtenances have been recorded. Backfill material,
placement and compaction shall conform to the requirements of the
Grading Section.
3.02 DRAWINGS OF RECORD:
A. The Contractor shall provide and keep up-to-date a completed "as-built"
record of blue line prints which show every change from the original
drawings and specifications, including exact locations, sizes and kinds of
equipment. Prints for this purpose may be obtained from the Owner's
Representative. This set of Drawings to be kept on the site and to be
used only as a record set.
1. These drawings to also serve as work progress sheets, and the
Contractor to make neat and legible annotations thereon daily as
the work proceeds, showing the work as actually installed. These
drawings to be available at all times for inspection and to be kept in
a location designed by the Owner's Representative.
2. On or before the date of final review, Contractor to deliver the
corrected and completed "as-built" Drawings to the Owner's
Representative. Delivery of the Drawings will not relieve the
02150-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Contractor of the responsibility of furnishing any required
information.
02150-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02200
CONCRETE WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:
The General Conditions and all other Contract Documents for this project are
complementary and applicable to this section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, facilities, transportation, and
services to complete all concrete work and related work as shown on
the Drawings and includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the
following:
1.03 STANDARDS:
A. Materials and procedures for forming and reinforcing concrete shall
conform with sections 51 and 52 and 90 of the Caltrans Standard
Specifications, unless otherwise noted in the Drawings or in these
Specifications.
1.04 SUBMITTALS AND OBSERVATIONS:
A. At least fourteen (14) days prior to pouring any concrete the Contractor
shall submit a twenty-four inch (24") square sample of the specified finish
and integral color (if applicable) to the Engineer for approval. Contractor
shall obtain Engineer's approval of sample before pouring concrete.
02200-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B. Forming and reinforcing shall be observed and approved by the Engineer
before the concrete is poured.
C. Any observation by the Engineer of the concrete work shall be requested
by the Contractor at least two (2) working days prior to the anticipated
observation.
1.05 TESTS:
A. All structural concrete shall be tested by an approved independent testing
laboratory for conformance with the plans and specifications. Tests shall
be submitted to the Engineer for approval. Any concrete not conforming
to the requirements of the plans and Specifications is to be removed from
the site and replaced at the Contractor's expense. Tests of structural
concrete are to be paid for by the Contractor.
B. At the discretion of the Engineer, all non-structural concrete (e.g. flatwork)
may be tested by an independent testing laboratory for conformance with
the plans and Specifications. Testing services for this non-structural
concrete will be paid for by the City.
1. Concrete which does not conform to the requirements of the plans
and Specifications as determined by testing, shall be removed from
the site and replaced at the Contractor's expense.
2. In the event that the concrete does not conform to the requirements
of the plans and Specifications as determined by testing, the
Contractor is to reimburse the City for all testing costs related to the
non-structural concrete. The City retains the right to test replaced
concrete, and require that the Contractor reimburse the City for
these additional testing expenses.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS:
A. Concrete shall be Portland Cement concrete conforming to section 90 of
the Caltrans Standard Specifications. Unless specified otherwise in the
Drawings, all concrete structures and f1atwork shall be Class B (5 sack)
concrete except that exposed aggregate concrete flatwork shall be Class
A (6 sack) concrete.
B. Grout and mortar shall conform to Section 51-1.135 of the Caltrans
Standard Specifications. Mortar for patching shall contain three (3) parts
02200-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
sand to one (1) part Portland Cement by volume with color to match the
work to be patched.
C. Sacking material shall be sacking mix manufactured by Conrad
Sovig Company, Davis, or an approved equal.
D. Pigment colors shall be metallic oxide unless otherwise specified.
Integral colors shall be manufactured by Conrad Sovig Company,
Davis, or approved equal. Color designations shall be as indicated
in the Drawings.
E. Water shall be clean and free from oil, acid, alkali, and organic matter.
F. Where washed exposed aggregate (not top seeded) finish is
specified, aggregate in concrete shall consist of 318" - 314" rounded
river-run pebbles.
2.02 OTHER MATERIALS:
A. Formwork materials shall conform to Section 51-1.05 of the Caltrans
Standard Specifications, and as specifically outlined, or unless otherwise
noted in the Drawings.
1. All form panels shall be placed in a neat, symmetrical pattern
subject to the approval of the Engineer.
2. Form clamps or bolts shall be used to fasten forms. The use of ties
consisting of twisted wire loops to hold forms in position during the
placing of concrete will not be permitted unless noted otherwise.
3. All exposed sharp edges shall be chamfered with triangular fillets
not less than 3/4" X 3/4" to prevent mortar runs and to preserve
smooth, straight lines, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer or
the Drawings.
4. Before concrete is placed in forms, all inside surfaces of forms
which will later be removed shall be thoroughly coated with
commercial quality form oil, unless otherwise noted, as specified,
which will permit the ready release of the forms and will not discolor
the concrete.
5. Where form panels are attached directly to the studding or joists,
the panels shall be not less than 5/8 inch thick, and the studding, or
joists, shall be spaced not more than 12 inches center to center.
02200-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Form panels less than 5/8 inch thick, otherwise conforming to the
requirements specified, may be used with a continuous backing of
surfaced material 3/4 inch thick. Form panels more than 5/8 inch
thick attached to studding or joists spaced at more than 12 inches
center to center may be used, provided the deflection of the panel
between studding or joists does not exceed that of a 5/8 inch panel
attached to studding or joists spaced at 18 inches center to center.
6. Curved surfaces to be formed with timber, plywood, masonite,
or sheet metal. Sheet metal shall have masonite or plywood
backing. Plywood for forming shall be A CX or better grade.
a. 2 X timber over 16' radius curves.
b. 1 X timber over 4' radius and less than 16'.
c. Bender boards over 2' radius and less than 4'.
d. Sheet metals under 2' radius.
B.
Base rock shall be Class 2 aggregate base as specified in Section 2
6-1.02A of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
C.
Pervious backfill shall conform to section 19.3.065 of the Caltrans
Standard Specifications.
D.
Expansion on joint material shall be premolded joint filler conforming to
Section 51-1.12C of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
E.
Expansion joint caulk shall be an approved polyurethane sealant,
conforming to section 51-1.12F of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
F.
Reinforcing bars (rebars) shall be intermediate grade deformed bars
conforming to Section 52-1.02A of the Caltrans Standard
Specifications. Bars shall be clean, new stock, free of rust, scale, or
other coatings that could affect the bond between the bars and the
concrete.
G.
Welded wire mesh (WWM) shall conform to the Specifications of
ASTM: AI82 and shall be 4 X 4/6 X 6 unless noted otherwise in the
Drawings. Wire mesh shall be "chaired" up with 2" X 2" X 2"
concrete blocks to insure uniform imbedment into concrete section
to dimension as shown in the Drawings.
02200-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
H. Waterstops shall conform to Sections 51-1.14 of the Caltrans
Standard Specifications unless noted otherwise in the Drawings.
I. Curbs, gutters, and driveways shall conform to Section 73 of the Caltrans
Standard Specifications (Class B concrete). Reinforcement shall conform
to requirements of Section 52 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXCAVATION:
In addition to the general excavation required under the Grading Section, the
Contractor shall excavate to the required depths in the locations shown for
retaining walls, curbs, footings, etc. Excess excavation shall be replaced with
concrete poured monolithically with the wall or pavement, at no additional cost to
the City.
3.02 FORMING:
A. All forming shall conform to Section 51-1.05 of the Caltrans Standard
Specifications and shall result in surface finishes as follows:
1. All surfaces which will be below grade or totally hidden from view
shall conform to "Ordinary Surface Finish" Section 51-1.18A.
2. All surfaces exposed to view shall conform to "Class I Surface
Finish", Section 51-1.18B. The Contractor shall build forms with
degree of care, and shall select form materials of adequate strength
and smoothness to produce smooth, even surfaces of uniform
texture and appearance, free of unsightly bulges, depressions, or
other imperfections. The Engineer shall be the sole judge in this
respect.
3. Concrete walls are to be vibrated as necessary to provide uniform
density. No concrete surfaces with rock pockets or honeycombing
will be accepted.
4. Transition of curves to straight lines and of curves to curves shall
be formed as smooth, continuous, and uninterrupted, with typical
ninety degree (900) radius alignment at the points of tangency.
02200-5
I
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.03 CONCRETE JOINTS:
A. Joints are to be constructed at eight (8) feet on center, maximum. Where
expansion material is specified, cut expansion material back and caulk
exposed surfaces with an approved polyurethane joint sealant, color to
match concrete color, or as approved by Engineer. Dowel expansion
joints with plain bars wrapped on one side with building paper.
B. Minimum spacing on "Vee" joints is eight feet (8') o.c. All vertical walls are
to be constructed with three quarter inch minimum depth "Vee" joints.
"Vee" joints are to occur at all expansion, cold and deep score joints.
C. Construct Concrete Joints as Follows:
1. Cold Joints:
a. Concrete slabs to be poured in alternate sections of
maximum two hundred (200) square feet each section.
b. Joints between each section to have No. 3 reinforcing
dowels at minimum three (3) feet on center. Wrap one
side of dowel with building paper, or other approved
"break bond" method.
c. Edge of joints between sections of concrete slabs to
have one-quarter inch radius trowelled edge.
2. Expansion Joints:
a. Expansion joints shall be provided on all concrete work
at twenty (20) feet on center, maximum.
b. Filler material to be placed plumb and level in correct
position, before concrete is poured.
c. Filler to be held back one-quarter (1/4) inch from all
exposed surfaces.
3. Weakened Plane Joints:
a. Weakened Plane Joints are also referred to as "deep
score joints"
02200-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
b. Weakened plane joints are to be provided at eight (8)
feet on center, maximum in either direction.
c. Weakened plane joints to be formed with redwood 1/2,
laid with two inch dimension vertical supporting the
reinforcing welded wire mesh. Provide three quarter
(3/4) inch depth deep score joint directly over, and
aligned with, redwood 1 X 2.
4. Wall "Vee" Joint:
a. "Vee joints are to occur at all expansion, cold and deep
score joints in vertical walls.
b. Construct "Vee" joints to a minimum three-quarter (3/4)
inch minimum depth, or as detailed in the Drawings.
3.04 EDGING:
A. All joints shall be tooled with one-quarter (1/4) inch radius edging tool.
B. All edges of slabs, curbs and other structures shall be tooled with one-half
(1/2) inch radius edging tool, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings.
C. All flange marks resulting from tooling of edges shall be carefully trowelled
out, unless specifically detailed otherwise in the Drawings.
3.05 REINFORCEMENT:
Reinforcement installation shall conform to the provisions of the Caltrans
Standard Specifications as follows:
A. Cleaning - Section 52-1.05.
B. Bending - Section 52-1.06.
C. Placing - Section 52-1.07.
D. Splicing - Section 52-1.08.
E. Lapped Splices - Section 52-1.08A.
02200-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.06 OBSERVATION:
Forming and reinforcing shall be observed by the Engineer and approved prior to
pouring the concrete. The Contractor to notify the Engineer five (5) days in
advance for observation of concrete forms.
3.07 CONCRETE PLACEMENT:
Concrete placement shall conform to Section 51-1.09 of the Caltrans Standard
Specifications.
3.08 BONDING:
Construction joints shall conform to Section 51-1.13 of the Caltrans Standard
Specifications.
3.09 DRAINS AND WEEPHOLES:
A. Weepholes shall be formed with PVC pipe. Place a minimum of one (1)
cu. ft. drain rock behind wall at all weephole locations at a maximum of ten
feet (10') o.c. spacings immediately above the footings. Unless closer
spacing is indicated on drawings, all drains and weephole shall conform to
Section 51-1-15 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
B. Waterproof behind all walls higher than eighteen inches (18'~a above
finish grade. Contractor to apply a flexible hot mopped or cold
applied asphaltic membrane specifically intended for waterproofing
concrete. Submit product specifications to Engineer for approval
prior to installation.
3.10 PERVIOUS BACKFILL:
Pervious backfill shall be placed behind retaining walls.
3.11 FLA TWORK:
Concrete flatwork shall be constructed in accordance with Section 73-1.06 of the
Caltrans Standard Specifications. Pavements shall be marked or jointed as
shown in the Drawings. Provide weakened plane joints minimum 8' o.c. as
detailed in Drawings.
02200-8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.12 WALLS:
Vertical walls to be constructed with one continuous pour; layered pours
are not acceptable, except as specifically approved by the Engineer. Snap
ties are to be used only with the approval of the Engineer.
3.13 SURFACE DRAINAGE:
Flatwork shall have a minimum pitch of one percent (1 %) and nominally one and
one-half percent (1-1/2%). Finish surface shall drain properly with no areas of
standing water. Tops of walls shall be level unless otherwise specified.
3.14 CURING:
A. All newly placed concrete shall be cured in accordance with the provisions
in Section 90-7 "Curing Concrete" of the Caltrans Standard Specifications
as follows:
1. Curing pavement shall be in accordance with the provisions in
Section 90-7.02 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications by
Pigmented Curing Compound Method or Waterproof membrane
Method, as the Contractor may elect to be compatible with sealers,
concrete colors, exposed aggregate, other finishes and other
materials called for in this and other sections of the Drawings and
Specifications.
3.15 PROTECTION:
All newly placed concrete shall be protected in accordance with the provisions in
Section 90-8 "Protecting Concrete" of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
Specifically, the Contractor shall provide all necessary security to protect the
concrete from vandalism before it sets and hardens. Any concrete which is
defaced or damaged during the course of this contract shall be replaced by the
Contractor at no additional cost to the City.
3.16 CONCRETE FINISHES:
A. Submittals: Contractor shall submit a twenty-four inch (24") square
sample of each specified finish which require either color or aggregate, for
approval fourteen (14) days prior to actual pour.
B. All concrete work to be even surfaces of uniform texture and appearance,
free of unsightly bulges, depressions, and other imperfections. The
Engineer shall be the sole judge in this respect.
02200-9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
c.
Patching of concrete walls to disguise flaws, imperfections or other
damage shall commence only with the approval of the Engineer. Patching
color and finish shall conform to the original adjacent concrete color and
finish, and the Engineer shall be the sole judge in this respect. Any
patching of concrete walls must occur prior to final wall finishing.
D.
Provide concrete finishes as follows:
1. Trowel Finish: Finish surface shall be smooth and clean with
no obvious trowel marks.
2. Broom Finish:
a. Concrete shall be poured to line and grade as shown on
plans.
b. Trowel and work the concrete to smooth even finish in
accordance with the provisions of Section 73-107 of the
Caltrans Standard Specifications.
c. Broom with bristled broom across width of path to a
uniformly roughened surface. Finished surface shall be
clean with uniform and reasonably straight lines.
d. Broom finish shall be in accordance with the drawings
and details. Broom in a uniform direction as shown on
the Drawings and details. Provide smooth flanged bands
at concrete joints as shown on details.
3. Top-Seeded Exposed Aggregate Finish:
a. Pebbles shall be top-seeded densely to sufficiently
cover entire surface of concrete and shall be trowelled
into the pour. Wash paving with bristle brooms or steel
brush after concrete has set to expose aggregate.
Finish surface so that a minimum concrete shall show.
Finish paving surface shall be clean with no concrete
adhering to tops of pebbles. Pebbles shall be tight and
secure.
02200-10
I
I
4. Washed Exposed Aggregate Finish:
I a. Tamp sufficiently to fill forms, level and trowel, but not
so much as to raise excess fines. Aggregate shall be
I evenly dispersed. Aggregate shall consist of 3/B" - 3/4"
river run rounded aggregate. Submit sample for
approval. Apply chemical concrete setting retardant to
I facilitate uniform exposing of concrete aggregate. Time
washing of the finished surface. Brush and work with
bristle brooms or steel brush to a uniform appearance
I with evenly exposed aggregate. The surface shall be
clean with no concrete adhering to the tops of the
I aggregate. Pebbles shall be tight and secure.
b. The contractor shall take all necessary precautions to
I protect adjacent areas from concrete wash and runoff.
In the event that adjacent surfaces are stained or
otherwise damaged by concrete spill or runoff, the
I contractor shall clean, repair, or replace stained or
damaged surface to satisfaction of city representative at
no additional cost to city.
I c. See Drawings for concrete and aggregate color.
I d. Acid wash concrete surfaces after curing as necessary
to remove effervescing mineral deposits.
I 5. Smooth Form Strip Finish:
a. Form concrete with materials such as masonite, sheet
I metal or smooth plywood so as not to impart any form
texture on concrete. Vibrate and tamp concrete to
eliminate any rock pockets or honey combing. Any
I flaws in the walls are to be sacked to match color and
finish of formed concrete. Provide joints minimum B' o.c.
and as shown on plans.
I b. Acid wash concrete surfaces after curing as necessary
to remove effervescing mineral deposits.
I 6. Sack Finish:
I a. Exposed surfaces shall have fine sand finish. Sacking
material shall be water-mixed and applied according to
I 02200-11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
, I
I
I
I
manufacturer's specifications. Hand-rub with clean
gunny sacks, filling all voids and depressions.
b. Acid wash concrete surfaces after curing as necessary
to remove effervescing mineral deposits.
7.
Textured Form Strip Finish:
a. For wood textured form strip finish, construct wood
forms as shown on the drawings and details to provide
a uniform textured finish. Lightly sandblast or wire
brush forms to bring up wood grain.
b. For form liner type textured form strip finish, construct
concrete forms with the inclusion of form liners as
shown on the Drawings and details. Set form liners so
as to provide uniform, continuous textures with no gaps
between forms. Provide additional form work as needed
to complete form liner (i.e. trim pieces to block off form).
8.
Sand Blast Concrete Finish:
a. Forms for sand blast concrete shall be constructed with
materials to give a smooth, uniform finish to the
concrete. Use masonite or sheet metal. Vibrate concrete
to insure complete settlement of concrete and
elimination of rock pockets and honeycombing.
b. Contractor to provide three (3) 24" X 24" samples with
light, medium, and heavy sand blast finishes. The
Engineer is to determine type of finish in field after
review of samples.
c. Air entraining agent: To conform to Section 90-4.07 of
the Caltrans Standard Specifications, such as Edoco or
approved equal. Add at the rate of three to six (3-6) fl.
oz.lcu. yd. during mixing period.
d. Color: Amount as shown on the Finish Schedule in the
Drawings.
9.
Salt Finish Flatwork:
02200-12
I
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
a. Contractor to provide 24" x 24" concrete sample with
light, medium, and heavy salt finishes. The Engineer is
to determine type of finish in field after review of
samples.
b. Salt Finish: seed smooth trowelled concrete with
coarse grade rock salt. Tamp into top concrete after
concrete has cured broom off rock salt. Remove all rock
salt from landscaped areas. Wash concrete after
brooming to remove any residual rock salt. Acid wash
to remove any calcium deposits.
3.17 BUILT-INS:
See Drawings for built-ins to be coordinated with concrete work (e.g. light fixtures,
benches, handrails, guard rails, brick bands, signs, etc.)
02200-13
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
, I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02210
DECOMPOSED GRANITE WITH STABLlZER
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DOCUMENTS:
The General Conditions and all other Contract Documents for this project are
complementary and applicable to this section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, facilities, transportation and
services to complete all decomposed granite paving and related work as
shown on the Drawings and/or specified herein.
B. Work Included: The general extent of the decomposed granite
paving shown on the Drawings and includes, but is not necessarily
limited to the following:
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 Base shall be aggregate base to conform to Class 2 standards of Section 26-
1.02A of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. Color shall match decomposed
granite.
2.02 Decomposed granite rock aggregates shall consist of decomposed granite or
other approved materials free of adobe, vegetable matter, loam, and other
deleterious substances, be of such quality as to compact thoroughly to form a
firm walking surface with a minimum of dusting or scuffing, and to conform to the
following gradations of fines and aggregates:
2.03 Color shall be as shown in Drawings on Finish Schedule. Submit sample for
approval of color.
2.04 Edges, if not otherwise shown on Drawings, shall be bound with headers as
specified in the carpentry section.
2.05 Soil Stabilizer: Organic stabilizer powder as manufactured by Stabilizer, Inc.,
1522 North 35th Street, Phoenix, Arizona 85008, (602) 225-5900, or equal.
0221 0-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Excavate and compact subgrade as detailed and specified in the grading section.
3.02 Install headers as shown in Drawings and as specified in carpentry section.
3.03 Spread and compact four inch (4") base as outlined in Section 26-1.02A of the
State Caltrans Standard Specifications.
3.04 A.
One ton of quarry waste fines shall be pre-mixed with 10 pounds of
stabilizer.
B.
Spread stabilized mix in final lift over compacted base lift.
C.
Apply water until moisture penetrates final depth of quarry waste.
D.
After surface water disappears and quarry waste is still moist, roll with a
heavy roller. Allow area to dry before use.
E.
Placement, spreading and compaction in accordance with provisions of
Section 25 of the Standard Specifications.
3.05 Wet and roll to provide evenly gravelly appearance and a firm walking surface
with minimum of dusting and scuffing. Slope surface to drain with no areas which
will tend to collect water. All areas shall be swept free of loose rock and/or
gravel.
02210-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02220
MASONRY WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DOCUMENTS:
The General Provisions and all other Contract Documents for this project are
complementary and applicable to this section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, facilities, transportation and
services to complete all masonry and related work as shown on the
Drawings and/or specified herein.
B. Work Included: The general extent of the masonry is shown on the
Drawings and includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the
following:
1.03 GENERAL:
A. Verification: Contractor to check the conditions including elevations of
existing structures to which connections are to be made and report any
discrepancies to the Engineer.
B. Samples: Submit sample panel minimum two (2) square feet showing
texture, finish and color specified, ten (10) days before schedule of work.
See Drawings for color and finish required.
C. Delivery and Storage: Manufactured materials: delivered in original
packages, containers, bundles, bearing the manufacturer's name and
brand.
02220-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D. Protection: Materials shall be stored free of contact with ground. Storage
pile and tops of unfinished walls shall be protected with waterproof
covering in inclement weather.
E. Craftsman: The craftsman doing this work must be skilled in the
application of this type of work and shall submit a list of five comparable
jobs completed which are satisfactory to the Engineer.
F. Observations: In all cases where observation of the work is required
and/or where portions of the work are specified to be performed under the
direction and/or inspection of the Engineer, the Contractor shall notify the
Engineer at least five (5) days in advance of the time such inspection
and/or direction is required. Reinforcing shall be observed and approved
prior to bedding the units.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 CEMENT:
Cement shall be Type 1 Portland Cement stored under cover, free from ground
contact (one brand only in work).
2.02 SAND:
Sand shall be well graded and of such size that all will pass a No. 8 sieve and
shall conform to the strength requirements of AASHO Designation: M45.
2.03 WATER:
Water shall be clean, free from oil, acids, alkalies, organic and other injurious
matter.
2.04 AGGREGATES:
Aggregates shall be clean, sharp, well-graded, meeting ASTM specifications or
as otherwise approved.
2.05 INTEGRAL COLORS:
Pigment colors shall be metallic oxide, unless otherwise specified.
02220-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.06 REINFORCEMENT:
A. Reinforcement shall be intermediate grade deformed bars as per Section
52 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and shall be clean, new stock
which is free from rust, scale or other coatings which may affect the bond.
B. Reinforcement installation shall conform to the provisions of the Caltrans
Standard Specifications as follows:
1. Cleaning - Section 52-1.05.
2. Bending - Section 52-1.06.
3. Placing - Section 52-1.07.
4. Splicing - Section 52-1.08.
5. Lapped Splices - Section 52-1.08A.
2.07 MORTAR:
A. Mortar shall be composed of one (1) part Portland Cement and two (2)
parts sand by volume. Mortar for both bedding and pointing to be the
same unless noted otherwise.
B. Grout or mortar shall conform to Section 51-1.135 of the Caltrans
Standard Specifications proportioned with one-half inch (1/2") maximum
size aggregate concrete to obtain a compressive strength of 2500 p.s.i. at
twenty-eight (28) days.
2.08 PERVIOUS BACKFILL:
Pervious backfill shall conform to Section 19 of the Caltrans Standard
Specifications.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXCAVATION:
In addition to the general excavation required under the Grading Section, the
Contractor shall excavate to the required depths in the locations shown for the
masonry work. Excess excavation shall be replaced with concrete poured
monolithically, at no additional cost to the City.
02220-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.02 MIXING:
A. Except where hand mixing of small batches is approved, use mechanical
mixers of approved type mixing. Do not use frozen, caked, lumped
materials. Clean mechanical mixers, mixing boxes, tools, after mixing
each batch; keep free of materials from previous mixes. Mix with proper
amount of water until uniform in color and consistency.
B. Retempering shall not be permitted. Discard materials which have begun
to stiffen.
3.03 WORKMANSHIP:
A. All work shall be set plumb and true to line. Unite once set shall not be
disturbed except to remove and reset in fresh mortar.
B. The finished walls shall be clean and free from any chips, cracks, pinholes
and other surface imperfections.
3.04 INSTALLATION:
A. Pour concrete bases as shown in accordance with the provisions of the
Concrete Section.
B. Masonry units to be drenched with water, allowed to drain and shall be
damp when laid. Each unit to be shoved into a full mortar bed and all
joints shall be filled, leaving no voids. Where unit is laid against concrete,
metal work or waterproofing , the joints next to same shall be grouted full
as each course is laid.
c. Lay all blocks with normal 318" joints and tool with half round
depressions unless noted otherwise as to joints size and tooling.
Bed shall be full for a depth equal to the face shell thickness. Use
line blocks whenever possible. When line pipes are used~ joint must
be pointed tightly.
D. Reinforcement shall be spaced as required by design and/or local building
official and/or Pacific Coast Uniform Building Code.
E. All masonry units, calls and joints with reinforcing rods, bolts and/or
miscellaneous metals to be grout filled.
F. Clean-out openings shall be provided at the bottom of each stud pour over
three feet (3') high. Projecting mortar and mortar droppings shall be
02220-4
I
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
removed before each pour. Stop each pour approximately two inches (2"
below the top of the last block in each pour. Compact each pour by
rodding. Tool all exterior joints. Batches shall be limited to four feet (4') in
height, with a waiting period of one hour between batches. Submerged
pressure grouting shall not be permitted.
G.
During progress of the work, every effort shall be made to keep surface of
the work clean. Mortar smears shall be allowed to dry for a short time and
then be carefully removed with a trowel and/or wire brush in such a way
as to not damage face of unit. Acid not to be used, unless noted
otherwise.
Contractor shall clean, repair, or replace stained or damaged surface to
satisfaction of city representative at no additional cost to city.
02220-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02230
INTERLOCKING PAVING UNITS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DOCUMENTS:
The General Provisions and all other Contract Documents for this project are
complementary and applicable to this section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, facilities, transportation and
service to complete all interlocking paving units and related work as
shown on the Drawings and/or specified herein.
B. Work Included: The general extent of the interlocking paving units is
shown on the Drawings and includes, but is not necessarily limited
to, the following:
1.03 GENERAL:
A. Verification: Contractor to check the conditions including elevations of
existing structures to which connections are to be made and report any
discrepancies to the Engineer.
B. Samples: Submit sample panel minimum two (2) square feet showing
texture, finish, and color specified, ten (10) days before schedule of work.
See Drawings for color and finish required.
C. Delivery and Storage: Manufactured materials: delivered in original
packages, containers, bundles, bearing the manufacturer's name and
brand.
02230-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D. Protection: Materials shall be stored free of contact with ground. Storage
pile and tops of unfinished walls shall be protected with waterproof
covering in inclement weather.
E. Craftsman: The craftsman doing this work must be skilled in the
application of this type of work and shall submit a list of five comparable
jobs completed which are satisfactory to the Engineer.
F. Observations: In all cases where observation of the work is required
and/or where portions of the work are specified to be performed under the
direction and/or inspection of the Engineer, the Contractor shall notify the
Engineer at least five (5) days in advance of the time such inspection
and/or direction is required. Reinforcing shall be observed and approved
prior to bedding the units.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 All concrete interlocking paving units shall conform to the following specifications:
A. Pavers shall have a minimum compressive strength of 8,000 psi in
accordance with testing procedures as ASTM C140.
B. Materials used to manufacture interlocking concrete paving stones shall
conform to the following:
1 . Cement - ASTM C 150 (Portland Cement).
2. Aggregates - ASTM C33 (washed, graded sand and rock, no
expanded shale or lightweight aggregates).
Size, shape, design and colors shall be in accordance with details
as noted on plans.
2.02 All concrete interlocking paving units shall be in accordance with the patterns and
the type specified on the drawings.
2.03 Substitutions of materials specified in the drawings will be considered only if the
contractor submits sufficient reasons and/or evidence to the Engineer that the
alternate materials will indeed perform equally and will not cause later
maintenance problems. Alternate materials shall not be installed until approved
in writing by the Engineer.
02230-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.04 SAND LAYING COURSE:
A. Sand Laying Course: Shall be a clean, washed sand with 100% passing a
NO.4 sieve size and a maximum 3% passing a No. 200 sieve size. This is
commonly known as a plaster sand.
B. Thickness of sand laying course shall be uniform to insure an even
surface. The designed thickness should be a minimum of 3/8" and
maximum of 5/8".
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Paving units shall be clean and free of foreign materials before installation.
3.02 Installation shall start from a corner or straight edge and proceed forward over
the undisturbed sand laying course.
3.03 Paving work shall be plumb, level and true to line and grade; shall be installed to
properly coincide and align with adjacent work and elevations. (All edges must
be retained to secure the perimeter stones and the sand laying course.)
A. Paving units shall be installed hand-tight and level on the undisturbed
sand laying course. String lines should be used to hold pattern lines true.
B. A roller vibrator or plate vibration shall be used to compact the units and to
vibrate the sand up into the joints between the units.
C. Plaster sand should be spread over the installed paving units so that it
may be vibrated into the joints between the units.
D. Excess sand should be swept into the joints or disposed of from surface
area.
E. The completed paving unit installation shall be washed down and cleaned
to provide a clean finished workmanlike installation.
F. Lay pavers so that all surfaces have positive drainage without depressions
or "bird baths".
02230-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.04 Cutting of paving units can be done with either a double bladed breaker or a
masonry saw. However, when cutting is required in roadways or precision
designed areas, a masonry saw shall be required.
3.05 A weed barrier or equal shall be placed between the aggregate base and sand
leveling course.
02230-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02250
ASPHALT PAVING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DOCUMENTS:
The General Conditions and all other Contract Documents for this project are
complementary and applicable to this section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, facilities, transportation and
services to complete all asphalt paving and related work as shown on the
Drawings and/or specified herein.
B. Work Included: The general extent of the asphalt paving is shown on
the Drawings and includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the
following:
C. Related Work: Grading covered by Section 02100 of the Specifications.
1.03 PROTECTION OF WORK:
Curbs, walls and other work to be covered with suitable material and protected
from injury by equipment and contact with oil, emulsion or asphalt. All manholes,
catch basins and other gratings to be covered with suitable material so that no
asphalt or emulsion will come in contact with the inside walls or floors of the
structures. Any damage to such work shall be repaired and/or replaced at the
Contractor's expense.
1.04 TESTING AND INSPECTION:
A. At the City's discretion, testing and inspection of asphalt pavement mix(es)
and testing of placed stabilizing base course and asphalt pavement will be
02250-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
performed by independent testing laboratory appointed and paid for by
City.
B. If compaction tests indicate that stabilizing base course or asphalt paving
do not meet specified requirements, Contractor shall remove defective
work, replace and retest at Contractor's Expense.
1.05 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Paving surfaces shall have positive drainage as indicated in the contract
documents. Upon completion of the work paved areas included in this
section shall be subject to a water drainage test. Areas that fail to drain
properly as determined by the Engineer shall be corrected and repaired at
no additional cost to the City.
B. Asphalt concrete paving shall be free from cracking, pot holes, ravelling,
slippage, depressions, corrugations or other defects at the date of
completion and acceptance of the project.
C. All repairs shall be made within fifteen days of notification at no cost to the
City.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 Baserock to be crusher run rock conforming to the proVIsions for Class 2
aggregate as defined in 26-1.02A of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
Depths of base shall be as noted in the details.
2.02 Soil sterilant to be Chipman Chlorox "40" chlorate-borate material containing not
less than 40% sodium chlorate NaC10 and soluble in water to the extent of 3.5
Ibs. of product per gallon of water, or approved equal.
2.03 Liquid Asphalt to conform to the requirements for SC-70 liquid asphalt as per
section 93 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. Rate of application shall be
fifteen-hundredths to one-quarter (15/100 - 1/4) gallons per square yard.
2.04 Asphaltic emulsion to be penetration type conforming to the RS-1 (or SS-1, if
seal coat is specified) requirements of Section 94 of the Caltrans Standard
Specifications.
2.05 Surfacing to be one half inch (1/2") maximum size aggregate Type B surfacing as
per Section 39 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, unless otherwise
specified or noted in Scope or drawings.
02250-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.06 HEADERBOARD: All edges of asphalt paving to be bound with header as
specified in the Carpentry Section, unless noted otherwise.
2.07 FOG SEAL:
In accordance with Section 94 Caltrans Standard Specifications for slow
setting type SS1 or CSS1 emulsified asphalt.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Subgrade: Scarify and compact subgrade to six inches (6") depth.
3.02 Soil sterilant to be applied in two (2) applications: first to the surface of the
subgrade immediately prior to laying the baserock; and second, after base rock
and before asphalt is layed. The material shall be uniformly applied according to
the manufacturer's recommendations and at the minimum rate of 2.5 to 3 Ibs. per
100 sq. ft. and watered in with a minimum of three (3) gallons of water per 100
square feet.
3.03 BASE:
A. Base to be placed and compacted in accordance with the provisions of
Section 26 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
B. The subgrade to receive prime coat shall conform to Section 39 of the
Caltrans Standard Specifications.
3.04 LIQUID ASPHALT PRIME COAT AND PAINT BINDER:
A. After the base is ready to receive prime coat, Contractor to make a single,
evenly distributed application of liquid asphalt and paint binder at the
specified rates. The area shall be left for a period of twenty-four (24)
hours (in which time the liquid asphalt should sufficiently penetrate the
surface) and then any excess liquid asphalt shall be absorbed with a
covering of sand. The sand shall be placed in such a way as to form an
even surface without humps. Immediately in advance of placing asphalt
concrete, additional prime coat or paint binder shall be applied to areas
where prime coat or paint binder has been destroyed.
B. Prior to the laying of the surfacing material, the base shall be thoroughly
cleansed of all oil, dirt, loose material and excess sand. Either a power
broom or hand brooms may be used.
02250-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.05 EQUIPMENT:
Spreading and rolling equipment shall be in accordance with Section 39-5 of the
Caltrans Standard Specifications.
3.06 Spreading and compaction shall be in accordance with Section 39-6 of the
Caltrans Standard Specifications.
3.07 FINISH:
The finished surface shall be smooth and even, with no humps or hollows which
hold water. The surface shall pitch 1-1/2% in direction shown on drawings,
unless specified otherwise. All areas shall be tested by watering down to indicate
water pockets. Apply fog seal.
3.08 FOG SEAL:
A fog seal shall be applied to all asphalt concrete paved areas in
accordance with Section 37 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. The
rate of application of the diluted (1:1) emulsion will be approximately 0.10
gal/square yard.
3.09 HEADERS AND STAKES:
Install headers at perimeter of all asphalt concrete paved areas except where
concrete curbs or walks occur or otherwise noted on drawings. Use two 1 x
(doubled) header boards as required for curved portions.
02250-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02260
TENNIS COURT ASPHALT SUBSURFACE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DOCUMENTS:
The General Conditions and all other Contract Documents for this project are
complementary and applicable to this Section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, facilities, transportation and
services to complete all tennis court and related work as shown on the
drawings and/or specified herein.
B. Work Included: The general extent of the tennis court is shown on the
drawings.
1.03 QUALIFICATIONS:
The contractor submitting a quotation on this work shall be experienced in the
construction of this type of tennis court and must be prepared to furnish a list of
at least five separate installations in use in excess of five years.
1.04 CONTROLS:
The City will provide a bench mark at the site of the work. The Contractor will
provide and be responsible for other survey work required for the completion of
the work and shall be responsible for the correctness of all final grades and lines.
1.05 PROTECTION OF WORK:
Curbs, walls and other work to be covered with suitable material and protected
from injury by equipment and contact with oil, emulsion or asphalt. All manholes,
catch basins and other gratings to be covered with suitable material so that no
asphalt or emulsion will come in contact with the inside walls or floors of the
structures. Any damage to such work shall be repaired and/or replaced at the
Contractor's expense.
02260-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.06 TESTING AND INSPECTION:
A. At the City's discretion, testing and inspection of asphalt pavement mix(es)
and testing of placed stabilizing base course and asphalt pavement will be
performed by independent testing laboratory appointed and paid for by
City.
B. If compaction tests indicate that stabilizing base course or asphalt paving
do not meet specified requirements, Contractor shall remove defective
work, replace and retest at Contractor's Expense.
1.07 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Paving surfaces have positive drainage as indicated in the contract
documents. Upon completion of the work, paved areas in this section
shall be subject to a water drainage test. Areas that fail to drain properly
as determined by the Engineer shall be corrected and repaired at no
additional cost to the City.
B. Finished asphalt paving surface shall be free from cracking, pot holes,
ravelling, slippage, depressions, corrugations or other defects at the date
of completion and acceptance of the project.
C. All repairs shall be made within fifteen days of notification at no cost to the
City.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 EQUIPMENT:
A. Power Rollers: Shall be self-propelled, tandem type weighing from 1 to 5
tons. The wheels shall be equipped with adjustable scrapers, water tanks,
and sprinkling apparatus that shall be used to keep the wheels wet for the
purpose of preventing the bituminous mixture from sticking to the wheels.
The rollers shall be otherwise suitable for rolling cold-mix pavements and
shall be capable of reversing without backlash.
2.02 Baserock to be crusher run rock conforming to the provisions for class 2
aggregate. Depths of base shall be noted in the details.
2.03 Liquid Asphalt to conform to the requirements for SC-70 liquid asphalt as per
Section 93 of the Standard Specifications. Rate of application shall be fifteen
hundredths to one-quarter (15/100 - 1/4) gallons per square yard.
02260-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.04 Asphaltic emulsion to be penetration type conforming to the RS-1 requirements
of Section 94 of the Standard Specifications.
2.05 A.
Surfacing to be three-eighths-inch (3/8") maximum size aggregate
surfacing, per Section 39 of the Standard Specifications, unless indicated
otherwise in the Specifications or on the plans.
B.
Plant mix asphalt shall be in accordance with the Standard Specifications,
using 5% to 7% 85/100 penetration asphalt, mineral aggregate.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Subgrade: Scarify and compact subgrade to six inches (6'? depth.
3.02 Soil sterilant, as approved by the City, shall be applied in two (2) applications:
first to the surface of the subgrade immediately prior to laying the baserock; and
second, after base rock and before asphalt is laid. The material shall be uniformly
applied according to the manufacturer's recommendations and at the minimum
rate of 2.5 to 3 Ibs. per 100 sq. ft. and watered in with a minimum of three (3)
gallons of water per 100 square feet.
3.03 BASE:
A. Base to be placed and compacted in accordance with the provisions of
Section 26 of the Standard Specifications.
B. The subgrade shall conform to Section 39-4.01 of the Standard
Specifications.
3.04 LIQUID ASPHALT PRIME COAT AND PAINT BINDER:
A. After the base is ready to receive prime coat, Contractor shall make a
single, evenly distributed application of liquid asphalt and paint binder at
the specified rates. The area shall be left for a period of twenty-four (24)
hours (in which time the liquid asphalt should sufficiently penetrate the
surface) and then any excess liquid asphalt shall be absorbed with a
covering of sand. The sand shall be placed in such a way as to form an
even surface without humps. Immediately in advance of placing asphalt
concrete, additional prime coat or paint binder shall be applied to areas
where prime coat or paint binder has been destroyed.
02260-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B. Prior to the laying of the surface material, the base shall be thoroughly
cleansed of all dirt, loose material, and excess sand. Either a power
broom or hand brooms may be used.
3.05 EQUIPMENT:
Spreading and rolling equipment shall be in accordance with Section 39-5 of the
Standard Specifications.
3.06 COMPACTION:
Spreading and compaction shall be in accordance with Section 39-6 of the
Standard Specifications.
3.07 FINISH:
The finished surface shall be smooth and even, with no humps of hollows which
hold water. The completed paving shall not vary more than 1/4" from true
elevation when checked with a 10' straight edge. It shall be thoroughly cured and
clean before applying tenni:s court surface layers. All areas shall be tested by
watering down to indicate water pockets. All water pockets shall be filled to form
a smooth even flat surface.
02260-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02270
TENNIS COURT SURFACING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DOCUMENTS:
The General Provisions and all other Contract Documents for this project are
complementary and applicable to this section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, facilities, transportation, and
services to complete all acrylic color playing surfacing, striping, and
related work as shown on the Drawings and/or specified herein.
B. Work Included: The ~)eneral extent of the acrylic color playing surfacing is
shown on the Drawin!~s and includes, but is not necessarily limited to the
following:
1. Slurry seal resurfacer
2. Acrylic color surfacing
3. Playing lines
C. Related Work: Asphalt paving is covered by Section 02260 of these
specifications. Tennis court fencing is covered by Section 02315 of these
specifications.
1.03 PROTECTION OF WORK:
Protection of work shall be per Section 02260, Tennis Court Asphalt Subsurface,
of these specifications.
1.04 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
General requirements of the tennis court surfacing shall be per Section 02260,
Tennis Court Asphalt SubsUlface, of these specifications.
02270-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
! I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A Submittals: Submit for approval four (4) copies of descriptive literature
covering surfacing products and method of application.
B. Contractor Qualifications: The Contractor bidding on this work must be
experienced in surfacing tennis courts and shall furnish a list of at least
five (5) surfacing installations in use in excess of three (3) years.
C. Acceptance of Subsurface: Prior to beginning the work of tennis court
surfacing, the Contractor shall verify the elevations, grades, and condition
of the asphalt concre.te subsurface and shall declare in writing to the
Engineer if the surface is acceptable. The Engineer and contractor,
jointly, shall approve the asphalt concrete readiness before final approval
of subsurface is granted.
1.06 JOB CONDITIONS:
A Weather Limitations: No parts of the tennis court surfacing courses shall
be conducted during minfall or when rainfall is imminent, or unless the air
temperature is at least 50 degrees F and rising.
B. Cooperation: Close cooperation is required between the construction of
fences and tennis courts. Fence posts are to be installed after the AC.
surface course is installed and before the final surfacer and acrylic are
applied. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the work as
necessary.
PART 2 - MATERIALS AND EXECUTION
2.01 SURFACE COURSE:
In accordance with the surfacing manufacturers installation instructions the
Contractor shall first apply a slurry seal resurfacer to even the AC. subsurface
and to create an even binding surface. The Contractor shall then apply three (3)
coats of Job Mixed Fortified Plexipave (or approved equal).
A Materials
1. Description - Slurry Seal Resurfacer, Job Mixed Fortified Plexipave
is a Field Mixed combination of California Products Corporation's
Plexichrome and Plexipave Color Base or approved equal blended
in accordance with the manufacturer's specification number 10.12
02270-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
and shall consist of lightfast mineral oxide pigment and fillers,
uniformly dispersed in a non-oxidizing 100% acrylic base.
2.
Material Specifications
a. Slurry Seal Resurfacer - The Slurry Seal shall be an acrylic
based product designed specifically for use as a leveling and
binding coating between the asphalt surface and color
surface. Submit manufacturers specification to city for
review and approval.
b. Plexichrome - a 100% acrylic emulsion binder containing no
vinyl copolymerization constituent. It is totally asbestos free
and contains no less than 8% by weight Chrome Oxide
Green pigment (other colors and their pigments correspond)
and has a pigment volume concentration not exceeding
35%.
Percent Solids by weight (minimum) 36.5%.
Percent Solids by volume (minimum) 23.8%.
Weight per gallon 10.0 -10.2 Ibs.
c. Plexipave Color Base - A 100% acrylic emulsion binder
containing no vinyl copolymerization constituent. It is totally
asbestos free and contains no more than 63% Silica Sand
(highly graded, rounded and premanufactured, with on sand
added at site) and no more than 10% Aluminum Silicates.
Pigment volume concentration does not exceed 76%.
Percent Solids by weight (minimum) 74%
Percent Solids by volume (minimum) 58.6%.
Weight per gallon 13.1 - 14.1 Ibs.
d. Storage Stability - After 30 days storage in a sealed
container at normal temperatures (50 degrees F - 90
degrees F) the product shall not become hard-packed nor
show signs of mold growth or spoilage.
e. Weathering - After 1 OOO-hour accelerated weathering, the
product shall not develop checks, cracks, blisters, and shall
not excessively fade when compared with a standard.
02270-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
f. Water Resistance - After 24 hours soaking in distilled water
(70 degrees F - 80 degrees F) the film shall not blister or
show signs of reemulsification.
g. Application Properties - The product, when diluted to proper
consistency, shall be capable of being applied with 50
durometer squeegees over clean, dry surfaces, at
temperatures between 50 degrees F and 100 degrees F.
3.
Application
a. The acrylic surfacer shall be applied to court surface by
pouring from a can or a wheeled container to continuous
parallel lines and spreading immediately with a rubber-faced
squeegee.
There shall be two applications of surfacer. The total
amount of surfacer shall not be less than 20 gallons per
1,000 square feet.
Mix Proportion:
Acrylic Resurfacer
Water
Sand (40 - 60 mesh)
55
20 - 40
600 - 900
-gals.
-gals.
-Ibs.
b. All areas to be color coated shall be sealed, clean, free from
sand, clay, grease, dust, salt or other foreign matters. The
Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's approval, prior to
applying any surface treatment. The storage of materials,
mixing, and surface preparation shall be in accordance with
the manufacturer's instructions.
c. The Contractor shall arrange for a representative of the
surfacing material manufacturer to be present at the start of
the work, to check the asphaltic subsurface, slurry seal
resurfacer, installation conditions, and to instruct the
applicators as to proper methods and procedures, and also
as may be necessary during the course of the work, to
insure a satisfactorily completed installation.
d. The application shall be done by thoroughly experienced and
skillful workmen, in strict accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions.
02270-4
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.02 PLAYING LINES:
A. Materials
The line paint shall be California Textured Plexicolor Line Paint or
approved equal, and shall conform to the following characteristics and
performance:
a. The paint shall be 100% acrylic emulsion type containing no alkyds,
butadiene styrene or vinyls, and shall be thinned with water only.
The paint shall also be suitable for the addition of reflectance-type
glass spheres at the time of application.
b. All materials used in the manufacture of the paint shall be of good
commercial quality, entirely suitable for the purpose intended under
normal conditions of use. For white line paint, the opaque portion
of the pigment shall be rutile titanium dioxide and vehicle shall
consist of 100% acrylic polymer dispersed in water together with
the minimum amounts of necessary additives, such as pigment,
dispersants, anti-foaming agents, and preservatives, but no driers
shall be used.
c. The paint shall meet a minimum requirement of total solids (percent
by weight of paint) of 52.5% and a maximum pigment content
(percent by weight of paint) of 39.4%. The white paint shall contain
not less than 26% per gallon of Type I rutile titanium dioxide.
Pigment volume concentration not to exceed 39.5% a minimum
fineness of grind of 4 and a viscosity (kreb units) of 70 minimum
and 85 maximum as required. The paint shall brush easily and
have good flowing, leveling, and spreading characteristics and shall
be suitable for application by spray equipment, but not on this
contract.
d. The paint shall meet the following Solvent Resistance Test:
Use a sample of unreduced paint for a draw-down of 0.0003 inch
wet film thickness on glass and air dry for 24 hours. Remove the
dried paint film in sheets from the glass and weigh out one gram.
Place one gram of white paint film (or yellow paint film) in a 50
milimeter beaker and add 20 grams of Toluol (TT-T-548A). The
beaker shall be rotated periodically during test period. The paint
film shall not crumple, cloud the liquid, or otherwise disintegrate in
the liquid within 48 hours and the Toluol shall remain clear and
colorless throughout the test. Failure of the film to pass this test
02270-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
shall disqualify the product. Procedures for all other tests shall be
as described in TT-P-0019A.
e. The paint shall be suitable for use over all types of asphaltic
surfaces, and when applied over emulsified asphalt surface, it shall
not cause lifting, crazing, peeling, or other damage to the base.
B. Construction Details
1. All lines shall be carefully laid out, and defined on the surface by
chalk markings and tape before being painted, and shall be
accurately painted within the limits shown on the plans. All
surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned before the lines are painted
thereon. All lines shall be double coated, clear and distinct with
sharply defined edges. Use of spraying equipment is not allowed.
At least 1/2 hour shall elapse between the painting of the first and
second coats.
2. Unless otherwise indicated, the width of all lines on the courts will
be painted two (2) inches wide.
2.03 TRAFFIC:
Following the painting of lines, the courts shall be allowed to cure for a minimum
of four (4) days before being opened to play. Gates shall be secured at all times
until acceptance by the Engineer.
2.04 CLEANUP:
Upon completion, the Contractor shall remove all containers, surplus materials,
and debris, and leave the site in a clean and orderly condition acceptable to the
Engineer. All splatter shall be removed from fencing and net posts, concrete
bands, and adjacent work before acceptance.
2.05 GUARANTEE:
The Contractor shall guarantee tennis courts surfacing against settlement,
peeling of surface, and other defects of materials or workmanship for a period of
one year from acceptance.
02270-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02280
TENNIS COURT RESURFACING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DOCUMENTS:
The General Provisions and all other Contract Documents for this project are
complementary and applicable to this section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment facilities, transportation, and
services to complete all tennis court surfacing, stripping, and related work
as shown on the Drawings and or specified herein.
B. Work Included: The general extent of the tennis court surfacing is shown
on the Drawings and includes, but is not necessarily limited to the
following:
Tennis Court Resurfacing and Stripping
1.03 PROTECTION OF WORK:
Protection of work shall be per Section 02260, Tennis Court Asphalt Subsurface,
of these Specifications.
1.04 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
General requirements of the tennis court surfacing shall be per Section 02260,
Tennis Court Asphalt Subsurface, of these specifications.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Submittals: Submit for approval four (4) copies of descriptive literature
covering surfacing products and method of application.
B. Contractor Qualifications: The Contractor bidding on this work must be
experienced in resurfacing tennis courts and shall furnish a list of at least
five (5) resurfacing installations in use in excess of three (3) years.
02280-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PART 2 - MATERIALS AND EXECUTION
2.01 GENERAL:
The finished play surface shall be constructed on the existing tennis court
surface by the carpet coat, acrylic resurfacer, acrylic finish method and shall be
finished to a true smooth surface.
All work accomplished shall conform to the applicable requirements of the
various publications listed in the various sections of these specifications except
where otherwise noted on the drawings or specified herein. The workmanship
shall be of the highest quality. All materials shall be delivered to the job in
unopened containers.
The work to be performed and the materials and equipment to be furnished shall
conform to the specific requirements of these specifications and the drawings.
No work shall be accomplished during rainfall or when rainfall is imminent, and
unless the air temperature is at least that recommended by the manufacturer.
2.02 SURFACE PREPARATION:
A. All growth shall be removed, and leaves and dirt cleaned from the surface.
The courts shall be broom clean prior to starting the work. Any roots
causing cracks in the existing surface shall be completely removed to the
satisfaction of the City Engineer.
B. Procedure:
1. Clean the entire area and fill all cracks.
2. Remove all surface bubbles and reconstruct subsurface area under
bubble as necessary.
3. Prime the surface with asphalt emulsion.
2.03 SURFACE COURSE:
Surface course shall be 1" to 0" thickness, as required. A surface course of
nominal thickness shall be constructed on the completed pavement using the
double straightedge course method.
A. The mix for the straightedge applications shall be a specially designed
combination of Carpet Coat Solids, plaster or mortar sand, asphalt
02280-2
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
emulsion, cement or limestone dust, and sufficient water to make a
workable, free-flowing mix. Mixing can be accomplished by either a
concrete or motor mechanical mixer.
B. Dried surface shall be powered.
2.04 ACRYLIC RESURFACER:
A The resurfacer shall be an acrylic based product designed specifically for
use as a leveling and binding coating between the asphalt surface and
color surface. Submit manufacturer's specifications to city for review and
approval.
Acrylic Resurfacer
Water
Sand (40-60 mesh)
55 gals.
20 - 40 gals.
600 - 900 Ibs.
Liquid Yield
112 - 138 gals.
B. Application:
The surfacer shall be applied to the court surface by pouring from a can or
wheeled container to continuous parallel lines and spreading immediately
with a rubber-faced squeegee. The squeegee or brooms shall be pulled
on an angle from the line and spread so as to continually roll the material
toward the operator and not overflow or "spill" on its forward edge away
from the operator. After each coat has dried, any ridges shall be removed
with scrapers.
There shall be two (2) applications of surfacer. The total amount of
surfacer shall not be less than 60 gallons per 1,000 square feet.
2.05 FILLED ACRYLIC FINISH COLOR:
Filled acrylic finish color shall be Plexipave and Plexichrome as manufactured by
California Products Corporation, Cambridge, Massachusetts.
After the resurfacer application has been completed and allowed to cure, the
filled acrylic finish and Plexichrome shall be applied in three (3) applications.
A Two (2) squeegee applications of filled acrylic finish. Minimum amount of
undiluted filled acrylic material to be applied is 12 gallons per 1,000
square feet.
02280-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B. One (1) brush or roller application of unfilled acrylic finish. Minimum
amount of undiluted unfilled acrylic to be applied is 7 gallons per 1,000
sq uare feet.
2.06 PLAY LINES:
Lines shall be accurately located and marked by snapping chalked line on the
court surface to standard dimensions
Lines shall be painted with Plexicolor Line Paint and no oil base paint will be
permitted.
Following painting of lines, the courts shall be allowed to cure for a minimum of
seven days before being opened to play.
02280-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02300
CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DOCUMENTS:
The General conditions and all other Contract Documents for this project are
complementary and applicable to this section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, facilities, transportation and
services to complete all carpentry and related work as shown on the
drawings and/or specified herein.
B. Work Included: The general extent of the carpentry is shown on the
Drawings and includes, but is not necessarily limited to the
following:
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 ABBREVIA TIONS:
Rwd.
D.F.
P.O. Cedar
A.D.
K.D.
Redwood
Douglas Fir
Port Orford Cedar
Air Dried
Kiln Dried
2.02 MATERIALS:
A. Lumber: All material shall be new and well manufactured. Only pieces
consisting of sound wood, free from decay will be acceptable.
02300-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
All sizes shown on the plans or specified refer to nominal sizes and the
American Standard rough and dressed sizes will be accepted as
conforming thereto.
1. Douglas Fir shall be of the species "Pseudotsuga menziesii"
and shall be graded in accordance with the current standard
grading and dressing rules for Douglas Fir adopted by the
West Coast Bureau of Lumber Grades and Inspection.
2. Redwood shall be of the species "Sequoia sempervirens" and
shall be graded in accordance with the current standards
published by the Redwood Inspection Service. All wood in
project not specifically noted shall be heart construction grade
redwood.
3. Port Orford Cedar shall be of the species "Chamaecyparis
lawsoniana" and shall be graded in accordance with the
current grading and dressing rules adopted by the Port Orford
Cedar Lumber Association.
4. Alaskan Yellow Cedar may be used in lieu of comparable
grade of Port Orford Cedar.
C.
Hardware:
1. Nails to be general framing common of standard size and form, hot-
dipped galvanized or aluminum, unless specifically noted.
2. Bolts and nuts to be hot dip galvanized and to conform to Sections
57-1.02c and 57-1.03 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
3. Washers to be reinforced malleable iron, galvanized.
4. Screws to be galvanized, zinc electroplated, brass or Monel.
D.
Wood Framing Connectors: Connector numbers on plans refer to
Simpson Company, San Leandro. Wood connectors equal to Simpson
are acceptable.
E.
Wood preservative shall be non-pigmented pentachlorophenol conforming
to Section 58 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, unless otherwise
noted.
02300-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION:
A. Workmanship: All woodwork shall be cut, fitted, jointed together, tied, set
to required lines and levels, anchored in place, etc., in a neat,
workmanlike manner to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer. All split
wood shall be removed and replaced.
B. Joints: Joints in decking, horizontal fencing, etc. shall be staggered
by at least four feet (47 with a minimum of three (3) boards between
aligned joints.
C. Lumber Treatment: All lumber in contact with ground or concrete not six
inches (6") above grade shall have all surfaces dipped in wood
preservative prior to installation. Fresh cuts shall receive two (2) brush
coats.
3.02 WOOD TREATMENT:
A. Shop pressure treat and deliver to site ready for installation, wood
materials requiring pressure impregnated preservatives. The
following is framing that shall receive above treatment:
1. Ledgers and nailers at concrete walls.
2. Stud wall and sill plates.
3. Sleepers and exposed framing at roof screens and parapets.
3.03 FRAMING:
A. General: All workmanship shall be in accordance with best practice,
accurately measured and laid out, carefully and precisely executed.
Employ temporary bracing wherever necessary to sustain all loads
imposed on the structure, including the use and operation as long as
required for safety.
B. Measurements: The contractor is responsible for all necessary field
measurements at the project site, the accurate fitting of all work and
proper accommodation of other trades. Before starting the work, compare,
check and cross check the structural drawings and all other drawings;
report any discrepancies immediately to the Engineer for verification and
02300-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
adjustment. The contractor is responsible for locations and elevations of
all rough carpentry shown on the Drawings.
C. Nailing, Bolting and Screwing:
1. Predrill nail holes where necessary to avoid splitting. Remove and
replace all split pieces.
2. Align all nails where possible unless detailed otherwise.
3. Drill bolt holes 1/32" oversize unless otherwise noted. Tighten all
nuts when placed, re-tighten immediately before closing with finish
material or completion of the structure. Do no final bolting until
structure has been properly aligned.
4. Heads and nuts of machine bolts and nuts of carriage bolts shall
have washers, except against steel plates.
5. Bolt, splice and hang all beams as shown on Drawings.
6. Cut all bolts flush with nuts, peen smooth and clean and remove
any sharp edges or protrusions.
7. Screws and lag screws - drill hole same diameter and depth as
shank then drill hole for threaded portion the same diameter as the
root of the thread; screw into place. Do not drive screws or lag
screws into place; any evidence of driving will be cause for
rejection, requiring replacement of the members involved.
8. Minimum bolt spacing and edge distance shall be in accordance
with the UBC Standard 25-17-79.
9. All exposed bolts over 3/8" shall receive malleable washers.
3.04 FINISH CARPENTRY:
All work shall be executed in accordance with the best known practices of the
trade, with first class workmanship throughout.
3.05 PROTECTION OF WORK:
From the commencement until the completion and final acceptance of the work,
the care and protection of all permanent work and all temporary work as may be
required, remains with the contractor. Provide, install and maintain covering,
02300-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
enclosures and shelters necessary or required to protect the permanent work
from damage. Any portion of the work damaged and/or disfigured by accident or
other cause during the time between the finishing of the portion and the
completion of the whole work shall be promptly, neatly and satisfactorily repaired
or reconstructed and the work as a whole left without blemish at final completion.
3.06 HEADERS:
A. Do not install headers until Engineer has approved finish grades.
B. All headers to be set to required line and grade. Curves to be clean,
smooth and continuous. Where minimum curves require, headers
may be laminated and nailed, staggered pattern, maximum eighteen
inches on center (18" o.c.) and nails clinched over. Laminated
portion to lap into straight section eight feet (87. Splices to lap by
four feet (47.
C. Headers to be spliced with scabs trimmed to three-quarters of an
inch (3/4'~ below top of header. Multi-cuts into header for bending is
not acceptable.
D. Stakes to be placed a maximum of four feet on center (4' o.c.) and at
all joints, splices and ends. Stakes to be trimmed to three quarters
of an inch (3/4'~ below top of header.
E. Scabs and stakes to be nailed and nails clinched over.
F. Headers must be approved by the Engineer before adjacent materials
are laid.
G. Before paving or other material is laid, headers to be backfilled for
support.
H. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to protect the
headerboards during the construction work. Any headers damaged
by equipment to be replaced by Contractor at his expense.
3.07 CLEANING UP:
Upon completion, Contractor to remove all debris resulting from his operation
and shall repair any damage caused by him to other parts of the work. All work
completed under this section shall be adequately protected until acceptance by
the City.
02300-5
I
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02310
STRUCTURAL AND MISCELLANEOUS STEEL WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DOCUMENTS:
The General Conditions and all other Contract Documents for this project are
complementary and applicable to this section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
A Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, facilities, transportation and
services to complete all structural and miscellaneous steel work and
related work as shown on the Drawings and/or specified herein.
B. Work Included: The general extent of the structural and
miscellaneous steel work is shown on the Drawings and includes,
but is not necessarily limited to, the following:
C. Related Work: Painting and staining covered by Section 02330 of the
Specifications.
1.03 GENERAL:
A Abbreviations: AI.S.C. - American Institute of Steel Construction;
AW.S. - American Welding Society.
B. Shop Drawings: Two (2) copies of shop drawings are required for each
unit covered by this Section as outlined in the General Conditions. One
copy to be on reproducible vellum or bond, Le. diazo sepia.
C. Personnel: Welds shall be made only by operators who have been
previously qualified by tests, as prescribed in the "Standard Qualification
02310-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Procedure" of the American Welding Society, to perform the type of work
required, except that this provision need not apply to tack welds not later
incorporated into finished welds.
D. Handling and Storing Materials: Material to be stored shall be placed
above ground upon platforms, skids or other supports. It shall be kept free
from dirt, grease, and other foreign matter and properly drained and
protected from corrosion. If members have been cleaned and painted
prior to erection, they shall be stored in such a manner that they are
protected from the weather.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 STEEL:
A. Structural steel shall conform to Sections 55-2.01 and 55-2.02 of the
Caltrans Standard Specifications.
B. Steel pipe shall conform to Section 70-1.02 B of the Caltrans Standard
Specifications.
C. Bolts, rods, fittings, etc. shall conform to Section 55-2 "Materials" of the
Caltrans Standard Specifications.
D. Reinforcing steel shall be standard sizes of deformed bars, intermediate
grade, 40 Dia. min. laps, and conform to Section 52-1.02 A of the Caltrans
Standard Specifications.
2.02 GALVANIZING:
Conform to Section 75-1.05 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications hot dip
galvanizing.
2.03 PAINTING:
A. Shop Primer: One coat Primer, semi-quick drying as per Section 91 of the
Caltrans Standard Specifications.
B. Paint: See Painting and Staining Section.
02310-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 WORKMANSHIP:
All work shall be to the best standard of practice in modern steel fabricating
shops. Finished work shall be true to line and free of twists and bends.
3.02 SHOP FABRICATION:
All work shall conform to the American Institute of Steel Construction
Specifications for design, erection and fabrication for steel buildings. All surfaces
to be welded shall be free of loose scale, slag, grease, paints, or other foreign
material. All parts of members to be welded to each other shall be rigidly held
together while welding.
3.03 GALVANIZING:
All metal parts not noted in Plans as painted shall be galvanized after welding,
punching and fabrication, and before delivery to job.
3.04 PRIMING:
Steel work not galvanized shall be thoroughly cleaned by scraping, wire
brushing, etc., and shall be prepared and shop primed prior to delivery to job.
3.05 ERECTION:
All work shall be plumb, level and true to alignments called for and shown in
accordance with the latest A.I.S.C. Specifications.
3.06 FIELD WELDING:
A. All field assembly and welding shall be executed in accordance with the
requirements for shop fabrication, excepting such as manifestly apply to
shop conditions only.
B. Any shop paint on surfaces adjacent to joints to be field welded shall be
thoroughly removed to expose clean steel for a distance of at least two
inches (2") on either side of the joint.
3.07 BRACING:
Temporary bracing shall be used wherever necessary to take care of any loads
to which the structure may be subjected, including equipment and operation of
02310-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
same. Temporary bracing shall be left in place as long as may be required for
safety.
3.08 FINISH:
Portions of the work exposed to view shall be finished neatly. Shearing, flame
cutting and chipping shall be done carefully and accurately. All sharp corners
and edges that are marred, cut or roughened in handling or erection shall be
smoothed and slightly rounded by grinding or other suitable means.
3.09 PAINTING:
See Painting and Staining Section. Surfaces inaccessible for painting after
erection shall be painted the full number of coats prior to erection.
0231 0-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02311
CHAIN LINK FENCE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DOCUMENTS:
The General Conditions and all other Contract Documents for this project are
complementary and applicable to this section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, facilities, transportation and
services to complete all structural and miscellaneous steel work and
related work as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein.
B. Work included: the general extent of the chain link fence work is
shown on the drawings and includes, but is not necessary limited to,
the following:
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 FABRIC:
Chain link fabrics to be "Galvanized-after" as manufactured by Anchor Fence Co.
or approved equal and to be No. 9 gauge with uniform square mesh measuring
approximately 2 inches between its parallel sides. It is to be woven of the best
quality open hearth steel, heavily zinc coated, after weaving, by the hot dip
spelter process.
The fabric shall be fastened to the line posts and rails by means of ties spaced
approximately 14" apart. Fabric shall be attached to the terminal post by means
of a tension strip held by specially designed clips.
2.02 LINE POSTS:
02311-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Line posts shall be hot dipped galvanized round column as specified in the
Drawings. Line posts shall be spaced not further than 10' centers.
2.03 TERMINAL POSTS:
End, corner and pull posts shall be hot dipped galvanized pipe (round) as
specified in the Drawings. Caps of terminal posts shall be flat and without
decorative finial.
2.04 HORIZONTAL RAIL:
Rail to be hot dipped galvanized Schedule 40 pipe and to be furnished in random
lengths of approximately 20 feet. Top rail to be joined using a press steel or
malleable sleeve, not only allowing for expansion and contraction, but also
providing a continuous brace from end to end of each stretch of fence. Fence,
where shown on drawings, or over 12' high to have a center horizontal rail. Fence
shall have continuous top and bottom rails. Fence shall have continuous mid-rail
where indicated on plan.
2.05 BRACES:
All terminal posts on fence 6 ft. and higher shall be braced with 1-5/8" 0.0.
horizontal pipe bracing of the same material as the top rail, securely attached to
the terminal and first line post with malleable iron fittings. They shall be truss
braced from the first line post to the bottom of the terminal post, with a 3/8"
galvanized truss rod assembly to provide the proper tension. Corner posts shall
be braced in both directions.
2.06 FITTINGS:
Hot dip galvanized. All fittings to be malleable cast iron or pressed steel.
2.07 FABRIC TIES:
11 gauge galvanized wire ties shall be used to tie the fabric to the line posts and
top rail.
2.08 FRAME WORK MATERIAL:
All posts, rails and braces to be heavy galvanized 2 oz. coating.
02311-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.09 SHAPE OF POSTS:
Alternate shapes such as square pipe to be acceptable, only upon written
approval.
2.10 GATES:
A. Gates shall be of the widths designated in the drawings.
B. Gates greater than 8 feet in length shall have interior vertical
members installed so that no panel exceeds 8 feet in length. Gate
frames shall be constructed of not less than 1-1/2 inch pipe. Interior
vertical members shall be constructed of not less than one inch pipe.
Pipe shall conform to the requirements for posts and braces in
Section 80-4.01A of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, "Posts and
Braces".
C. Gate frame panels shall be cross trussed with 3/8 inch adjustable
truss rods. The corners of the gate frames shall be fastened
together and reinforced with a malleable iron or a pressed steel
fitting designed for the purpose, or by welding. Pressed steel fittings
shall have a nominal thickness, before galvanizing, or not less than
0.135-inch and shall be fastened suitably to develop the strength of
the connected members.
2.11 MISCELLANEOUS:
A. Between posts, chain link fabric shall be fastened to a top and bottom
tension wire. The tension wire shall be at least 7-gage (0.177 dia.) coil
spring steel of good commercial quality and shall be galvanized in
accordance with the provisions of ASTM Designation: A, 116, Coating
Class 3.
B. Tie wires and hog rings shall be at least 9 gage (0.148" dia.) steel and
post clips shall be at least 6 gage (0.192" dia.) steel; all these shall be
galvanized in accordance with the provisions of ASTM Designation: AI
116, Coating Class.
C. Turnbuckles and truss tighteners shall be fabricated of commercial quality
steel, malleable iron, or wrought iron and shall be galvanized as provided
in Section 75-1.05, "Galvanizing." The truss tighteners shall have a strap
thickness of not less than 1/4 inch.
02311-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D. Portland cement concrete for metal post footings and for deadmen shall
be produced from commercial quality aggregates and cement and shall
contain not less than 470 pounds of cement per cubic yard.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 POSTS:
A. Line posts shall be spaced at not more than 10-foot intervals, measured
from center to center of posts. In general, in determining the post spacing,
measurement will be made parallel to the slope of the natural ground, and
all posts shall be placed in a vertical position, except in unusual locations
where directed by the Engineer the posts shall be set perpendicular to the
ground surface.
B. All posts shall be set in concrete footings conforming to the details shown
on the plans and crowned at the top to shed water.
C. End, latch and corner posts shall be braced to the nearest line post. At
the Contractor's option, bracing shall be accomplished either with diagonal
braces used as compression members or with horizontal braces used as
compression members and 3/8 inch steel truss rods used as tension
members. Gate posts shall be braced to the nearest line post with a
horizontal braced used as a compression member and 3/8 inch steel truss
rods as tension members. Each 3/8 inch steel truss rod shall be equipped
with a turnbuckle or truss tightener with tensile strength equal to the truss
rod. Line posts shall be braced horizontally and trussed in both directions
at intervals not to exceed 1,000 feet, except that this bracing and trussing
may be omitted when the fabric is installed by stretching with equipment.
3.02 FABRIC:
A. The fabric shall be stretched and securely fastened to the posts, and
between posts the top and bottom edges of the fabric shall be fastened to
the tension wires. Tension wires shall be stretched tight. The bottom
tension wire shall be installed on a straight grade between posts by
excavating the high points of ground and in no case will filling of
depressions be permitted.
B. The fabric shall be fastened to end, latch, corner, and gate posts with 1/4
inch by 3/4 inch stretcher bars and not less than 1/8 inch by 3/4 inch
stretcher bar bands spaced at one foot intervals. The fabric shall be
fastened to line posts with tie wires or post clips and to tension wires with
tie wires or hog rings. The fasteners shall be spaced at approximately 14
02311-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
inches on line posts and at approximately 18 inches on tension wires.
Wire ties shall be given at least one complete turn. Hog rings shall be
closed with ends overlapping. The tension wire shall be wrapped around
terminal posts. The distance from the top of the fabric to the top tension
wire shall be 2 inches maximum.
C. Chain link fence fabric specified for the fence shall be attached to the gate
frame by the use of stretcher bars and tie wires as specified for fence
construction, and suitable tension connectors shall be spaced at
approximately one foot intervals.
3.03 GATES:
A. The gates shall be hung by at least 2 steel or malleable iron hinges not
less than 3 inches in width, so designed as to securely clamp to the gate
post and permit the gate to be swung back against the fence. The bottom
hinge shall have a socket to take the ball end of the gate frame.
B. Gates shall be provided with a combination steel or malleable iron catch
and locking attachment of approved design which will not rotate around
the latch post. Stops to hold gates open and a center rest with catch shall
be provided where required.
02311-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02312
CHAIN LINK FENCE WITH COLOR-BONDED FABRIC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DOCUMENTS:
The General Conditions and all other Contract Documents for this project
are complementary and applicable to this section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, facilities, transportation and
services to complete all structural and miscellaneous steel work
and related work as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein.
B. Work included: The general extent of the chain link fence
work is shown on the drawings and includes, but is not
necessary limited to, the following:
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 FABRIC:
Chain link fabrics to be fused vinyl and to be No. 9 gauge with uniform
square mesh measuring approximately 2 inches between its parallel side.
Fabric shall be 9 finished gauge woven Permafused wire with a uniform
mesh measuring 2" :!: 1/8" between the parallel sides. Fabric to be by
Anchor Fence Co. or approved equal. The core wires shall be uniformly
galvanized with zinc metal. The galvanized wire shall then be coated with
a 7 mil. Coating of PVC applied by true fusion method over a thermoset
plastic bonding agent. The bond shall exhibit equal or greater strength
than the cohesive strength of the vinyl. All cut ends shall be coated with
vinyl at the factory during the waving process. The color of the PVC
coating shall be black. The fabric shall be fastened to the line posts and
rails by means of ties spaced approximately 14" apart. Fabric shall be
attached to the terminal post by means of a tension strip held by specially
designed clips.
2.02 LINE POSTS:
02312-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Line posts shall be hot dipped galvanized round column as specified in the
Drawings. Line posts shall be spaced not further than 10' centers. Prime
and apply 2 coats of rust inhibiting black paint.
2.03 TERMINAL POSTS:
End, corner and pull posts shall be hot dipped galvanized pipe (round) as
specified in the Drawings. Caps of terminal posts shall be flat and without
decorative finial. Prime and apply 2 coats of rust inhibiting black paint.
2.04 HORIZONTAL RAIL:
Rail to be hot dipped galvanized Schedule 40 pipe and to be furnished in
random lengths of approximately 20 feet. Top rail to be joined using a
press steel or malleable sleeve, not only allowing for expansion and
contraction, but also providing a continuous brace from end to end of each
stretch of fence. Fence, where shown on drawings, or over 12' high to
have a center horizontal rail. Fence shall have continuous top and bottom
rails. Fence shall have a continuous mid-rail where indicated on plan.
Prime and apply 2 coats of rust inhibiting black paint.
2.05 BRACES:
All terminal posts on fence 6 ft. and higher shall be braced with 1-5/8"
O.D. horizontal pipe bracing of the same material as the top rail, securely
attached to the terminal and first line post with malleable iron fittings.
They shall be truss braced from the first line post to the bottom of the
terminal post, with a 3/8" galvanized truss rod assembly to provide the
proper tension. Corner posts shall be braced in both directions.
2.06 FITTINGS:
Hot dip galvanized. All fittings to be malleable cast iron or pressed steel.
2.07 FABRIC TIES:
11 gauge galvanized wire ties shall be used to tie the fabric to the line
posts and top rail.
2.08 FRAME WORK MATERIAL:
All posts, rails and braces to be heavy galvanized 2 oz. coating.
2.09 SHAPE OF POSTS:
02312-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Alternate shapes such as square pipe to be acceptable, only upon written
approval.
2.10 GATES:
A. Gates shall be of the widths designated in the drawings.
B. Gates greater than 8 feet in length shall have interior vertical
members installed so that no panel exceeds 8 feet in length.
Gate frames shall be constructed of not less than 1-1/2 inch
pipe. Interior vertical members shall be constructed of not
less than one inch pipe. Pipe shall conform to the
requirements for posts and braces in Section 80-4.01A of the
Caltrans Standard Specifications, "Posts and Braces".
C. Gate frame panels shaH be cross trussed with 3/8 inch
adjustable truss rods. The corners of the gate frames shall be
fastened together and reinforced with a malleable iron or a
pressed steel fitting designed for the purpose, or by welding.
Pressed steel fittings shaH have a nominal thickness, before
galvanizing, or not less than 0.135-inch and shall be fastened
suitably to develop the strength of the connected members.
2.11 MISCELLANEOUS:
A. Between posts, chain link fabric shall be fastened to the top and
bottom tension wire. The tension wire shall be at least 7 -gauge
(0.177 dia.) coil spring steel of good commercial quality and shall
be galvanized in accordance with the provisions of ASTM
Designation: A, 116, Coating Class 3.
B. Tie wires and hog rings shall be at least 9 gage (0.148" dia.) steel
and post clips shall be at least 6 gage (0.192" dia.) steel; all these
shall be galvanized in accordance with the provisions of ASTM
Designation: AI 116, Coating Class.
C. Turnbuckles and truss tighteners shall be fabricated of commercial
quality steel, malleable iron, or wrought iron and shall be
galvanized as provided in Section 75-1.05, "Galvanizing." The
truss tighteners shall have a strap thickness of not less than 1/4
inch.
D. Portland cement concrete for metal post footings and for deadmen
shall be produced from commercial quality aggregates and cement
02312-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
and shall contain not less than 470 pounds of cement per cubic
yard.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 POSTS:
A. Line posts shall be spaced at not more than 10-foot intervals,
measured from center to center of posts. In general, in determining
the post spacing, measurement will be made parallel to the slope of
the natural ground, and all posts shall be placed in a vertical
position, except in unusual locations where directed by the
Engineer. The posts shall be set perpendicular to the ground
surface.
B. All posts shall be set in concrete footings conforming to the details
shown on the plans and crowned at the top to shed water.
C. End, latch and corner posts shall be braced to the nearest line post.
At the Contractor's option, bracing shall be accomplished either
with diagonal braces used as compression members or with
horizontal braces used as compression members and 3/8 inch steel
truss rods used as tension members. Gate posts shall be braced to
the nearest line post with a horizontal brace used as a compression
member. Each 3/8 inch steel truss rod shall be equipped with a
turnbuckle or truss tightener with tensile strength equal to the truss
rod. Line posts shall be braced horizontally and trussed in both
directions at intervals not to exceed 1,000 feet, except that this
bracing and trussing may be omitted when the fabric is installed by
stretching with equipment.
3.02 FABRIC:
A. The fabric shall be stretched and securely fastened to the posts,
and between posts to top and bottom edges of the fabric shall be
fastened to the tension wires. Tension wires shall be stretched
tight. The bottom tension wire shall be installed on a straight grade
between posts by excavating the high point of ground and in no
case will filling of depressions be permitted.
B. The fabric shall be fastened to end, latch, corner, and gate posts
with 1/4 inch by 3/4 inch stretcher bars and not less than 1/8 inch
by 3/4 inch stretcher bar bands spaced at one foot intervals. The
fabric shall be fastened to line posts with tie wires or post clips and
to tension wires with tie wires or hog rings. The fasteners shall be
spaced at approximately 14 inches on line posts and at
02312-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
approximately 18 inches on tension wires. Wire ties shall be given
at least one complete turn. Hog rings shall be closed with ends
overlapping. The tension wire shall be wrapped around terminal
posts. The distance from the top of the fabric to the top tension
wire shall be 2 inches maximum.
C. In lieu of using stretcher bars and bar bands, the fabric may be
fastened to the end and corner posts by threading through loops
formed on the posts.
D. Chain link fence fabric specified for the fence shall be attached to
the gate frame by the use of stretcher bars and tie wires as
specified for fence construction, and suitable tension connectors
shall be spaced at approximately one foot intervals.
3.03 GA TES:
A. The gates shall be hung by at least 2 steel or malleable iron
hinges not less than 3 inches in width, so designed as to
securely clamp to the gate post and permit the gate to be
swung back against the fence. The bottom hinge shall have a
socket to take the ball end of the gate frame.
B. Gates shall be provided with a combination steel or malleable
iron catch and locking attachment of approved design which
will not rotate around the latch post. Stops to hold gates open
and a center rest with catch shall be provided where required.
02312-5
I
I
I
I
I
'1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02315
TENNIS COURT CHAIN LINK FENCE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DOCUMENTS:
The General Conditions and all other Contract Documents for this project are
complementary and applicable to this section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, facilities, transportation and
services to complete all structural and miscellaneous steel work and
related work as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein.
B. Work included: the general extent of the chain link fence work is shown
on the drawings and includes, but is not necessary limited to, the
following:
1. Chain Link Fence Fabric, Horizontal Rails, and Required
Miscellaneous Fittings, Hardware, and Wire.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 FABRIC:
Chain link fabrics to be "Galvanized-after" as manufactured by Anchor Fence Co.
or approved equal and to be No. 9 gauge with uniform square mesh measuring
one and three quarters inches (1-3/4") between its parallel sides. It is to be
woven of the best quality open hearth steel, heavily zinc coated, after weaving,
by the hot dip spelter process.
The fabric shall be fastened to the line posts and rails by means of ties spaced
approximately 14" apart. Fabric shall be attached to the terminal post by means
of a tension strip held by specially designed clips.
02315-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.02 HORIZONTAL RAIL:
Rail to be hot dipped galvanized Schedule 40 pipe and to be furnished in random
lengths of approximately 20 feet. Top rail to be joined using a press steel or
malleable sleeve, not only allowing for expansion and contraction, but also
providing a continuous brace from end to end of each stretch of fence. Fence,
where shown on drawings, or over 12' high to have a center horizontal rail. Fence
shall have continuous top and bottom rails. Fence shall have continuous mid-rail
where indicated on plan.
2.03 BRACES:
All terminal posts on fence 6 ft. and higher shall be braced with 1-5/8" O.D.
horizontal pipe bracing of the same material as the top rail, securely attached to
the terminal and first line post with malleable iron fittings. They shall be truss
braced from the first line post to the bottom of the terminal post, with a 3/8"
galvanized truss rod assembly to provide the proper tension. Corner posts shall
be braced in both directions.
2.04 FITTINGS:
Hot dip galvanized. All fittings to be malleable cast iron or pressed steel.
2.05 SHAPE OF GATE POSTS:
Alternate shapes such as square pipe to be acceptable, only upon written
approval.
2.06 FRAME WORK MATERIAL:
All gate posts, rails and braces to be heavy galvanized 2 oz. coating.
2.07 GATES:
A. Gates shall be of the widths designated in the drawings.
B. Gate frame panels shall be cross trussed with 3/8 inch adjustable truss
rods. The corners of the gate frames shall be fastened together and
reinforced with a malleable iron or a pressed steel fitting designed for the
purpose, or by welding. Pressed steel fittings shall have a nominal
thickness, before galvanizing, or not less than 0.135-inch and shall be
fastened suitably to develop the strength of the connected members.
02315-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.08 MISCELLANEOUS:
A. Between posts, chain link fabric shall be fastened to a top and bottom
tension wire. The tension wire shall be at least 7-gage (0.177 dia.) coil
spring steel of good commercial quality and shall be galvanized in
accordance with the provisions of ASTM Designation: A, 116, Coating
Class 3.
B. Tie wires and hog rings shall be at least 9 gage (0.148" dia.) steel and
post clips shall be at least 6 gage (0.192" dia.) steel; all these shall be
galvanized in accordance with the provisions of ASTM Designation: AI
116, Coating Class.
C. Turnbuckles and truss tighteners shall be fabricated of commercial quality
steel, malleable iron, or wrought iron and shall be galvanized as provided
in Section 75-1.05, "Galvanizing." The truss tighteners shall have a strap
thickness of not less than 1/4 inch.
D. Portland cement concrete for metal post footings and for deadmen shall
be produced from commercial quality aggregates and cement and shall
contain not less than 470 pounds of cement per cubic yard.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 FABRIC:
A. The fabric shall be stretched and securely fastened to the posts, and
between posts the top and bottom edges of the fabric shall be fastened to
the tension wires. Tension wires shall be stretched tight. The bottom
tension wire shall be installed on a straight grade between posts by
excavating the high points of ground and in no case will filling of
depressions be permitted.
B. The fabric shall be fastened to end, latch, corner, and gate posts with 1/4
inch by 3/4 inch stretcher bars and not less than 1/8 inch by 3/4 inch
stretcher bar bands spaced at one foot intervals. The fabric shall be
fastened to line posts with tie wires or post clips and to tension wires with
tie wires or hog rings. The fasteners shall be spaced at approximately 14
inches on line posts and at approximately 18 inches on tension wires.
Wire ties shall be given at least one complete turn. Hog rings shall be
closed with ends overlapping. The tension wire shall be wrapped around
terminal posts.
02315-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
The distance from the top of the fabric to the top tension wire shall be 2
inches maximum.
C. Chain link fence fabric specified for the fence shall be attached to the gate
frame by the use of stretcher bars and tie wires as specified for fence
construction, and suitable tension connectors shall be spaced at
approximately one foot intervals.
3.02 GATES:
A. The gates shall be hung by at least 2 steel or malleable iron hinges not
less than 3 inches in width, so designed as to securely clamp to the gate
post and permit the gate to be swung back against the fence. The bottom
hinge shall have a socket to take the ball end of the gate frame.
B. Gates shall be provided with a combination steel or malleable iron catch
and locking attachment of approved design which will not rotate around
the latch post. Stops to hold gates open and a center rest with catch shall
be provided where required.
02315-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02330
PAINTING AND STAINING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DOCUMENTS:
The General Conditions and all other Contract Documents for this project are
complementary and applicable to this section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, facilities, transportation and
services to complete all painting and staining and related work as shown
on the Drawings and/or specified herein.
B. Work Included: The general extent of the painting and staining is
shown on the Drawings and includes, but is not necessarily limited
to, the following:
C. Related Work: Structural and miscellaneous steel work covered by
Section 02310, and carpentry covered by Section 02300 of the
Specifications.
1.03 GENERAL:
A. Samples: Contractor to prepare and submit to the Engineer for his
approval, samples of all finishes. Such samples shall be retained by the
Engineer to compare with finishes as they are applied.
B. Provide adequate storage facilities. Store paint materials at minimum
ambient temperature of 45 degrees F (7 degrees C) in well ventilated
area.
C. Take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous
combustions.
1.04 PROTECTION:
02330-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A. Adequately protect other surfaces from paint and damage. Repair damage
as a result of inadequate or unsuitable protection.
B. Furnish sufficient drop cloths, shields and protective equipment to prevent
spray or droppings from fouling surfaces not being painted and in
particular, surfaces within storage and preparation.
C. Place cotton waste, cloths and material which may constitute a fire hazard
in closed metal containers and remove daily from site.
D. Remove electrical plates, surface hardware, fittings and fastenings prior to
painting operations. These items are to be carefully stored, cleaned and
replaced on completion of work in each area. Do not use solvent to clean
hardware that may remove permanent lacquer finish.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 GENERAL:
A. All materials shall be pure, unadulterated, first quality and shall be
delivered to the project in the original unbroken packages bearing the
brand and maker's name. Any rejected materials shall be removed from
the premises at once.
B. Paints and stains shall be the products of W.P. Fuller Co., Dutch Boy
Paint Co., Olympic, Cabot's National Lead Co., or approved equal.
C. All paint materials otherwise not specified shall comply with the following:
White Zinc - Federal Spec. TT-2-301
Linseed Oil - Federal Spec. TT-0-364
Turpentine - Federal Spec. TT-T-806
Paint Thinners - Federal Spec. TT-T-806
Marker Paint - Standard Specifications
Driers - TT -D-65IA
White Shellac TY#1-TT-V-91b.
Den Alcohollnt. Rev. Form #5
Tinting Colors - Standard and Perm.
Putty - TT-P-7912 Type 11
Stain (wood) - TT-S-711
02330-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL OPERATIONS:
Workmanship:
A. Painter to examine all work before commencing, and smooth, fill and
touch up all minor defects of surfaces to receive paint before starting his
work. Surfaces to be stained shall not be filled. Starting work shall
constitute acceptance of surfaces.
B. Apply all materials as they come from the can and as manufacturer
specifies, unless otherwise directed. Fill all nail holes, cracks, etc., after
primer is dry. Prime trim all over before installing. Avoid brush marks,
sags, runs, and other evidences of poor workmanship. All work to be
completely dry before commencing work.
C. Painter to be responsible for keeping his own and other work free of
damage and shall protect all such work as necessary.
D. Engineer to have the right to choose different colors for work and trim.
E. Contractor to touch up all blemishes which appear within 30 days after
completion, as directed by Engineer.
F. If more than one coat is specified, each intermediate coat shall be a
different shade. Final coat shall be of specified color.
3.02 CLEANING UP:
A. After all work l1as been completed, Contractor to clean up all debris
resulting from his work and to clean all paint from all surfaces adjacent to
his work, and leave the premises in clean condition for final inspection by
the Engineer. Runoff of paint or cleaning materials to storm or sanitary
drains is not permitted.
B. During progress of work, keep premises free from any unnecessary
accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus materials and debris.
3.03 METAL:
A. All metals, inclruding field welds, (except chain link fence) shall be
finished as follows:
02330-3
I
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1. Materials:
a. Primer: Galvanized metal primer or zinc chromate
prJmer.
b. Enamel: Flat black exterior unless otherwise specified.
2. Application:
a. W;;Jsh galvanized metal with strong copper sulphate
solution, rinse and allow to dry.
b. Apply one (1) coat primer and allow to dry thoroughly.
c. Apply one (1) coat enamel, allowing to dry thoroughly
between coats.
3.04 PARKING AND ROAD'WAY STRIPING:
A. Spray-applied striping, parking and traffic line marking according to layout
indicated on the drawings. Apply striping in accordance with Section 84-2
(thermo plastic traffic stripes and pavement markers) of the standard
specifications and manufacturer's product information. Color yellow on
concrete and white on asphalt. Width of stripe is three (3) inches unless
otherwise noted on Drawings.
B. Handicap stalls to be painted with wording "Handicap Only" and the
international handicap emblem in accordance with Title 24 requirements.
Compact stalls to be painted with wording "Compact Only".
3.05 WORKMANSHIP:
All work shall be executed in accordance with the best known practices of the
trade, with the highest standards of workmanship throughout.
02330-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02340
METAL PLAY STRUCTURES
(PIPE LINE)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DOCUMENTS:
The General Conditions and all other Contract Documents for this project are
complimentary and applicable to this section of these Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, facilities, transportation, and
services to complete all play structures, site furniture, and related work as
shown on the Drawings andlor specified herein.
B. Work Included: The general extent of the work is shown on the
Drawings and includes, but is not necessarily limited to the following:
C. Related Work: Concrete paving and footings are covered by Section
02200, ConcretE3 Work, of these specifications.
1.03 GENERAL:
The Pipeline play equipment shall be manufactured by Columbia Cascade
Company, Portlland, Oregon, USA. Posts to be installed in four foot modules in
accordance with the folowing specifications.
1.04 FINISH:
A. All metal parts other than those galvanized or stainless steel shall be
finished with CAS PAX-7 , a tough, opaque, exterior use powder coating.
Coatings containing lead or epoxy are not acceptable.
B. Subtraste preparation shall consist of mechanical cleaning to remove heavy
mill scale, rust, varnish, grease, etc., then chemical cleaning in accordance
with TT-C-490C, Methods I and II.
02340-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C. After cleaning, the metal substrate shall receive a corrosion-inhibiting iron
phosphate coating in accordance with TT-C-490C, Type II, before
application of the final color coat.
D. The coating powder shall be uniformly applied by the electrostatic method
to a thickness of 5 mils. Promptly after the application of the powder, the
coating shall be oven-cured at 400 degrees Fahrenheit to chemically bond
the finish to the substrate and to render the color coated surface resistant to
abrasion, impact, household chemicals, weathering and rusting.
E. The applicator shall test the finish of each lot for correct millage, chemical
resistance, hardness and internal bond in accordance with industry
standard testing methods. Records of this quality control procedure shall
be made and retained for two years.
F. The CASPAX-7 color shall be the manufacturer's standard or as selected
by the owner's representative and designated on the project, plans and/or
specifications from the Columbia Cascade Company ColorBook colors.
G. Detailed erection drawings and bills of materials shall be furnished by the
manufacturer for each play structure. Drawings shall include footing details
and technical data necessary for correct assembly.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 POSTS AND BEAMS:
A. All steel posts and beams shall be 4 1/2" o.d. schedule 40 pipe with a
minimum wall thickness of 7/32". Steel tubinq of thinner wall thickness is
not permitted. Posts and beams and their end caps shall be CASPAX-7
finished in accordance with Section 1.04.
B. Exposed ends of post, except arch support posts, shall be fitted with a cast
aluminum (384 alloy) hemi-dome end cap permanently double riveted in
place at the factory. Easily vandalized plastic and/or friction end caps are
not permitted.
C. Static posts shall be embedded 2' 3" and dynamic posts shall be
embedded 5' - 0" below compacted subgrade in concrete footings as
depicted on the erection drawings. Refer to drawings for concrete
footing dimensions. Posts shall include through holes to receive two
#4 reinforcing bars (supplied by installing contractor).
02340-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.02 COLLARS:
Cast aluminum (383 alloy) two piece attachment collars designed to permanently
connect all accessories, decks, and rails to support posts shall be provided in
sufficient quantity. Collars must be formed to recess bolt fastener. Each collar set
includes two vandal resistant socket-head cap screws with nuts and two 1/4" X 1"
expansion pins. Collars shall be CASPAX-7 finished in accordance with section
1.04.
2.03 STRAIGHT AND CURVED RAILS:
All steel straight and curved rails shall be 1 5/16" o.d. schedule 40 steel pipe.
Straight and curved rails shall be CASPAX-7 finished in accordance with section
1.04.
2.04 ADDITIONAL HARDWARE:
Additional hardware shall be provided in sufficient quantity to complete assembly
of the Pipeline play equipment. All hardware shall be non-ferrous or color finished
with CASPAX-7, or galvanized, or electrostatic zinc plated in accordance with the
manufacturer's standard.
2.05 PLASTISOL SPECIFICATIONS:
Thickness 30 - 45 mils, hardness 90 durometer ("A" shore), color to be Brown.
Minimum 5-year UVI inhibitor required.
Plastisol finish shall meet accepted industry standards and shall have minimal runs
and drips on underside of finished product. Runs, ripples, waves, drips, and/or
defects in plastisol coating shall not be allowed on the tops or edges of the
surface.
2.06 PLASTISOL COATED STEEL DECKS:
Plastisol coated steel decks shall be manufactured of 1/8" thick perforated mild
steel plate with edges folded and continuously welded at each corner. Each deck
unit shall be reinforced as necessary to insure structural integrity. The deck unit
shall be plastisol coated in accordance with manufacturer's specifications.
2.07 INSURANCE REQUIREMENT:
The manufacturer of plaY~Jround components shall submit evidence to the owner
that they carry product liability insurance of no less than $2,000,000.
02340-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 WORKMANSHIP:
A. All workmanship shall be in accordance with best practice, accurately
measured and laid out, carefully and precisely executed. Employ temporary
bracing wherever necessary to sustain all loads imposed on the structure,
including the use and operation as long as required for safety.
B. All work shall be plumb, level, and true to alignments called for and shown
in the shop drawin9s.
C. All hardware necessary for assembly shall be provided in sufficient quantity,
sizes, lengths, and quality to assure safety and be suitable for the intended
use.
3.02 DRAWINGS:
Detailed erection drawings and a bill of materials shall be furnished to the Engineer
for each model by the manufacturer. Drawings shall include all data necessary for
assembly, including recommended erection sequence. To facilitate assembly,
each manufactured member shall be indelibly stenciled with an easily recognizable
identification number keYI~d to the erection drawings. All components shall be
unitized and packaged by model number, ready for assembly.
02340-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SEe TION 02341
METAL PL A. Y STRUCTURES
(LANDSCA PE STRUCTURES)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DOCUMENTS:
The General Conditions and all other Contract Documents for this project are
complimentary and applicable to t lis section of these Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Furnish all labor, materi :lIs, equipment, facilities, transportation, and
services to complete all pl,lY structures, site furniture, and related work as
shown on the Drawings an( liar specified herein.
B. Work Included: The gE 'neral extent of the work is shown on the
Drawings and in dudes, but is not necessarily limited to the following:
1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS:
A. Detailed erection drawings and a bill of materials shall be furnished to the
Owner's Representative fc r each model by the manufacturer. Drawings
shall include all data nec essary for assembly, including recommended
erection sequence. To fc cilitate assembly, each manufactured member
shall be stenciled with an e :lsily recognizable identification number keyed to
the erection drawings. All components shall be unitized and packaged by
model number, ready for a~ sembly.
B. Three (3) copies of shop dr :lwings are required for each unit covered by this
section, as outlined in thE: General Conditions. One copy shall be on
reproducible vellum or bone, i.e. diazo sepia.
1.04 HANDLING AND STORING MATI RIALS:
Material to be stored shall be plac ~d above ground upon platforms, skids, or other
supports. It shall be kept free f 'Om dirt, grease, and other foreign matter and
properly drained and protected fr)m corrosion. If members have been cleaned
02341-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
and painted prior to erection, the) shall be stored in such a manner that they are
protected from the weather.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 PLAY EQUIPMENT:
A. Play equipment specified as Landscape Structures shall be by that
company or approvE~d equa I, unless noted otherwise on the plans.
B. All materials shall bE~ structl rally sound and suitable for safe play. All edges
shall be ground smooth, and deburred. All finishes shall be according to
manufacturer's speGificatior s.
C. Metal Finish:
1. All metal parts, 0 ther than those galvanized, stainless, and
nonferrous compm ;ition shall be finished with "Landscape
Structures" powder coating. Eoxy or lead-containing powder
coatings are not accl ~ptable. Preparation of the steel substrate shall
incorporate the phc sphate system. Substrate preparation shall
consist first of mec lanical cleaning to remove heavy mill scale,
varnish, rust, greas~, and the like; then chemical cleaning per
TT-C-490C, Method~ I and III.
2. After mechanical an j chemical cleaning, the steel substrate shall
receive corrosion-in~ ibiting iron phosphate coating per TT-C-490C,
Type II, before the c lpplication of the final powder coat. The color
coating shall be a~ plied by the electrostatic method and then
oven-cured at 400 degrees Fahrenheit to chemically bond the
coating to thE~ substr 3te and to render the coated metal resistant to
abrasion, impact, chil >ping, weathering, and rusting.
D. Hardware:
Assembly hardware shall t e provided in sufficient quantity. All hardware
shaJl be color finished with )owder coating galvanized, or electrostatic zinc
plating or zinclnickel plating.
E. Posts and Beams:
1. All steel posts and bl lams shall be 5" (o.d.) schedule 40 pipe with a
minimum wall thicklless of 7/32". Steel tubing of thinner wall
02341-2
I
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
thickness is not accllptable. All edges and ends of posts and beams
shall be ground sm )oth and deburred prior to being powder coated
in accordance with ~ )ection 1.6. Exposed ends of posts, except arch
support posts, sha I be fitted with a cast aluminum domed cap
permanently riveted in place. Easily vandalized plastic andlor friction
fit caps are not perrT itted.
2. Static posts shall b ~ embedded 2'-3" and Dynamic posts shall be
embedded Ei'-O" belc tW compacted sub-grade in concrete footings as
depicted on the erec :tion drawings. Actual concrete footing sizes can
vary and depend or job site and climatic conditions. Posts include
through holies for acceptance of reinforcing bars (supplied by
installing contractor)
F.
Arches:
All steel arches shall be E" (o.d.) schedule 40 pipe with a minimum wall
thickness of 7/32". Arches 3hall have 2'-0" radius continuous smooth curve.
Uneven or flat top arches are unacceptable. All arches include 4" (o.d.)
schedule 40 pipe inserts f:>r attachment to support posts. All edges and
ends of arches shalll be gro und smooth and deburred prior to being powder
coated in accordanGe with ~ )ection 1.6.
G.
Attachment Collars:
Cast aluminum (384 alloy) collars suitable for permanently connecting all
accessories, decks, and rai s to support posts shall be provided in sufficient
quantity. Collars must be cast to allow for recessed hardware. Collar
assemblies shall include tw:l connecting socket-head cap screws with nuts
and two 1/4" x 1" expansior pins. All collars edges shall be ground smooth
and deburred prior to being powder coated in accordance with Section 1.6.
H.
Straight and Curved Rails:
All steel straight and curved rails shall be 1-5/16" (o.d.) schedule 40 pipe.
All edges and ends shall lie ground smooth and deburred prior to being
powder coated in accordan(:e with Section 1.6.
I.
Steel Decks:
Steel decks shall consist 0: one piece flange tormed steel deck with 1/4"
deck perforations with edge) folded and welded at each corner. Each deck
shall include 3/8" thick stee support ribs. All edges and welded areas shall
02341-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
be ground smooth and c eburred prior to being tender tuff coated In
accordance with Section 1.( '.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 MISCELLANEOUS COMPONENT S:
1. Clamps shall be cast of ar aluminum and magnesium alloy. The clamps
shall be powder coated to n ,atch the posts. Clamps are secured to the post
with button head socketed cap screws with T-nuts and further with solid U-
Drive-It screws into the post
2. Molded wall units are rota1 onally molded from UV stabilized high-density
polyethylene. T -nuts shall lIe molded into one face of the unit to provide a
safe and secure attachmen: for tunnels, slides, and bubbles. A 24" X 1/4"
thick lexan flat sheet or bubl )Ie shaped window are optional wall enclosures.
3. Locking collars shall be fabr cated from a 6061 T6 extruded aluminum alloy.
Collars shall be secured t< I rails with a steel set screw. Collars shall be
powder coated to match the posts.
2.02 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT:
Miscellaneous play equipm mt items, including swing, tree climber, super-
scoop, spring rider, and don Ie spinner shall be as shown on the drawings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 WORKMANSHIP:
A. All workmanship shall be in accordance with best practice, accurately
measured and laid out, care :ully and precisely executed. Employ temporary
bracing wherever necessall. to sustain all loads imposed on the structure,
including the use and operal ion as long as required for safety.
B. All work shall be plumb, lev ~I, and true to alignments called for and shown
in the shop drawings.
C. All hardware necessary for c ssembly shall be provided in sufficient quantity,
sizes, lengths, and quality tc assure safety and be suitable for the intended
use.
02341-4
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.02 DRAWINGS:
Detailed erection drawings and a bill of materials shall be furnished to the Owner's
Representative for each model I lY the manufacturer. Drawings shall include all
data necessary for assembly, ir eluding recommended erection sequence. To
facilitate assembly, each manufac tured member shall be indelibly stenciled with an
easily recognizable identification number keyed to the erection drawings. All
components shall be unitized and packaged by model number, ready for
assembly.
02341-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SEC' nON 02342
TIMBER PL 6. Y STRUCTURES
(TIM 3ERFORM)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DOCUMENTS:
The General Conditions and all )ther Contract Documents for this project are
complementary and applicable to t lis Section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Furnish all labor, materials, 3quipment, facilities, transportation and services
to complete all play structUl es and related work as shown on the Drawings
andlor specified herein.
B. Work Included: The gene ral extent of the play structures is shown on
the Drawings and inclU( res, but is not necessarily limited to, the
following:
1.03 GENERAL:
Shop drawings to be submitted for approval as noted on the Special Conditions.
1.04 PLAY STRUCTURE:
The play structure(s) shall be Timt:: erForm model(s) as manufactured by Columbia
Cascade Company, Portland, Ore~ on, USA.
Deck modules shall be 3 foot 10 in :hes on center in accordance with the following
specifications. All fabrication shall take place in an enclosed factory environment
by personnel experienced in the m. tnufacture of children's play apparatus.
PART 2 - TIMBER MATERIALS
2.01 TIMBER:
02342-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
All play equipment wood comp< Inents shall be manufactured from Playground
Equipment Grade Douglas fir timllers, selected by the equipment manufacturer for
strength, durability, and appearan ::e.
2.02 PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT GFADE:
Timber posts, beams, decks, ar d walls shall be Coastal Douglas fir (Pseudo-
tsugamenziesii), free-of-heard-cE nter (F.O.H.C.). To assure long, useful life,
timbers containing the heart cente r or pith of the log shall not be accepted.
2.03 TIMBER CHARACTERISTICS:
All timbers shall be fine-grained, 'ilith at least 80 percent of the pieces possessing
eight annular rings to the inch, thll remainder having at least six rings to the inch.
There shall be no loose knots, kr otholes, shake, unsound wood, white specks or
honeycomb allowed. To elimina:e slivering, timbers shall be free of wane, and
planer skips are not allowed in c ressing. Except as noted, other characteristics
and limiting provisions are in acc( rdance with Paragraph 131-A Standard Gradinq
Rules for West Coast Lumber.
2.04 CHRONOLOGICAL IMPORTANC E:
To effectively receive pressure pi eservative treatment of the timber materials, all
fabrication, including sawing, nc tching, drilling, incising and kerfing, shall be
completed prior to treatment.
2.05 WOOD PRESERVATION:
All wood components shall be ~ ressure-preservatively treated with a non-toxic
formulation designed for use on ~ layground equipment. Preservatives containing
arsenic, pentachlorophenol, creo ')ote or similar toxic chemicals as their active
ingredient shall not be used.
2.06 COMPOSITION:
The preservative solution shall be homogeneous and capable of deep penetration,
not merely an emulsion. The trea ment shall not materially change the color of the
wood to which it is applied.
2.07 APPLICATION:
02342-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Wood shall be pressure impregr ated by the closed cylinder, vacuum pressure
method as prescribed by the late~ t standards for the American Wood Preserver's
Association. The preservative can ier shall conform to AWPA Standard P9.
2.08 VERIFICATION:
Conformance to the requiremen: s of this specification shall be monitored by
inspectors in accordance with t le established quality control and inspection
procedures as specified in AWPA ;tandards M2 and M3.
2.09 MAX-TREAT - INCISING:
Timber posts shall be mechanical y incised on all four faces by uniform hydraulic
pressure to a depth of 1/2". Incisillg shall begin at the bottom of the post and end
approximately one foot above gra< Ie. Full length incising is not acceptable as the
perforations may cause slivering I,f playing surfaces. The incising pattern shall
produce a minimum of 448 perfora ions per square foot.
2.10 MAX-TREAT - KERFING:
All timber posts shall be saw-kerfe j (grooved) to one-half the cross-section depth,
through sap-side face. This kerf st all be a maximum of 1/4" wide and shall extend
from the bottom of the post to a point approximately one foot above indicated
grade, coincident with incising.
Incising and kerfing assure maximllm wood preservative penetration and retention
in the critical ground line area thus :lssuring long service life.
2.11 TIMBER DECKS:
Decks shall consist of nine 4 X 6 timbers, 16 P.v.C. spacers, two 1-5/16" (o.d.)
schedule 40 steel rails, and two 1/~" thick steel angle deck supports. Assembled
deck shall be 13.9 sq. ft.
2.12 TIMBER WALLS:
Walls consist of five vertical 4 X (, timbers, 12 P.v.C. spacers, and two 1-5/16"
(o.d.) schedule 40 steel rails. Assl ~mbled wood wall shall be 39" in height above
top of deck.
2.13 POSTS:
02342-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Timber posts shall be smoothly dressed to a net size of 5-1/4" X 5-1/4" with all
edges eased (rounded) to a 1/4" radius. Post tops shall be chamfer-sawn 45
degrees.
2.14 QUALITY CONTROL:
Inspectors shall examine each timber component for correct fabrication, fastener
hole alignment, and for smooth end, edge, and face treatment. Conformance to
wood preservation specifications shall be monitored by inspectors in accordance
with the established quality control and inspection procedures as specified in
AWPA standards M2 and M3.
PART 3 - METAL MATERIALS
3.1 STRAIGHT AND CURVED RAILS:
Unless otherwise noted, all steel Straight and Curved Rails shall be 1-5/16" (o.d.)
schedule 40 steel pipe. Thin wall tubing is not acceptable. Straight and Curved
RAils shall be CASPAX-7 finished in accordance with Paragraphs 3.0 through 3.4.
3.2 FABRICATION:
Each rail shall be ground smooth by hand and shotblasted to a uniform surface
texture.
3.3 QUALITY CONTROL:
Inspectors shall examine metal components for correct fabrication, fastener hole
alignment, and smoothness.
3.4 ADDITIONAL HARDWARE:
Additional hardware shall be provided in sufficient quantity to complete assembly
of the TimberForm play equipment. All hardware shall be non-ferrous, color
finished with CAS PAX-7 , galvanized, or electrostatic zinc plated in accordance with
the manufacturer's standard.
PART 4 - METAL FINISH
4.1 METAL COATING:
All metal parts other than those galvanized or stainless steel shall be finished with
02342-4
I
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CASPAX-7, a colorful, tough, opaque, exterior use powder coating. Liquid, epoxy,
or lead-containing powder coatings are not acceptable. The CASPAX-7 color shall
be the manufacturer's standard or as selected by the owner's representative and
designated on the project plans and/or specifications.
4.2 CLEANING:
Substrate preparation shall consist first of mechanical cleaning to remove heavy
mill scale, rust, varnish, grease, etc., then chemical cleaning in accordance with
TT-C-490C, Methods I and III.
4.3 PHOSPHATE APPLICATION:
After cleaning, the metal substrate shall receive a corrosion-inhibiting iron
phosphate coating in accordance with TT-C-490C, Type II, before application of
the final color coat.
4.4 POWDER APPLICATION:
The coating powder shall be uniformly applied by the electrostatic method to a
thickness of six mils. Promptly after the application of the powder, the coating
shall be oven-cured at 400 degrees Fahrenheit to chemically bond the finish to the
substrate and to render the color coated surface resistant to abrasion, impact,
household chemicals, weathering and rusting.
4.5 QUALITY CONTROL:
The applicator shall test the finish of each lot for correct millage, chemical
resistance, hardness, and internal bond in accordance with industry standard test
methods. Records of this quality control procedure shall be made and retained for
two years.
4.6 POLYETHYLENE MATERIALS:
Polyethylene shall be linear medium density with the maximum ultraviolet
degradation inhibitors and may be specified in yellow or tan.
4.7 FABRICATION:
Plastic components shall be one-piece, rotationally molded polyethylene. Each
component shall be free of burrs, warpage, cupping, and other irregularities. Mold
parting lines and all edges shall be trimmed and finished smooth.
02342-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
4.8 FINiSH:
Exterior surfaces shall be textured to camouflage any scratches or markings.
Surfaces intended for passage or sliding shall be finished smooth.
4.9 QUALITY CONTROL:
Inspectors shall examine each plastic component for correct fabrication including:
wall thickness, cure, texture, fastener hole alignment, and color uniformity.
PART 5 - ASSEMBLY
5.1 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND AIDS:
To guide installation, each TimberForm structure shall be accompanied by bills of
materials, written instructions, and an erection plan view drawing to be furnished
prior to or with the delivery of the play structure. To facilitate assembly, each part
shall be indelibly stenciled with an easily-read identification number keyed to the
bills of material and erection drawings. All components shall be shipped unitized,
protectively wrapped, banded for mechanical handling and ready for assembly.
A. All fabrication shall take place before preservative treatment.
B. All wood components shall be pressure impregnated with Niedox-10
solution by the closed cylinder, vacuum pressure method as prescribed by
the latest Standards of the American Wood Preservers' Association.
Retention shall be six pounds per cubic foot of wood. Treatment shall not
materially change the color of the wood and shall be capable of accepting
oil borne finishes.
C. All hardware necessary for assembly shall be provided in sufficient quantity,
sizes, lengths and quality to assure safety and be suitable for the intended
use. The hardware shall be galvanized. Tapered hardwood plugs shall be
furnished in sufficient quantity to plug all exposed counterbores.
D. The term "pole", either in the Specifications or the Drawings, shall mean
free of heart center rounds.
02342-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
5.2
DRAWINGS:
A. Detailed erection drawings and a bill of materials shall be furnished to the
owner's representative for each model by the manufacturer. Drawings shall
include all data necessary for assembly, including recommended erection
sequence. To facilitate assembly, each manufactured wood member shall
be indelibly stenciled with an easily recognizable identification number
keyed to the erection drawings. All timber components shall be unitized
and packaged by model number, ready for assembly.
02342-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02344
SITE FURNITURE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DOCUMENTS:
The General Conditions and all other Contract Documents for this project are
complementary and applicable to this Section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, facilities, transportation and services
to complete all site furniture and related work as shown on the Drawings
andlor specified herein.
B. Work Included: The general extent of the site furniture is shown on the
Drawings and includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following:
C. Related Work: Concrete paving and concrete for footings are covered under
Section 02200, Concrete Work, of these specifications.
1.03 GENERAL:
A. Site furniture and equipment shall be as shown on the drawings.
B. Any material substitution must meet procedure and requirements as noted in
the Special Conditions.
1.04 HANDLING AND STORING MATERIALS:
Material to be stored shall be placed above ground upon platforms, skids, or other
supports. It shall be kept free from dirt, grease, and other foreign matter and
properly drained and protected from corrosion. If members have been cleaned and
painted prior to erection, they shall be stored in such a manner that they are
protected from the weather.
02344-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PART 2 - MA TERIALS
2.01 DRINKlNG FOUNTAIN:
2.02 PARK BENCH:
2.03 PICNIC TABLE:
2.04 BICYCLE RACK:
2.05 TRASH RECEPTACLE:
2.06 BOLLARD:
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 DRINKING FOUNTAIN:
Install drinking fountain with concrete pad, connect to potable water source and
drain line. Install per Manufacturer's instructions.
3.02 PARK BENCH:
Install park benches with concrete footings as indicated In the construction
documents and per the Manufacturer's recommendations.
3.03 PICNIC TABLE:
Install picnic tables with concrete footings as indicated In the construction
documents and per the Manufacturer's recommendations.
3.04 BICYCLE RACK:
Install bicycle rack with concrete footings as indicated In the construction
documents and per the Manufacturer's recommendations.
02344-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.05 TRASH RECEPTACLE:
Install trash receptacles with concrete footings as indicated in the construction
documents and per the Manufacturer's recommendations.
3.06 BOLLARD:
Install bollard with concrete footings as indicated in the construction documents and
per the Manufacturer's recommendations.
02344-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02346
SPORTS EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DOCUMENTS:
The General Conditions and all other Contract Documents for this project are
complementary and applicable to this Section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, facilities, transportation and services
to complete all site furniture and related work as shown on the Drawings
andlor specified herein.
B. Work Included: The general extent of the site furniture is shown on the
Drawings and includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following:
C. Related Work: Concrete paving and concrete for footings are covered under
Section 02200, Concrete Work, of these specifications.
1.03 GENERAL:
B. Site furniture and equipment shall be as shown on the drawings.
B. Any material substitution must meet procedure and requirements as noted in
the Special Conditions.
1.04 HANDLING AND STORING MATERIALS:
Material to be stored shall be placed above ground upon platforms, skids, or other
supports. It shall be kept free from dirt, grease, and other foreign matter and
properly drained and protected from corrosion. If members have been cleaned and
painted prior to erection, they shall be stored in such a manner that they are
protected from the weather.
02346-1
I
I
I
I
I
'1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PART 2 - MA TERIALS
2.01 BASKETBALL STANDARD:
2.02 VOLLEYBALL NET POST AND NET:
2.03 TENNIS NET POST AND NET:
2.04 TENNIS COURT CENTER TIE DOWN:
2.05 TENNIS COURT BENCH:
2.06 TENNIS COURT WIND SCJ~EEN:
2.07 BASEBALL BACK STOP:
2.08 SOFTBALL BACK STOP:
2.09 DUGOUT BENCH:
2.10 BASES AND PITCHER'S MOUND:
2.11 SOCCER GOALS:
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 BASKETBALL STANDARD:
Install basketball standard and backboard with concrete footings as indicated in the
construction documents and per Manufacturer's recommendations.
02346-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.02 VOLLEYBALL NET POST AND NET:
Install volleyball net and post with concrete footings as indicated in the construction
documents and per Manufacturer's recommendations.
3.03 TENNIS NET POST AND NET:
Install tennis net post and m~t with concrete footings as indicated in the construction
documents and per Manufacturer's recommendations.
3.04 TENNIS COURT CENTER TIE DOWN:
Install tennis court center tie down and anchor
recommendations.
per Manufacturer's
3.05 TENNIS COURT BENCH:
Install tennis court bench with concrete footings as indicated in the construction
documents and per Manufacturer's recommendations.
3.06 TENNIS COURT WIND SCREEN:
Install tennis court wind screen at designated locations per Manufacturer's
recommendations.
3.07 BASEBALL BACK STOP:
Install baseball back stop with concrete footings as indicated in the construction
documents and per Manufacturer's recommendations.
3.08 SOFTBALL BACK STOP:
Install softball back stop with concrete footings as indicated in the construction
documents and per Manufacturer's recommendations.
3.09 DUGOUT BENCH:
Install dugout bench with concrete footings as indicated In the construction
documents and per Manufacturer's recommendations.
02346-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.10 BASES AND PITCHER'S MOUND:
Install bases and pitcher's mound with concrete footings as indicated In the
construction documents and per Manufacturer's recommendations.
3.11 SOCCER GOALS:
Install soccer goals with concrete anchor as indicated in the construction
documents and per Manufacturer's recommendations.
02346-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02600
IRRIGATION AND WATER SUPPLY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:
The General Conditions and all other Contract Documents for this project are
complementary and applicable to this section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, facilities, transportation and
services to complete all irrigation and water supply and related work as
shown on the Drawings andlor specified herein.
B. Work Included: Th,e general extent of the irrigation and water supply
work is shown on the Drawings and includes, but is not necessarily
limited to, the following:
C. It is the intention of this section of the Specifications, together with the
Drawings, to accomplish the work of installing an irrigation and water
supply system which will operate efficiently and provide adequate
coverage. The Drawings indicate the general arrangement of piping and
equipment, but do not necessarily indicate all offsets, fittings, and
accessories that may be required. The Contractor shall furnish any
incidental materials and labor not specifically called for but required to
complete the work inltended.
1.03 REGULATIONS:
A. All work and materials shall be in accordance with the National Electric
Code, the Uniform Plumbing Code, and other applicable State or local
02600-1
I
I
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
laws or regulations. (Nothing in these Drawings or Specifications is to be
construed to permit work not conforming to these Codes.)
1. The Contractor shall furnish any additional material and labor
required to comply with these rules and regulations, though the
work is not mentioned in these Specifications or shown in the
Drawings.
2. When the Drawings or Specifications call for materials or
construction of a better quality or larger size than required by the
above mentioned rules and regulations, the provision of the
Drawings or Specifications shall take precedence over the
requirements of the said rules and regulations.
B. Comply with all applicable OSHA requirements and with all applicable
regulations of other agencies having jurisdiction over the work.
1.04 PERMITS AND FEES:
The Contractor shall obtain all permits and pay all required fees to any
governmental agency having jurisdiction over the work and shall arrange for
inspections specified by local ordinances as necessary during the course of
construction.
1.05 INSPECTIONS AND TESTS:
A. Before commencing work, Contractor shall determine the water pressure
at the point of connection and notify the Engineer of this determination.
B. The Contractor shall be subject to inspections at any time by authorized
representatives of the City.
C. Whenever inspection of the irrigation and water supply work is required or
portions of the work are specified to be performed under the direction or
inspection of the En~~ineer the Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least
five (5) days in advance of the time such review or direction is required.
D. All irrigation and water supply lines shall be tested in the presence of the
Engineer and approved by the Engineer before any portion of the system
is backfilled. Contractor shall not allow any of his work to be covered or
enclosed until it hats been inspected, approved by the Engineer, the
Plumbing Inspector, and other governmental agencies having jurisdiction.
Should any of his work be enclosed or covered before such inspection and
testing, and approval he shall uncover the work at his own expense and
02600-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
after inspection mak.e all repairs necessary to restore his work and that of
other Contractors to its original condition.
E. Tests: All main lines shall be center loaded with valves installed and bells
and fittings completely visible. A water pressure of 150 p.s.i. shall be
applied and held for two and one-half (2-1/2) hours. All leaks shall be
repaired and all lines approved by the Engineer before any of the system
is backfilled.
F. Final Inspection: Contractor shall present for final review and approval by
Engineer a complete operating, clean, and balanced system which
adequately covers all intended areas. See parts 3.06 and 3.07 of this
section of the Specifications.
1.06 GUARANTEES:
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage or defects in the
irrigation system being installed and shall repair any and all components
of the system at his own expense, in a manner satisfactory to the
Engineer before final acceptance of the work.
B. Any existing building or other structure, material, equipment, paving,
planting, etc., dama~ged by the Contractor during the course of his work
shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor in a manner satisfactory to
the Engineer at the Contractor's own expense before the final payment is
made.
C. Damage by Leaks: The Contractor shall be responsible for damages to
any property or work caused by leaks in the piping systems being
installed, and shall repair, at his own expense and in a manner
satisfactory to the Engineer all damage caused.
D. The entire irrigation and water supply system shall be guaranteed in
writing against defects and faults of material and workmanship, for one (1)
year from the date of acceptance by the City. All materials used shall
carry a manufacturer's guarantee for the length of time specified by the
manufacturer, but in no case less than one (1) year.
E. Any damage due to any irrigation failures which may occur during a one
(1) year period after final acceptance shall be repaired by the Contractor
to the Engineer's satisfaction without expense to the City. Such repair
shall include, but not be limited to the complete restoration of all damaged
planting, paving, and other improvements of any kind.
02600-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.07 SUBMITTALS:
A. Record Drawings:
1. The Contractor shall maintain in good order in the field office one
complete set of all the irrigation drawings that form a part of this
contract. In the event any work is not installed as indicated on the
Drawings or in the Specifications, such work shall be indicated and
dimensioned accurately on these record drawings.
2. These drawings shall also serve as work progress sheets.
Contractor shall make neat, legible annotations thereon daily as the
work proceeds, showing the work, including the exact locations,
sizes, and kinds of equipment as actually installed. These
drawings shall be available at all times for inspection by Engineer.
3. On or before the date of the final inspection, the Contractor shall
deliver to the City a corrected, complete set of these as-built
drawings, which shall be on reproducible vellum or sepia prints of
the original irrigation drawings. Prints for preparing these as- built
record drawings may be obtained from the Engineer Delivery of
these drawinlgs to the City will not relieve the Contractor of the
responsibility of furnishing any required information.
B. Instructions: After the irrigation system has been installed and approved,
the Contractor shall instruct the Engineer on the complete operation and
maintenance of the system. Further, the Contractor shall supply the City,
before final payment is made, with all tools called for in the Drawings, with
operating instructions for all components of the irrigation system, and a
laminated map indicating irrigation stations and associated watering
zones.
1.08 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Examination and Verification of Drawings:
1. Before submitting a bid, each bidder shall: (1) carefully examine
the Drawings and specifications and (2) visit the site and fully
inform himself as to all existing conditions and limitations applying
to the work. Each bidder shall estimate and include in his bid a
sum sufficient to cover the cost of all items which are required to
complete the work intended.
02600-4
I
I
!I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2. The Irrigation Plan and the piping details are diagrammatic. Pipe
lines shown parallel in the Drawings may be placed in a common
trench, provid1ed that a minimum horizontal distance of three inches
(3") is maintained between buried lines.
3. Sprinkler heads are shown schematically. Discrepancies in
dimensions or sizes of areas to be irrigated shall be brought to the
attention of the Engineer prior to submission of bid. After such
time, intent of Engineer will govern all resolution of discrepancies.
B.
Changes: No changes to the work specified in the Drawings and
Specifications shall be made without the prior written approval of the
Engineer. The Contractor may propose substitutions of equipment equal
in quality and utility to that specified in the Drawings and Specifications.
Such proposed substitutions shall be made to the Engineer in writing prior
to installation.
C.
Safety: All work shall be performed in a safe manner. The Contractor
shall erect and maintain barricades, guards, warning signs and lights as
required for the protection of the public and workmen.
D.
Existing Utilities: Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to
existing utilities that results from his work, whether or not such utilities are
indicated on the Drawings. Prior to commencement of work, Contractor
shall locate all undE~rground utilities so that proper precaution may be
taken not to damage such improvements. Irrigation Contractor to
coordinate his work with others to avoid damage to utilities.
E.
Protection of the W'ork: The Contractor shall be responsible for any
damage to the irrigation and water supply work which occurs before final
acceptance. Securely cover all openings into the system and protect all
apparatus, equipment and appliances, both before and after they are set
in place, to prevent obstructions in the pipes, and breakage, misuse or
disfigurement of the apparatus, equipment or appliances.
F.
Equipment: The Contractor shall at all times furnish and maintain
sufficient equipment of the type necessary to perform the work of this
contract.
G.
Contractor to verify on site pressure and rate of flow prior to irrigation
system installation. Notify Engineer of pressure and flow rate prior to start
of installation.
02600-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 GENERAL:
All irrigation system components shall be new and without flaws or defects.
2.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS:
A. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe:
1. PVC pipe shall be free from blisters, internal striations, dents,
wrinkles, cracks, holes, and foreign materials. The interior wall shall
be smooth with glass-like appearance. All shall be pipes marked
continuously and permanently as to kind of pipe, material, size,
schedule or type, manufacturer's name, and manufacturer's quality
control identification.
2. Main line pipe 2-1/2" diameter and smaller shall be Schedule 40
solvent weld PVC. Main line pipe and fittings 3" diameter and
larger shall be class 200 ring-fitted type PVC. Ring fitted PVC shall
be thrust blocked per manufacturer's recommendations.
3. Lateral line (not under continuous pressure) shall be Schedule 40,
solvent weld PVC.
4. Lateral line passing under pavement shall be contained in Schedule
40 PVC sleeve minimum double the diameter of the lateral.
5. Pipe class, pressure, and fittings shall be as indicated In the
Drawings.
2.03 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES (RCV's) AND CONTROLLERS:
A. Remote control valves and controllers shall be as shown in the Drawings.
B. Electric Wire:
1. Electric Control Wire: Conductor shall be of electrical conductivity
grade copper in accordance with ASTM-3; shall be insulated with
the proper thickness of ICC-100 compounded insulation; and shall
withstand a crush test of a minimum of 5,000 pounds per square
inch. Control wire shall bear approval as U.L. Type UFo Wires
connecting each solenoid to the control panel shall be red for
02600-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
positive identification. All common return wiring shall be colored
white.
2. All 24-V line to be #14-1 AWG-UF Red. All 24-V common to be
#12-1 AWG-UF White.
3. All 24 volt splices to be made with a 3-M Co. #3577 splice kit.
2.04 SPRINKLER HEADS:
Sprinkler heads shall be as indicated in the Drawings.
2.05 BACKFILL:
A. Pervious backfill shall conform to the requirements of Section 19-3.065 of
the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
B. Where trenching is through existing paving areas, fill material shall be
structure backfill to conform to Section 19-3.06 of the Caltrans Standard
Specifications.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL:
A. Pipe Lines:
1. Layout:
a. Pipe lines shall be installed in approximately the locations
shown in the Drawings. However, for readability, the
Drawin~]s sometimes show pipes, valves, and other fixtures
in paved areas. In such cases, irrigation system
components shall be placed in the nearest adjacent planting
area whenever practical.
b. No line shall be installed parallel to and directly over another
line.
c. Pipe lines shall have a minimum horizontal clearance of
three inches (3") from each other and from any other pipe or
conduit line. When lines must cross, the angle shall be
02600-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
forty-five to ninety degrees (45 - 900), and a minimum of
three inches (3") vertical clearance shall be maintained.
2. All pipe shall be kept free of dirt and debris. Ream all pipe to
remove all bu rrs or scale.
3. Install pipe lines free from traps and air pockets.
4. Flushing: Flush all main lines before valves are installed, all
laterals when riser assemblies are in place, but before sprinkler
heads are installed, and all potable systems when complete.
Flushing shall be done with all water diverted from any opening in
the system.
5. Sleeves: Install pipe sleeves at all points where pipes pass through
concrete or masonry. In footings, allow one inch (1") clearance
around pipe, and in other locations allow one-half inch (1/2").
B.
Excavation and Backfill:
1. Contractor shall do all excavation and trenching necessary to
complete the work included in this section of the Specifications.
Trenching and backfilling shall conform to Section 20-5.03D of the
Caltrans Standard Specifications.
2. Mechanical trench diggers shall be of a type forming straight sided
trenches.
3. Trenches shall provide a minimum of 24" for main lines and 16" for
laterals from the top of the pipe to the ground surface above.
Trenches shall be no wider than is necessary.
4. After all irrigation and water supply system components have been
installed, inspected, tested, and approved, backfill trenches in
accordance with Section 19-3.06 of the Caltrans Standard
Specifications.
5. Compacted Fill Areas: Where trenches must be excavated in
compacted fill, these trenches shall be backfilled with the fill
materials excavated and recompacted in the layers and to the
density specified for the particular area.
02600-8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
6. Existing Paving: Where trenching is through existing paving,
Contractor shall replace pavement section to match adjacent
section in kind.
7. Settling: Bring all backfill flush with adjoining grade. All backfill
shall be firm and unyielding, with no visible settling.
C. Staking: Stake all ends of pipes, caps and ties, remote control valves, and
boxes which are buried and to be used in future work. Stake with one-half
inch (1/2") diameter by thirty-six inches (36") long galvanized iron pipe
capped at the surface end. Height of stake above grade shall be zero
inches (Oil) at turf and paved areas and two inches (2") at all other areas
unless shown othervllise.
3.02 PIPE INSTALLATION:
A. PVC Pipe:
1. Contractor shall exercise care in handling loading, unloading, and
storing PVC pipe and fittings.
2. Transportation: Transport pipe on a vehicle with a bed long enough
to allow pipe to be flat, to avoid undue bending or concentrated
external load. No dented or damaged pipe to be used.
3. Storage: Store pipe and fittings under canvas or opaque cover
allowing air circulation beneath. Place pipe on flat surface with
random lengths stacked separately. No stack shall be higher than
three (3) feet. No pipe shall be stored outside longer than 30 days.
4. Assembly: Assemble joints per manufacturer's recommendations.
Use 450 fittings for all changes in PVC pipe depth. Snake pipe from
side to side of trench bottom to follow for thermal expansion and
contraction. Center-load pipe with small amount of backfill to
prevent arching and whipping under pressure. Pipe line shall not
be tested until at least 48 hours have elapsed after solvent welding,
to allow for se1ting and curing.
5. The bottom of all trenches shall be free of rocks, clods, and other
sharp-edged objects.
6. Use a non-hardening pipe dope such as Permatex #2, on all
threaded plastic to galvanized steel joints.
02600-9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
7. Install main line ring fitted type PVC pipe with concrete thrust
blocks at every change in pipe direction, per manufacturer's
recommendation.
B. Galvanized Pipe: Install in conformance with Section 20-5.03A of the
Caltrans Standard Specifications. Secure fittings with teflon tape.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF REMOTE CONTROL VALVES, CONTROLLER, AND WIRING:
A. Install remote control valves and controller in locations shown in the
Drawings and according to the manufacturer's directions, including
complete electrical connections.
B. Remote Control Valves:
1. Install each valve in an individual valve box. Stencil controller
station numbE~r on each corresponding valve box lid.
2. Locate valves no closer than 13 inches from walk edges, buildings,
walls, header boards, or other structures. Where two or more valve
boxes are located together, place then in a neat, orderly alignment.
3. Thoroughly flush supply line before installing valves.
C. Control Wiring:
1. Install control wiring in trench for supply main. Tape wiring in a
bundle with plastic tape at ten-foot (10') intervals.
2. Splices are not allowed except at remote control valves.
3. Make splices and connections by crimping bare wires with brass
connectors and sealing with epoxy resin sealer packs.
4. Provide 24" excess length of control wire in each remote control
valve box and in 100 feet of run to the controller.
5. Sleeving: Control wiring under concrete, asphalt, or other masonry
shall be installed in schedule 40 PVC conduit - size as required.
Each end of sleeve shall extend six inches (6") beyond edge of
paving or structure above. Provide removable non-decaying plug
at each end of sleeve, to prevent entrance of earth.
02600-10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.04
6. Connect control wires to controller in sequential arrangement
according to identification number in the Drawings. Label each
controller station with permanent non-fading labels indicating
identification number of valve controlled.
INSTALLATION OF IRRIGATION HEADS:
A. General:
1. Thoroughly flush lines before installing sprinkler heads.
2. In sloping areas, install sprinkler heads in a vertical position unless
directed otherwise.
B. Turf Heads:
1. Locate lawn sprinkler heads as shown in the Drawings, and install
as detailed in the Drawings.
2. Install lawn sprinkler heads above finish grade initially. After the
second mowing of the turf, adjust pipe, fittings, valves, or sprinkler
heads as necessary to bring the irrigation system to the correct
grade.
3. Where lawn heads are adjacent to walls, curbs, paving, headers or
other structures, maintain one inch (1") horizontal clearance
between heads and such structures in order to facilitate power
edging.
4. Riser assemblies shall be as shown on the drawings and shall be
installed in a manner so that all joints are water tight.
C. Shrub Heads:
1. Top of heads on risers shall be set six inches (6") minimum
above finishE~d grade. Top of pop-up heads shall be six and
one half inches (6-1/2") minimum above finished grade when
heads are fully extended or twelve and one half (12-1/2'') on
12" pop-ups.
2. Maintain six inches (6'') horizontal clearance between risers
and edge of any paved area. Where fixed heads are located
adjacent to walls or other vertical elements, maintain six
inches (6'') horizontal clearance.
02600-11
I
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3. Riser assemblies shall be as shown on the drawings and shall
be installed in a manner so that all joints are water tight.
D. Bubbler Heads:
1. Install bubbler heads two inches (2") above finished grade
unless detailed otherwise in the Drawings.
2. Install bubbler heads twelve inches (12") in from edge of
planting arecl or in approximate center if only one in area.
3. Install bubbler heads in same relative position in each planting
area.
4. Riser assemblies shall be as shown on the drawings and shall
be installed in a manner so that all joints are water tight.
3.05 INSTALLATION OF OTHER WATER SYSTEM COMPONENTS:
A. Quick coupler Valve::;:
1. Thoroughly flush supply line before installing valves.
2. Install each valve in an individual valve box. Where two or more
boxes are located together, place them in neat, orderly alignment.
3. Locate valves no closer than 12 inches from walk edges, buildings,
walls, header boards, or other structures.
4. Riser assemblies shall be as shown on the drawings and shall be
installed in a manner so that all joints are water tight.
3.06 ACCEPTANCE OF IRRIGA.TION PORTIONS OF WORK:
A. The Contractor shall prepare the site for review by the Engineer as
specified in Part 3 of this section of the Specifications.
B. Ten (10) days prior to the completion of the planting portions of work, the
Contractor shall request in writing a review of the work by the Engineer. If,
upon review, the Engineer finds the irrigation portion of the work to be
complete, then writtl3n acceptance of the irrigation portions of the work
shall be given by the City. If approval and acceptance of the irrigation
portions of the work are not given, the Engineer shall prepare a "punch
02600-12
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
list" of items to be completed before acceptance of the irrigation portions
of the work is given. Acceptance shall only then be given upon verification
by the Engineer that the punch list items have been completed.
3.07 IRRIGATION SYSTEM MAIINTENANCE:
A. The Contractor shall provide continuous maintenance of the entire
irrigation system up ita and during the 90 day planting maintenance period
commencing upon the City's written acceptance of the irrigation portions
of the work.
B. Before beginning the maintenance program, the Contractor shall inspect
all systems and report damage or incorrect operation to the City. The
Contractor will be responsible for the operation of the irrigation system and
maintenance of sprinkler heads.
1. Specifically, he shall:
a. Repair and adjust all heads to maintain proper coverages.
b. Remove last head from each system and flush the lines if
required.
c. Repair and replace any equipment damaged, at the
Contraetor's expense.
d. Where the installed sprinkler system does not cover the area
adequately, the Contractor shall adjust the system to provide
full head to head coverage.
C. Ten (10) days prior to the end of the irrigation maintenance period, the
Contractor shall request in writing a final review of the work by the
Engineer. Final review shall be held within the final eight (8) days of the
irrigation maintenance period. If, upon review, the Engineer finds the work
to be complete, then final acceptance shall be given effective at the end of
the irrigation maintenance period. If approval and acceptance of the
irrigation maintenance period work is not given, the Engineer shall prepare
a "final punch list" of items to be completed before final acceptance is
given. Final acceptance shall then be given upon verification by the
Engineer that the punch list items have been completed. Upon
acceptance, Contractor to give City guarantee as specified in Section
1.06D.
02600-13
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
, I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02650
DRIP IRRIGATION AND WATER SUPPLY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DOCUMENTS:
The General Conditions and all other Contract Documents for this project are
complementary and applicable to this section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, facilities, transportation and
services to complete all drip irrigation and related work as shown on the
Drawings andlor specified herein.
B. Work Included: Thle general extent of the drip irrigation is shown on
the Drawings and includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the
following:
1. Backflow Prevention Device
2. Main Line
3. Lateral Line
4. Pressure Regulator
5. Time Clock
6. Riser Assemblly
7. Emitter or Bubbler
8. Distribution Tubing
9. Remote Control Valve
10. "Y" Filter
02650-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C. Purpose of Specification: It is the intention of these Specifications to
accomplish the work of installing a drip irrigation system which will operate
in an efficient mannE~r and provide adequate water. The plans indicate the
general arrangement of piping, tubing and equipment, and do not
necessarily indicate all offsets, fittings, and accessories that may be
required. The Contractor is to furnish incidental materials and labor not
specifically called for but required to complete work as intended.
1.03 REGULATIONS:
A. All work and materials shall be in accordance with the National Electric
Code, the Uniform Plumbing Code, and other applicable State or local
laws or regulations. (Nothing in these Drawings or Specifications is to be
construed to permit work not conforming to these Codes.)
1. The Contractor shall furnish any additional material and labor
required to comply with these rules and regulations, though the
work is not mentioned in these Specifications or shown in the
Drawings.
2. When the Drawings or Specifications call for materials or
construction of a better quality or larger size than required by the
above mentioned rules and regulations, the provision of the
Drawings and Specifications shall take precedence over the
requirements of the said rules and regulations.
B. Comply with all applicable OSHA requirements and with all applicable
regulations of other agencies having jurisdiction over the work.
1.04 PERMITS AND FEES:
The Contractor shall obtain all permits and pay all required fees to any
governmental agency having jurisdiction over the work and shall arrange for
inspections specified by local ordinances as necessary during the course of
construction.
1.05 INSPECTIONS AND TESTS:
A. Before commencing work, Contractor shall determine the water pressure
at the point of connection and notify the Engineer of this determination.
B. The Contractor shall be subject to inspections at any time by authorized
representatives of the City.
02650-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C. Whenever inspection of the irrigation and water supply work is required or
portions of the work are specified to be performed under the direction or
inspection of the En!~ineer the Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least
five (5) days in advance of the time such review or direction is required.
D. All irrigation and walter supply lines shall be tested in the presence of the
Engineer and approved by the Engineer before any portion of the system
is backfilled. Contractor shall not allow any of his work to be covered or
enclosed until it has been inspected, approved by the Engineer, the
Plumbing Inspector, and other governmental agencies having jurisdiction.
Should any of this work be enclosed or covered before such inspection,
and testing, and approval he shall uncover the work at his own expense
and after inspection make all repairs necessary to restore his work and
that of other Contractors to its original condition.
E. Tests: All main lines shall be center loaded with valves installed and bells
and fittings completely visible. A water pressure of 150 p.s.i. shall be
applied and held for two and one-half (2-1/2) hours. All leaks shall be
repaired and all lines approved by the Engineer before any portion of the
system is backfilled.
F. Reviews: In all cases where review of the drip irrigation work is required
andlor where portions of the work are specified to be performed under the
direction and/or observation of the Engineer, the Contractor shall notify the
Engineer five (5) days in advance of the time such observation and/or
direction is required.
G. System Flushing and Leak Test: The main line should be connected to
the filter. Then the main and lateral line flush valves should be opened,
allowing the system to flush until the water appears clean. Once the main
and lateral lines are flushed, the feeder lines should be flushed. Again,
allow water to flow until it appears clean.
If feeder lines with pre-installed emitters are being used, these should not
be connected to the riser until all main and lateral lines have been flushed.
The system should now be clean and full of water, with all flush valves
closed, the pressure should be raised to maximum (do not exceed the
pressure rating of the pipe or tube) and the entire piping system inspected
for leaks. Following this leak test, the main and lateral lines should be
buried.
H. Closing in Uninspect,ed Work: Contractor not to allow nor cause any of his
work to be covered or enclosed until it has been inspected, tested and
02650-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
approved by the Engineer the plumbing inspector, and by other
governmental agencies having jurisdiction. Should any of his work be
enclosed or covered before such inspection and testing, he shall uncover
the work at his own expense and after inspection to make all repairs
necessary and to mstore his work and that of other Contractors to its
original condition.
I. Final Inspection: Inrigation. When all work is complete and operating,
Contractor to clean and adjust all systems and to present for final
inspection a thoroughly workable, clean, and balanced system.
1.06 GUARANTEES:
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage or defects in the drip
irrigation system being installed and shall repair any and all components
of the system at its own expense, in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer
before final acceptance of the work.
B. Any existing building or other structure, material, equipment, paving,
planting, etc., dama!~ed by the Contractor during the course of his work
shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor in a manner satisfactory to
the Engineer at the Contractor's own expense before the final payment is
made.
C. Damage by Leaks: The Contractor shall be responsible for damages to
any property or work caused by leaks in the piping systems being
installed, and shall repair, at his own expense and in a manner
satisfactory to the Engineer all damage caused.
D. The entire irrigation and water supply system shall be guaranteed in
writing against defec1ts and faults of material and workmanship, for one (1)
year from the date of acceptance by the City. All materials used shall
carry a manufacturer's guarantee for the length of time specified by the
manufacturer, but in no case less than one (1) year.
E. Any damage due to any irrigation failures which may occur during a one
(1) year period after final acceptance shall be repaired by the Contractor
to the Engineer's satisfaction without expense to the City. Such repair
shall include, but not be limited to the complete restoration of all damaged
planting, paving, and other improvements of any kind.
F. Any settling or backfilled trenches which may occur during a one (1) year
period after final acc1eptance to be repaired to the Engineer's satisfaction
02650-4
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
by the Contractor without expense to the City, including the complete
restoration of all damaged planting, paving, or other improvements of any
kind.
1.07 SUBMITTALS:
A. Record Drawings:
1. The Contractor shall maintain in good order in the field office one
complete set of all the irrigation drawings that form a part of this
contract. In the event any work is not installed as indicated on the
Drawings or in the Specifications, such work shall be indicated and
dimensioned accurately on these record drawings.
2. These drawings shall also serve as work progress sheets.
Contractor shall make neat, legible annotations thereon daily as the
work proceeds, showing the work, including the exact locations,
sizes, and kinds of equipment as actually installed. These
drawings shall be available at all times for inspection by Engineer.
3. On or before the date of the final inspection, the Contractor shall
deliver to the City, a corrected, complete set of these as-built
drawings, which shall be on reproducible vellum or sepia prints of
the original irrigation drawings. Prints for preparing these as-built
record drawings may be obtained from the Engineer. Delivery of
these drawin~Js to the City will not relieve the Contractor of the
responsibility of furnishing any required information.
B. Instructions: After the irrigation system has been installed and approved,
the Contractor shall instruct the Engineer on the complete operation and
maintenance of the 8ystem. Further, the Contractor shall supply the City,
before final payment is made, with all tools called for in the Drawings and
with operating instructions for all components of the irrigation system.
1.08 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Examination and Verification of Drawings:
1. Before submitting a bid, each bidder shall: (1) carefully examine
the Drawings and Specifications and (2) visit the site and fully
inform himself as to all existing conditions and limitations applying
to the work. Each bidder shall estimate and include in his bid a
sum sufficient to cover the cost of all items which are required to
complete the work intended.
02650-5
I
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2. The Irrigation Plan and the piping details are diagrammatic. Pipe
lines shown parallel in the Drawings may be placed in a common
trench, provided that a minimum horizontal distance of three inches
(3") is maintained between buried lines.
3. Emitter heads are shown schematically. Discrepancies in
dimensions or sizes of areas to be irrigated shall be brought to the
attention of tile City's Representative prior to submission of bid.
After such time, intent of City's Representative will govern all
resolution of dliscrepancies.
B.
Changes: No changes to the work specified in the Drawings and
Specifications shall be made without the prior written approval of the
Engineer. The Contractor may propose substitutions of equipment equal
in quality and utility to that specified in the Drawings and Specifications.
Such proposed substitutions shall be made to the Engineer in writing prior
to installation.
C.
Safety: All work shall be performed in a safe manner. The Contractor
shall erect and maintain barricades, guards, warning signs and lights as
required for the protection of the public and workmen.
D.
Existing Utilities: Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to
existing utilities that results from his work, whether or not such utilities are
indicated on the Dratwings. Prior to commencement of work, Contractor
shall locate all underground utilities so that proper precaution may be
taken not to damage such improvements. Irrigation Contractor to
coordinate his work with others to avoid damage to utilities.
E.
Protection of the Wfork: The Contractor shall be responsible for any
damage to the irrigaition and water supply work which occurs before final
acceptance. Securely cover all openings into the system and protect all
apparatus, equipment and appliances, both before and after they are set
in place, to prevent obstructions in the pipes, and breakage, misuse or
disfigurement of the apparatus, equipment or appliances.
F.
Equipment: The Contractor shall at all times furnish and maintain
sufficient equipment of the type necessary to perform the work of this
contract.
02650-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 PLASTIC PIPE (PVC - POLYVINYL CHLORIDE):
A. Materials:
1. Plastic pipe to be polyvinyl chloride free from blisters, internal
striations, denits, wrinkles, cracks, holes, foreign materials and the
interior wall smooth with glass-like appearance. All pipes marked
continuously and permanently with manufacturer's name, kind of
pipe, material, size, schedule or type, and manufacturer's quality
control identification.
2. Main line plastic pipes and fittings shall be Schedule 40 PVC,
solvent weld, unless noted otherwise on the plans. (See legend.)
3. Lateral line shall be Class 200 solvent weld PVC with schedule 40
fittings.
B. Installation:
1. Plastic Pipe Assembly: The contractor to exercise care in handling,
loading, unloading and storing plastic pipe and fittings. The pipe
and fittings to be stored under canvas or opaque cover with air
circulation under sheet.
2. Transportation to be on a vehicle with a bed long enough to allow
the pipe to lay flat, to avoid undue bending or concentrated external
load. Pipe that has been dented or damaged to be repaired by
cutting out the dent or damaged section and rejoining with a
coupling.
3. Pipe to be placed on flat surfaces with random lengths stacked
separately. No stack higher than three feet (3') and stored outside
longer than thil1y (30) days.
4. Trench to provide a minimum of eighteen inches (18") for mains
and six inches (6") for laterals from the ground surface to the top of
the pipe. The bottom of the trench shall be free from rocks, clods,
and other sharp-edged objects. Joints to be assembled as per
manufacturer's recommendation. Pipe to be snaked from side to
side of trench bottom to allow for thermal expansion and
contraction. For all changes in depth of PVC pipe, 450 fittings shall
be used. Center-load pipe.
02650-7
I
I
I C.
D.
I E.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Emitter: Emitter shall be as shown on the irrigation legend.
Tubing: Distribution tubing shall be as shown on the plans and details.
Remote Control Valves and Controller:
1. Remote control valves and controller shall be as shown on the
legend and equipment list on the Drawings.
2. Electric Control Wire: Conductor shall be of electrical conductivity
grade copper in accordance with ASTM-3; shall be insulated with
proper thickness of ICC-100 compounded insulation; and shall
withstand a crush test of a minimum of five thousand (5,000)
pounds per square inch. Control wire shall bear approval as U.L.
Type UFo Wires connecting each solenoid to the control panel shall
be red for positive identification. All common return wiring shall be
colored white.
3. All 24-V line to be #14-1 AWG-UF Black. All 24-V common to be
#12-1 AWG-UF White.
4. All 24 volt splices to be made with a 3-M Co. #3577 splice kit.
5. Valve Assembly Unit:
a. Valve assembly unit shall consist of a control valve with built-
in pressure regulator and pressure gauge, plastic box, and
the nE~cessary fittings and pipe required for installation as
shown on the plans.
b. The pressure reducing valve body shall be manufactured of
brass or bronze and shall be capable of withstanding a
working pressure of 150 pounds per square inch. The valve
shall be equipped with a union and shall be regulated
between 35 and 40 pounds per square inch.
c. The filter shall be 'Y' type as shown on the legend and
details.
d. The pressure gauge case and window shall be
manufactured of polycarbonate resin. The gauge shall be
1-1/2 inches in diameter, shall be calibrated from 0 to 60
02650-8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
pounds per square inch in 2-pound increments, and shall be
complete with a black aluminum pointer.
e. The valve assembly unit components shall be of the same
size as the pipeline which said unit serves unless otherwise
shown on the plans.
f. Lateral lines shall be equipped with flush valves at the ends
of all lines. See legend.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL:
A. The Contractor to do all excavation and trenching necessary for the
installation of the wOlrk included in this section.
B. Trenches shall be no wider than is necessary.
C. Mechanical trench diggers shall be of an approved type with straight
sides.
D. Contractor to be responsible for any damage to existing pipe lines,
whether shown on Drawings or not, as installed by other Contractors on
the job.
E. After materials hav(~ been installed, inspected, tested and approved,
trenches to be backfilled to conform with the requirements of the following
Items F, G and H.
F. Structure backfill to Gonform to the requirements of Section 19-306 of the
Caltrans Standard Specifications, except that ponding and jetting in
planted areas' may be permitted to within twelve inches (12") of finish
grade.
G. Pervious backfill to conform to the requirements of Section 19-3.065 of the
Caltrans Standard Specifications.
H. Settling: All backfill to be flush with adjoining grade in a firm, unyielding
position with no visible settling.
02650-9
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.02 PIPE LINES:
A. Pipe lines to be installed in approximately the locations shown on the plan.
Where a pipe line is shown parallel and adjacent to a planted area, the
intent is that the pipE~ be installed in the planting area.
B. All pipe to be kept frree of dirt and debris. Pipe shall be reamed and any
burrs andlor scale removed.
C. Pipe lines to have a minimum horizontal clearance of three inches (3")
from each other and from any other pipe or conduit line. When lines must
cross, the angle shall be forty-five to ninety degrees (45 - 900) and a
minimum of three inches (3") vertical clearance to be maintained.
D. No line shall be installed parallel to and directly over another line.
E. Install pipe lines free from traps and air pockets.
F. Install pipe sleeves at all points where pipes pass through concrete or
masonry. In footin~ls, allow one inch (1 ") clearance around pipe, and in
other locations allow one-half inch (1/2").
G. Flush all main lines and laterals before valves are installed, but before
emitters are installed. with small amount of backfill to prevent arching and
whipping under pressure. The pipe line should not be tested until the
above has been accomplished and a period of at least forty-eight (48)
hours has elapsed for solvent weld setting and curing.
H. Distribution tubing shall be laid in such a manner as to be concealed by
mulch andlor soil to a minimum depth of 2". Tubing shall be secured with
appropriate staples so that it is held in place during repeated operations.
I. Coordinate drip location with plant location. Layout to be approved by
City's Representative prior to installation of planting or irrigation.
3.03 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES AND CONTROLLER:
A. Install in locations shown on Drawings and according to the
manufacturer's directions, including complete electrical connections.
B. Control wiring shall be installed in the same trench as the supply main.
Position of wiring in main as well as lateral trenches shall be as shown in
detail drawing in plans. Control wiring shall be taped into a bundle with
plastic tape at ten foot (10') intervals.
02650-10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C. Provide a twenty four inch (24") excess coil of control wire in each RCV
box and in each one hundred feet (100') of run to controller.
D. Splices not allowed except at RCV's.
E. Run one extra control wire per valve grouping.
3.04 STAKING:
Stake all ends of pipes, caps and ties, remote control valves and boxes which
are buried and to be used in future work. Stake with one-half inch (1/2") by
thirty-six inch (36") length fI.i. pipe capped at surface end. Height of stake above
grade to be two inches (2"), unless otherwise shown.
3.05 INSTALLATION OF OTHEH WATER SYSTEM COMPONENTS:
A. Quick Coupler ValvE!s:
1. Thoroughly flush supply line before installing valves.
2. Install each valve in an individual valve box. Where two or more
boxes are located together, place them in neat, orderly alignment.
3. Locate valves no closer than 12 inches from walk edges, buildings,
walls, header boards, or other structures.
3.06 ACCEPTANCE OF IRRIG)\TION PORTIONS OF WORK:
A. The Contractor shall prepare the site for review by the Engineer as
specified in Part 3 of this section of the Specifications.
B. Ten (10) days prior to the completion of the planting portions of work, the
Contractor shall request in writing a review of the work by the Engineer. If,
upon review, the Engineer finds the irrigation portion of the work to be
complete, then written acceptance of the irrigation portions of the work
shall be given by the City. If approval and acceptance of the irrigation
portions of the work are not given, the Engineer shall prepare a "punchlist"
of items to be completed before acceptance of the work is given.
Acceptance shall only then be given upon verification by the Engineer that
the punchlist items have been completed.
02650-11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.07 IRRIGATION SYSTEM MAINTENANCE:
A. The Contractor shall provide maintenance of the entire irrigation system
for a period of sixty (60) calendar days, commencing upon the City's
written acceptance of the irrigation portions of the work.
B. Before beginning the maintenance program, the Contractor shall inspect
all systems and report damage or incorrect operation to the City. The
Contractor will be responsible for operation of the irrigation system and
maintenance of sprinkler heads.
1. Specifically, the Contractor shall:
a. Repair and adjust all heads to maintain proper coverages.
b. Remove last head from each system and flush the lines if
requirE~d.
c. Repair and replace any equipment damaged, at the
Contractor's expense.
d. Where the installed sprinkler system does not cover the area
adequately, the Contractor shall provide his own sprinklers
and hoses to adequately water the area.
C. Ten (10) days prior to the end of the irrigation maintenance period, the
Contractor shall request in writing a final review of the work by the
Engineer. Final revirsw shall be held within the final eight (8) days of the
irrigation maintenance period. If, upon review, the Engineer finds the work
to be complete, then final acceptance shall be given effective at the end of
the irrigation maintlsnance period. If approval and acceptance of the
irrigation maintenance period work is not given, the Engineer shall prepare
a "final punch list" of items to be completed before final acceptance is
given. Final acceptance shall then be given upon verification by the
Engineer that the punchlist items have been completed. Upon
acceptance, contractor to give City guarantee as specified in Section 1.06
D.
02650-12
I
I
I
I
I
'1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02700
PREPARATION OF PLANTING AREAS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:
The General Conditions and all other Contract Documents for this project are
complementary and applicable to this Section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, facilities, transportation and
services to complete all planting area preparation and related work as
shown on the Drawings and/or specified herein.
B. Related Work: Planting covered by Section 02490 of the
Specifications.
C. Work Included: The general extent of the preparation of planting
areas is shown on the drawings and includes, but is not necessarily
limited to the following:
1.03 REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS:
Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: Comply with State of California
Administrative Code, Title 8, Industrial Relations, Chapter 4, Sub-chapter 4,
Construction Safety Orders, and with rules and regulations of all regulatory
agencies having jurisdiction over the project.
1.04 TESTS, INSPECTIONS AND SUBMITTALS:
A. Prior to commencing soil preparation operations, Contractor shall request
a review by the Landscape Architect to verify specified limits and grades
of work completed. If additional inspections or observations by the
Engineer are required as a result of Contractor's non-compliance with
these Specifications, Contractor shall pay for such additional inspections
or observations at no increase in contract sum.
02700-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B. If required on the plans, Contractor shall provide an agricultural suitability
test for all soil to be used in planting areas.
C. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer at least fourteen (14) days
prior to installation samples of materials for approval. For standard
products, also submit the manufacturers certified analysis. For other
materials, submit an analysis by a recognized laboratory made in
accordance with the current methods established by the Association of
Official Agricultural Chemists.
D. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer written certification stating
quantity, type, composition, weight and origin of all amendments and
chemicals delivered to the site for soil preparation work.
E. Verification of Material: The Contractor shall, upon demand, produce
records to verify the ordering and delivery of specified quantities and types
of material for this job.
1.05 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND JOB CONDITIONS:
A. Contractor shall exercise caution and provide necessary safeguards to
prevent injury to, or defacement of, existing site improvements, including
planting and underground utilities. Contractor shall repair or replace, at no
increase in contract sum, property damaged as a result of his work.
B. Before commencing site work, locate underground utilities in order to
preclude any possible damage. Do not use heavy equipment, which may
cause damage to existing facilities. Use hand excavation as required to
minimize the possibility of damage to underground utilities.
C. Equip internal combustion motors and compressors with mufflers. Do not
leave such equipment running under trees.
D. Areas to be planted shall be rough graded by the General Contractor.
Rough grades may vary within a tolerance of one-tenth of a foot (0.1 ') from
the finished grade elevations shown on the Drawings. Areas to be planted
shall be graded by the Contractor to the finish grades indicated on the
Drawings. Contractor shall grade landscape areas in such a manner as to
direct drainage away from buildings and walkways. Contractor shall grade
all landscape areas so as not to allow standing water. Minimum
percentage of slope to all landscape areas shall be two percent (2%).
Contractor shall notify Engineer prior to start of construction if he
anticipates any drainage problems.
02700-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
E. Before Proceeding With The Work: Contractor shall check rough-graded
areas and verify all dimensions and quantities. Contractor shall
immediately inform the Engineer of any discrepancy between the
Drawings and Specifications and actual conditions. Contractor shall
perform no work in any area where there is such a discrepancy until
approval has been given by the Engineer.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 TOPSOIL:
A. Topsoil shall consist of a fertile, friable soil of a loamy character,
which contains a normal amount of organic matter, without the
addition of humus or soil amendments. It shall be free of any refuse,
heavy or stiff clay, hard dirt clods, stones larger than one and
one-half inches (1-1/2-inch) in any dimension, roots larger than
three-quarters of an inch (3/4-inch) in diameter, noxious weeds,
Bermuda grass, nut grass, and other deleterious materials. Topsoil
shall also be free from toxic amounts of either acid or alkaline
chemicals and shall be capable of sustaining plant life.
B. Topsoil may be imported or may be obtained by selection from the
site if it meets the above requirements. Topsoil sample shall be
thoroughly wetted down and allowed to dry two (2) days prior to
inspection for approval. If required on plans, imported or site topsoil
shall be tested by an approved horticultural soil testing facility prior
to placement or delivery to site.
2.02 WOOD RESIDUAL SOIL AMENDMENT:
A. No amendment shall be delivered to the site without prior approval
by the Engineer or his appointed agent. Contractor shall supply
Engineer or his appointed representative with a sample of
amendment accompanied by analytical data from an approved
laboratory illustrating degree of compliance.
B. Wood residual soil amendments shall meet the following
requirements:
1) Gradation: A minimum of 90% of the material by weight shall
pass a %-inch screen. Material passing the %-inch screen
shall meet the following criteria:
02700-3
I
I
I
:1
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Percent Passing
Sieve Designation
85 - 100
50 - 80
0-40
9.51 mm (318-inch)
2.38 mm (No.8)
500 micron (No. 35)
2)
Organic content: Minimum 50% based on dry weight and
determined by ash method. Minimum 250 Ibs. Organic matter
per cubic yard of compost.
3)
Carbon to nitrogen ratio: Maximum 35:1 if materials claimed
to be nitrogen stabilized.
4)
5)
pH: 5.5 - 8.0 as determined in saturated paste.
Soluble salts: Soluble nutrients typically account for most of
the salinity levels but sodium should account for less than
25% of the total. To avoid a leaching requirement, the addition
of the compost shall result in a final Ece of the amended soil
of less than 4.0 dSlm @ 25 degrees C as determined in a
saturation extract. Use the following table to determine the
maximum allowable Ece (dSlm of saturation extract) of
compost at desired use rate and allowable Ece increase.
Desired Use Rate Maximum Allowable Ece Increase
from Amendment
Cu. Yds. Volume
Amendment per Percentage 1 dS/m 2 dS/m 3 dS/m
1000sq. ft. for of
incorporation to Amendment
6-inch depth
Maximum Ece of Compost
1 5 14 28 42
2 11 7 14 21
3 16 5 9.5 14
4 22 3.5 7 10.5
5 27 3 5.5 8.5
6 32 2.5 4.5 7
Example: Specification calls for 6 cu. Yards compost per 1000
sq. ft. for incorporation to 6-inch depth, and site soil has an
Ece of 2.0. In order to avoid exceeding Ece of 4 in final blend,
compost Ece should be less than 4.5 dSlm.
02700-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
6) Moisture content: 35-60%
7) Contaminants: The compost shall be free of contaminants
such as glass, metal and visible plastic.
8)
Maturity:
include:
color:
odor:
Physical characteristics suggestive of maturity
dark brown to black
acceptable = none, soil-like, musty or moldy
unacceptable = sourr ammonia or putrid
particle
characterization: Identifiable wood pieces are acceptable but
the balance of material should be soil-like without
recognizable grass or leaves.
2.03 COMMERCIAL FERTILIZER:
A. Commercial fertilizer shall be commercially processed fertilizer per the
Drawings and shall conform to applicable requirements of agricultural laws
and regulations of the State of California.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 CLEARING:
A. In all areas to be planted, remove and properly dispose of all rocks and
paving materials over one inch (1-inch) in any dimension, and all weeds,
debris and other unwanted or noxious material.
3.02 SOIL PREPARATION:
A. Soil Moisture Content: Do not work soil when moisture content is so great
that excessive compaction will occur, or when the soil is so dry that clods
will not break readily or dust will form in the air. Apply water as required to
prevent the formation of an airborne dust nuisance and to provide ideal
soil moisture content for tilling.
B. Subgrade Scarification: All areas to be planted shall be cross-ripped
and scarified to a minimum depth of 8 rr prior to planting. Following
ripping and scarifying, all areas to be planted shall be tilled to break
down clods. Any rocks over one inch (1-inch) in any dimension,
gravel, and miscellaneous debris shall be removed. Any areas
which, subsequent to initial ripping, become recompacted as a result
02700-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
of having been subjected to vehicular traffic shall be re-ripped before
placement of topsoil.
C. Import topsoil Layer: All areas to be planted shall finish with import
topsoil placed to eighty percent (80%) maximum relative compaction,
as determined by Test Method No. California -216. Minimum depth of
topsoil shall be six inches (6-inches) unless indicated otherwise in
the Drawings.
D. Incorporate commercial fertilizer and soil amendments as specified,
cultivate top six inches (6-inches) of soil in all areas, and remove all sticks,
stones over one inch (1-inch) in any dimension, roots, weeds and other
foreign material. All areas shall be hand graded and smoothed. Topsoil is
not required on slopes steeper than 2: 1 .
3.03 FINISH GRADING:
A. After completion of pavements and structures, areas to be planted shall be
graded and shaped by blading, dragging, and other means. Finished
surfaces shall be uniform and smooth and shall conform to slopes and
finish grades indicated on the Drawings after soil preparation, settlement,
and planting have occurred. Minor adjustments to finish grades shall be
made at the direction of the Engineer if required.
B. Finished grades shall provide for surface drainage of planting areas.
Contractor shall correct drainage condition which may be detrimental to
the growth of plants or which result in retention of water in tree pits.
C. Finished grades of planting areas shall be one inch (1") below adjacent
pavement or tops of curbs after settlement.
D. Tops and toes of all slopes shall be rounded to produce a smooth,
continuous, and natural-appearing transition between slopes and relatively
level areas.
E. Finish grading shall direct water away from all structures and walks.
F. Contractor shall obtain approval by Engineer for finish grades before any
planting begins.
02700-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02710
PLANTING (SEEDED TURF)
PART I - GENERAL
1.01 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:
The General Conditions and all other Contract Documents for this project are
complementary and applicable to this section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, facilities, transportation and
services to complete all planting and related work as shown on the
Drawings and/or specified herein.
B. Work included: The general extent of the planting is shown on the
Drawings and includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the
following:
C. Related work: Preparation of planting areas covered by Section 02700 of
the Specifications.
1.03 REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS:
A. Plant materials shall meet or exceed the American Nurserymen
Association standards, as specified in the current edition of American
Standard for Nursery Stock published by the American Association of
Nurserymen, Inc. Provide plant materials in accordance with applicable
California Agricultural Codes.
02710-1
I
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies:
1. Provide certificates of inspection of landscape materials with
shipments as required by governmental authorities. Comply with all
applicable Federal, State and County regulations governing
landscape materials. Inspection by Federal or State Governments
at place of growth does not preclude rejection of plants at project
site.
2. Comply with State of California Administrative code, Title 8,
Industrial Relations, Chapter 4, Subchapter 4, Construction Safety
Orders, and with rules and regulations of all regulatory agencies
having jurisdiction over the work:
1.04 INSPECTIONS:
A. All reviews by the Engineer of planting work shall be requested by the
Contractor at least two (2) working days prior to anticipated review.
B. The Contractor shall request a review by the Engineer at the following
points in the progress of the work.
1. Before planting, plants to be reviewed shall be set out in their
containers, in place according to the Planting Plan, before the
Engineer's arrival at the site.
2. Upon completion of planting.
3. Upon completion of the plant establishment period.
The Engineer reserves the right to inspect trees, shrubs, and
groundcover further for size and condition of root systems and for
injuries and latent defects and to reject unsatisfactory or defective
plant material at any time during the progress of the work. In
particular the Engineer reserves the right to require washing of the
root ball of plant materials to inspect for root girdling or root-bound
conditions. Washed or rejected plants shall be removed
immediately from the site.
C. The Contractor shall schedule his work so that the Engineer's review of
the quality, size, variety, placement, and orientation of all plants can be
accomplished in a single trip to the site, or in one trip for each planting unit
if the Drawings divide the plant list into planting units.
02710-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D. No plant material shall be planted until the Engineer has approved its
quality and placement.
E. The plant establishment period shall begin upon approval by the Engineer
of the planting work. The Engineer shall give such approval if, upon
review, he finds the work complete and in compliance with the Drawings
and Specifications.
F. No additional planting inspection trips will be made, nor shall any
extension of contract time be allowed, due to rejected materials or the
failure of the Contractor to schedule his work properly or to comply with
the requirements of this section of the Specifications. Engineer to review
replacement material prior to installation.
1.05 SUBMITTALS:
A. Submit to Engineer certificates of inspection required by law for
transportation of plant materials to the site.
B. Submit to the Engineer duplicate signed copies of statement from the
vendor certifying that each container of turf seed delivered to the site is
fully labeled in accordance with the Federal Seed Act and that the seed
meets the requirements specified in the Drawings and Specifications.
C. Submit to the Engineer samples and certified analysis of mulch, fertilizer,
pre-emergent herbicide, or other materials for approval before delivery to
the site. For standard products, submit the manufacturer's analysis. For
all other materials submit an analysis made by a recognized laboratory in
accordance with the current methods of the Association of Official
Agricultural Chemists.
D. Samples and Analysis of Material: The Engineer reserves the right to take
and analyze samples of materials for conformity to Specifications at any
time. Furnish samples of materials to the Engineer upon request.
Immediately remove rejected materials from the site.
E. Verification of material: The Contractor shall, upon demand, produce
records to verify the ordering and delivery of specified quantities and types
of material for this job.
F. If Contractor wishes to substitute plants for those indicated in the
Drawings, he shall submit a list of the proposed substitutions to the
Engineer at least thirty (30) days before beginning work covered by this
02710-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
section of the Specifications. Substitute plants will be acceptable only if
specified plants are proven unavailable or unacceptable to the Engineer.
1.06 GUARANTEES AND REPLACEMENTS:
A. All plant material shall be guaranteed to be in good, healthy, and
flourishing condition of active growth at the end of one growing year from
the date of final acceptance by the Engineer of the planting work.
B. Delay in the completion of planting operations which extends the work into
more than one planting season shall extend the guarantee period
correspondingly.
C. Plants shall be free of dead branches and dead branch tips, and shall
have foliage of normal density, size and color, in order to be considered
vigorous and thriving. Root-bound condition will not be acceptable.
D. Dead plants and plants not in a vigorous, thriving condition as determined
by the Engineer shall be replaced as soon as weather conditions permit,
at no increase in the Contract Amount.
E. Provide replacement plants of comparable quality, type, and size for
plants which fail for any reason.
1.07 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Personnel: Planting and/or seeding shall be performed by personnel
familiar with planting procedures and under the supervision of a qualified
planting foreman. The planting foreman shall be on the job site whenever
planting is in progress.
B. Equipment:: The Contractor shall at all times furnish and maintain
sufficient equipment as necessary to perform the work of this contract.
Such equipment shall be subject to inspection and approval by the
Engineer.
C. Plant List: The Contractor shall furnish the quantities and sizes of material
necessary to complete the job as shown on the planting plan. The Plant
List, if included, is for the Contractor's convenience only, and any
discrepancies with the plans shall not entitle the Contractor to additional
ren umeration.
D. Verify that landscape irrigation work has been completed, reviewed and
approved by Engineer prior to beginning work of this Section.
02710-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
E.
Utilities: Prior to cutting into the soil, locate all underground cables,
conduits, sewers, and other utilities and take proper precautions so as not
to damage or disturb such improvements. If a conflict exists between
such obstacles and the proposed work, promptly notify the Architect.
Proceed in the same manner if rock or any other condition encountered
underground makes changes advisable. If possible, rock and other
underground obstructions shall be removed to depth necessary to permit
proper planting. Where such obstructions cannot be removed, plant
locations shall be adjusted by the Engineer or his authorized
representative. Contractor to be responsible for the repair of any
damaged utilities caused by his negligence during planting operations.
F.
Water Lines: Obtain permission from City before shutting off water lines.
Keep disruptions of existing systems to a minimum. Repair any damaged
water lines caused by planting operations.
G.
For identification purposes, flag or stake existing valve boxes and sleeves,
c1eanouts, junction boxes, and similar structures before beginning work
under this section of the Specifications, and maintain such flags or stakes
until final inspection.
H.
Maintenance Before Planting: Protect and maintain according to good
horticultural practices, all plant material delivered to the site. Proper
maintenance between delivery and planting shall include watering and
feeding as necessary and providing protection from animals, wind,
excessive sun, and vandals. Store shade plants in the shade and sun
plants in the sun.
I.
Handling of Plant Materials: Plants shall not be handled by stems, trunks
or tops, but only by the container. No plant shall be bound with wire or
rope at any time so as to damage the bark or break the branches.
J.
Protection of Existing Site Improvements:
I. Contractor shall exercise caution and provide necessary
safeguards to prevent damage to existing site improvements,
including planting. Contractor shall repair or replace, at no increase
in Contract Sum, property damaged as a result of his work.
2. If existing tree roots over one inch (1") in diameter are cut during
the course of the work, the cut faces shall be thoroughly coated
with emulsified asphalt made especially for use on cut or damaged
02710-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
plant tissues. Exposed roots shall be covered with wet burlap to
prevent them from drying out.
K. Abbreviations:
Gal. = gallon can (plant)
G.C. = gallon can (plant)
O.C. = on center (spacing)
L. The Engineer reserves the right to make substitutions, additions and
deletions to the planting scheme when he deems it necessary as the work
progresses on the site. Plant materials acquired through additions or
substitutions will be subject to all conditions and guarantees herein
specified.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 GENERAL:
Water shall be furnished by the City. All other materials shall be provided by the
Contractor and shall meet the requirements specified in this section and in the
"Preparation of Planting Areas" section of the Specifications.
2.02 PLANTS:
A. Quality and Size: Plants shall be vigorous and of normal habit of growth
and shall be free of girdling roots, disease, insects, insect eggs and
larvae. Trees shall have straight trunks with the leader intact, unless
otherwise specified. All abrasions and cuts shall be completely calloused
over. Plants shall be of standard size for container and species, unless
specified otherwise in the Drawings. Any undersized material will be
rejected. The heights of plants and of branching shall be measured when
the branches are in normal positions. Plants shall not be pruned prior to
delivery, except upon special approval.
B. Nomenclature: Plant names used in the Drawings and Specifications
conform to Standardized Plant Names, by the Joint Committee on
Horticultural Nomenclature. Names of varieties not included therein
conform generally to names accepted in the nursery trade.
C. Plant labels: Plant labels shall identify a typical sample of each species
and variety.
02710-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D.
Substitutions: Substitutions are not desired. When substitutions are
allowed, all requirements of the plant shall be met, and in no case shall
substitutions be made without the written approval of the Engineer.
E.
Except for turf, annuals, cuttings, and balled or bareroot stock, plants shall
have been grown in a nursery under climatic conditions similar to those in
the locality of the project for at least one (1) year prior to delivery to the
site. Boxed trees shall be well established in boxes before delivery to the
site. Balled stock shall be freshly dug. The bailor balled stock shall have
the original soil in which it was grown, without addition, the balls shall be
whole and intact, and not broken on arrival at the site. Burlap used shall
be of sufficient size to enclose the complete dirt ball and shall be tied
securely with stout twine. Balled stock or bare root stock may be furnished
where canned containers are specified, only with approval by the
Engineer.
F.
Plants Reserved at Nursery: The Engineer may tag certain plant materials
to be purchased by Contractor for use in this project. Tagged plants,
together with the name of the nursery, are indicated on the Drawings.
Conditions of these Specifications, including guarantee, apply to such
plants.
G.
Container stock shall be delivered to the site in first-class condition.
Plants requiring support shall have small stakes in containers.
H.
Turf Seed:
1. Seed shall be fresh, clean, and new crop. Any seed which has
become wet, moldy, or is otherwise damaged in transit or storage
will not be acceptable. The minimum percentage by weight of pure,
live seed shall be eighty-eight percent (88%). Material other than
live seed shall not exceed twelve percent (12%), including all
nonviable seed, chaff, hulls, harmless inert matter, and other
materials in the mixture. The mixture shall not contain more crop
seed, weed seed, or inert matter than the following:
Crop seed
Weed seed
Inert matter
1.00%
0.20%
3.50%
2. All seed shall be furnished in sealed, standard containers, unless
exception is granted in writing by the Engineer. The dealer may
mix the seed provided a guaranteed statement of composition of
02710-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
mixture percentages of purity and germination of each variety is
attached to the sealed container.
3. All seed used shall be labeled in accordance with the U.S.
Department of Agriculture Rules and Regulations under the Federal
Seed Act in effect on the date of the Notice to Bidders. The
Engineer shall be furnished with duplicate signed copies of a
statement from the vendor certifying that each container of seed
delivered is fully labeled in accordance with the Federal Seed Act
and is at least equal to the requirements above. This certification
shall appear on, or with, all signed copies of invoices for the seed.
Each lot of seed shall be subject to sampling and testing by the
Engineer.
4. The seed shall be pre-treated with a pre-emergence fungus
preventative such as "Thiram" in accordance with manufacturer's
specifications.
I. Lawn seed for reseeding shall match existing sod or seed mixture.
2.03 STAKING AND GUYING MATERIALS:
A. Stakes shall be free of splits and knots and shall be treated with wood
preservative. See drawings for staking details.
B. Ties shall be corded rubber, a minimum of sixteen inches by (16" X 1"),
attached to stakes per the Drawings.
C. Fabric rubber hose of required diameter shall be used to cover wire at
points of contact with plant.
D. Eye bolts shall be one-half inch (%") hot dip galvanized.
2.04 FERTILIZERS, CHEMICALS, AND AMENDMENTS:
A. Commercial fertilizer shall be commercially processed fertilizer per the
Drawings and shall conform to applicable requirements of agricultural laws
and regulations of the State of California. Fertilizer used in the plant
establishment period shall furnish the percentages of nitrogen, phosphoric
acid, and potassium required to keep all plants on the site in a healthy and
vigorous growing condition.
B. Planting tablets shall be Agriform "Blue Chip" weighing 21 grams each, or
approved equal.
02710-8
I
I
I
I
I
'1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C. Chemicals shall be Best, Ortho, or as approved by Engineer. Insecticides,
fungicides, herbicides shall be of the best quality obtainable and shall be
brought to the job site in the original manufacturer's containers, properly
labeled with guaranteed analyses.
D. Wood residual soil amendments shall be as specified in the Drawings and
in Part 2.02 of the "Preparation of Planting Areas" section of these
specifications.
2.05 TOPSOIL:
Topsoil shall be as specified in Section 02700 Part 2.01 of the "Preparation
of Planting Areas" section of these specifications.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL OPERATIONS:
A. The term "planting areas" means all areas to be planted with trees,
shrubs, groundcover, or turf.
B. Weather: No planting shall occur during weather conditions which will
adversely affect materials nor when soil is in a muddy condition.
3.02 PREPARATION OF PLANTING AREAS:
Preparation of planting areas, including clearing, finish grading, soil preparation
watering and spraying shall be as specified in the "Preparation of Planting Areas"
section of these Specifications.
3.03 BLANK
3.04 PLANTING OF TREES AND SHRUBS:
A. Plant locations shown on the Planting Plan are relative and the Engineer
may make adjustments in the location of plants in order to achieve the
intended results. Where possible, the Contractor shall locate shrubs no
closer than two feet (2') and trees no closer than four feet (4') to
pavements or structures.
B. Plant holes shall be dimensioned as shown in the Drawings, or at least
twice the width and one times the depth of the rootball. Plant holes shall
02710-9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
be roughly cylindrical. The walls and bottoms of plant holes shall be
scarified.
C.
Proper drainage of plant pits is necessary. The Contractor shall inform the
Engineer if any subsoil conditions cause the retention of water in plant
holes for than twenty-four (24) hours, and shall submit proposals for
correcting such drainage conditions before proceeding with planting.
Planting under such conditions may not proceed without the approval of
the Engineer.
D.
Plants shall be carefully removed from containers. All tin containers, other
than knockout cans, shall be cut on two sides to facilitate removal of
plants with as little disturbance as possible to the root ball. Cans shall be
cut with can cutters or similar equipment. In no case shall cans be broken
open with an ax, mattock, or similar article.
E.
If plants do not have young feeder roots showing at the edge of the
container, loosen their roots and cut in a few places to encourage new
feeder root development along the perimeter of the rootball.
F.
Soil excavated from plant holes, if suitable as topsoil and approved by the
Engineer or his authorized representative, may be re-used for planting
operations. If unsuitable soil is encountered in excavation, such soil shall
be removed from the site and a sufficient amount of approved topsoil for
installing plant material shall be provided.
G.
Shrubs and trees shall be set true and plumb with the top of the plant ball,
as grown in the nursery can container. The top of the plant ball shall be
set approximately one-half inch above the finish grade of the planting
area. The Contractor shall be responsible for any settling and shall raise
and replant any plants whose crown settles below the finish grade.
H.
Place backfill in bottom of plant hole after making sure base of hole is
loose enough for good drainage. After placing plant ball as detailed, firm
backfill around ball or roots of plant and water thoroughly.
I.
Except where a plant is in a lawn area or where a single plant space is
otherwise edged, form a berm or ridge of soil in a neat circle at the
drip-line of each tree and shrub, to facilitate watering and hold top mulch.
J.
Immediately after planting, securely stake or guy all trees in accordance
with the tree planting details. Place each tie as shown in details, in a figure
eight pattern with a loop large enough to allow for two (2) years' growth.
02710-10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
K. After planting, prune back trees and shrubs approximately ten percent
(10%) as directed by the Engineer. No pruning shall be done without
inspection and approval by the Engineer.
3.05 GROUNDCOVER:
A. Groundcover plants shall be placed in a triangular pattern. The on-center
dimension given in the Drawings for plant spacing is a maximum
dimension.
B. After planting, water thoroughly. Mulch areas between groundcover plants
as specified in the Drawings.
3.06 SEEDED TURF:
A. Upon delivery to the site, store. seed containers in a dry, damp-proof
storehouse. Withdraw no more than the amount of seed that can be
spread before quitting time each day. Unspread seed that is not returned
to the storehouse overnight will be rejected.
B. Prepare the turf seed bed as specified in the "Preparation of Planting
Areas section of these Specifications. To ensure proper surface drainage,
prepare and maintain, throughout the course of the work, an even finished
grade with no local ridges or depressions. The surface of the seed bed
shall be friable, loose, and free of weeds, rocks, and earth clods at the
time of seeding.
C. Seeding:
1. Sow seed during a windless period using a proper seeder. Sow
seed uniformly over the seed bed as follows: Sow one-half (1/2) of
the specified amount in one direction and the remaining half (1/2) at
right angles to the first direction.
2. Apply specified amount of fertilizer uniformly over the seed bed.
3. Lightly rake surface to cover seed and to mix it with fertilizer, and
then compact with a 200 lb. roller.
4. Wet seeded lawn slowly but thoroughly, and keep lawn moist, but
not saturated, at all times until the grass is up.
5. Reseed all bare spots at intervals until a full stand of grass is
established over the entire lawn area.
02710-11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D. Protection: Protect turf areas with temporary fencing as necessary.
Maintain protective barriers in orderly condition and repair any damage to
turf until turf planting work has been accepted by the Engineer.
E. Mowing: Whenever the grass reaches a height of three inches (3") mow
to one and one-half inches (1-1/2") and remove all clippings.
3.07 ESTABLISHMENT OF PLANTING:
A. The Contractor shall provide, until final acceptance of project, or the
beginning of the maintenance period, maintenance of all plants and
planted areas. Maintenance operations shall include watering, weeding,
replanting, fertilizing, and any other operations necessary to maintain plant
health and vigor, including treatment for fungus, diseases, insect pests, or
rodents.
B. Following planting and initial watering, water all plants and planted areas
as necessary to keep the ground moist from the surface to well below the
root systems. Hand-water planted areas not covered by the sprinkler
system. Do not wet the foliage of trees, shrubs, or ground cover when it is
exposed to hot sun.
C. Protection: The Contractor shall protect all plants and planted areas
against trespassing and damage at all times. If any plants are injured, they
shall be treated or replaced as required by the Engineer. No work shall be
executed in, over, or adjacent to planted areas without proper safeguards
and protection.
D. Any plant indicating weakness or probability of dying shall be replaced
immediately by the Contractor at his expense.
E. Trees and Shrubs:
1. Plant basins shall be kept in good repair.
2. Any plants blown over shall be replanted and restaked.
3. Any plants which settle below the specified level of planting shall be
taken up and replanted at the proper level.
4. Any tree ties that are too tight or too loose shall be adjusted.
02710-12
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
5. Remove lawn from twelve-inch (12") diameter circle around the
base of each tree in lawn area.
F.
Ground Cover: One week before review by the Engineer, give all
groundcover areas a feeding of commercial fertilizer as specified.
G.
Turf Areas:
1. Maintenance operations shall include re-seeding, mowing
(including trimming and edging), and rolling, in addition to those
operations specified above for all planted areas.
2. Whenever the turf reaches a height of three inches (3"), mow to
one and one-half (1 %") and remove all clippings.
3. One week before final inspection, give all turf areas a feeding of
fertilizer as specified.
4. Turf areas shall be mowed, watered, free of weeds, and in a neat
and orderly condition for final inspection.
H.
All planted areas shall be watered, cleared of weeds and debris, and
presented in neat and orderly condition for final inspection.
I.
Clean-up:
1. All clippings, trimmings, cuttings, trash, rubbish, and debris shall be
promptly removed from the site.
2. All planted areas, adjacent paved areas, and areas next to
buildings, fences, benches, or other structures and site furnishings
shall be kept free of weeds, litter, rocks, glass and debris.
3. All joints in paved areas shall be kept weeded.
4. Bark, sand, and gravel areas shall be raked as required to keep
them free of foreign material.
5. Paved areas shall be swept and cleared as necessary to remove
any bark, sand, gravel, soil, or dirt that might be washed onto such
areas from adjacent planted areas.
02710-13
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.08 ACCEPTANCE OF PLANTING PORTIONS OF WORK:
A. The contractor shall prepare the site for review by the Engineer as
specified in part 3.07 of this section of the Specifications.
B. In order to qualify for acceptance, the turf must be in a healthy, vigorous
condition, and completely filled in with no bare spots. The turf shall have
been mown twice as required in Item 3.06.E of this section of these
specifications. Weeds shall be sprayed with a broad leaf herbicide and
shall be less than 5% of turf stand.
C. Ten (10) days prior to the completion of the planting portions of work, the
contractor shall request in writing a review of the work by the Engineer. If,
upon review, the Engineer finds the planting portion of the work to be
complete, and the plant material to be in a good, healthy condition, and all
landscape areas to be weed-free and in a neat, orderly condition, then
written acceptance of the planting portions of the work shall be given by
the City. If approval and acceptance of the planting portions of the work is
not given, the Engineer shall prepare a "punch list" of items to be
completed before acceptance of the planting portions of the work is given.
Acceptance shall only then be given upon verification by the Engineer that
the punch list items have been completed.
3.09 PLANT MAINTENANCE PERIOD:
A. Refer to Section 02900 for Maintenance Period Requirements.
02710-14
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02720
PLANTING (SODDED TURF)
PART I - GENERAL
1.01 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:
The General Conditions and all other Contract Documents for this project are
complementary and applicable to this section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, facilities, transportation and
services to complete all planting and related work as shown on the
Drawings and/or specified herein.
B. Work includE~d: The general extent of the planting is shown on the
Drawings and includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the
following:
C. Related work: Preparation of planting areas covered by Section 02700 of
the Specifications.
1.03 REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS:
A. Plant materials shall meet or exceed the American Nurserymen
Association standards, as specified in the current edition of American
Standard for Nursery Stock published by the American Association of
Nurserymen, Inc. Provide plant materials in accordance with applicable
California Agricultural Codes.
02720-1
I
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies:
1. Provide certificates of inspection of landscape materials with
shipments as required by governmental authorities. Comply with all
applicable Federal, State and County regulations governing
landscape materials. Inspection by Federal or State Governments
at place of growth does not preclude rejection of plants at project
site.
2. Comply with State of California Administrative code, Title 8,
Industrial Relations, Chapter 4, Subchapter 4, Construction Safety
Orders, and with rules and regulations of all regulatory agencies
having jurisdiction over the work.
1.04 INSPECTIONS:
A. All reviews by the Engineer of planting work shall be requested by the
Contractor at least two (2) working days prior to anticipated review.
B. The Contractor shall request a review by the Engineer at the following
points in the progress of the work.
1. Before planting, plants to be reviewed shall be set out in their
containers, in place according to the Planting Plan, before the
Engineer arrival at the site.
2. Upon completion of planting.
3. Upon completion of the plant establishment period.
C. The plant establishment period shall begin upon approval by the Engineer
of the planting work. The Engineer shall give such approval if, upon
review, he finds the work complete and in compliance with the Drawings
and Specifications.
D. No additional planting inspection trips will be made, nor shall any
extension of contract time be allowed, due to rejected materials or the
failure of the Contractor to schedule his work properly or to comply with
the requirements of this section of the Specifications. Engineer to review
replacement material prior to installation.
02720-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.05 SUBMITTALS:
A. Submit to Engineer certificates of inspection required by law for
transportation of plant materials to the site.
B. If the plans specify seeded turf, submit to the Engineer duplicate signed
copies of statement from the vendor certifying that each container of turf
seed delivered to the site is fully labeled in accordance with the Federal
Seed Act and that the seed meets the requirements specified in the
Drawings and Specifications.
C. Submit to the EngineE~r samples and certified analysis of mulch, fertilizer,
pre-emergent herbicide, or other materials for approval before delivery to
the site. For standard products, submit the manufacturer's analysis. For
all other materials submit an analysis made by a recognized laboratory in
accordance with the current methods of the Association of Official
Agricultural Chemists.
D. Samples and Analysis of Material: The Engineer reserves the right to take
and analyze samples of materials for conformity to Specifications at any
time. Furnish samples of materials to the Engineer upon request.
Immediately remove rejected materials from the site.
E. Verification of material: The Contractor shall, upon demand, produce
records to verify the ordering and delivery of specified quantities and types
of material for this job.
F. If Contractor wishes to substitute plants for those indicated in the
Drawings, he shall submit a list of the proposed substitutions to the
Engineer at least thirty (30) days before beginning work covered by this
section of the Specifications. Substitute plants will be acceptable only if
specified plants are proven unavailable or unacceptable to the Engineer.
G. Upon receipt of contract from the City, the Contractor is to immediately
purchase all container grown plant material for the project and hold said
material at the nursery until installation. Contractor to submit progress
billings to City, showing evidence of purchase of plant material. Plant
material shall be available at any time during the Contract for inspection
by the Engineer, if requested. Any material found unsatisfactory is to be
replaced by approved 13qual material.
02720-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.06 GUARANTEES AND REPLACEMENTS:
A. Trees shall be guaranteed to be in good, healthy, and flourishing condition
of active growth at the end of one growing year from the date of final
acceptance by the Engineer of the planting work.
B. Other plant material shall be guaranteed to be in good, healthy, and
flourishing condition of active growth at the end of six months from the
date of acceptance of the planting work.
C. Delay in the completion of planting operations which extends the work into
more than one planting season shall extend the guarantee period
correspondingly.
D. Plants shall be free of dead branches and dead branch tips, and shall
have foliage of normal density, size and color, in order to be considered
vigorous and thriving. Root-bound condition will not be acceptable.
E. Dead plants and plants not in a vigorous, thriving condition as determined
by the Engineer shall be replaced as soon as weather conditions permit,
at no increase in the Contract Amount.
F. Provide replacement plants of comparable quality, type, and size for
plants which fail for any reason.
1.07 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Personnel: Planting andlor seeding shall be performed by personnel
familiar with planting procedures and under the supervision of a qualified
planting foreman. The planting foreman shall be on the job site whenever
planting is in progress.
B. Equipment: The Contractor shall at all times furnish and maintain
sufficient equipment as necessary to perform the work of this contract.
Such equipment shall be subject to inspection and approval by the
Engineer.
C. Plant List: The Contractor shall furnish the quantities and sizes of material
necessary to complete the job as shown on the planting plan. The Plant
List, if included, is for the Contractor's convenience only, and any
discrepancies with the plans shall not entitle the Contractor to additional
renumeration.
02720-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
J.
D.
Verify that landscape irrigation work has been completed, reviewed and
approved by Engineer prior to beginning work of this Section.
E.
Utilities: Prior to cutting into the soil, locate all underground cables,
conduits, sewers, and other utilities and take proper precautions so as not
to damage or disturb such improvements. If a conflict exists between
such obstacles and the proposed work, promptly notify the Architect.
Proceed in the same manner if rock or any other condition encountered
underground makes changes advisable. If possible, rock and other
underground obstructions shall be removed to depth necessary to permit
proper planting. Where such obstructions cannot be removed, plant
locations shall be adjusted by the Engineer or his authorized
representative. Contractor to be responsible for the repair of any
damaged utilities caused by his negligence during planting operations.
F.
Water Lines: Obtain permission from City before shutting off water lines.
Keep disruptions of existing systems to a minimum. Repair any damaged
water lines caused by planting operations.
G.
For identification purposes, flag or stake existing valve boxes and sleeves,
c1eanouts, junction boxes, and similar structures before beginning work
under this section of the Specifications, and maintain such flags or stakes
until final inspection.
H.
Maintenance Before Planting: Protect and maintain according to good
horticultural practices, all plant material delivered to the site. Proper
maintenance between delivery and planting shall include watering and
feeding as necessary and providing protection from animals, wind,
excessive sun, and vandals. Store shade plants in the shade and sun
plants in the sun.
I.
Handling of Plant Materials: Plants shall not be handled by stems, trunks
or tops, but only by the container. No plant shall be bound with wire or
rope at any time so as to damage the bark or break the branches.
Protection of Existing Site Improvements:
I. Contractor shall exercise caution and provide necessary
safeguards to prevent damage to existing site improvements,
including planting. Contractor shall repair or replace, at no increase
in Contract Sum, property damaged as a result of his work.
2. If existing tree roots over one inch (1 ") in diameter are cut during
the course of the work, the cut faces shall be thoroughly coated
02720-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
with emulsified asphalt made especially for use on cut or damaged
plant tissues. Exposed roots shall be covered with wet burlap to
prevent them from drying out.
K. Abbreviations:
Gal. = gallon can (plant)
G.C. = gallon can (plant)
O.C. = on center (spacing)
L. The Engineer reserves the right to make substitutions, additions and
deletions to the planting scheme when he deems it necessary as the work
progresses on the site. Plant materials acquired through additions or
substitutions will be subject to all conditions and guarantees herein
specified.
1.08 BLANK
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 GENERAL:
Water shall be furnished by the City. All other materials shall be provided by the
Contractor and shall meet the requirements specified in this section and in the
"Preparation of Planting Areas" section of the Specifications.
2.02 PLANTS:
A. Quality and Size: Plants shall be vigorous and of normal habit of growth
and shall be free of girdling roots, disease, insects, insect eggs and
larvae. Trees shall have straight trunks with the leader intact, unless
otherwise specified. All abrasions and cuts shall be completely calloused
over. Plants shall be of standard size for container and species, unless
specified otherwise in the Drawings. Any undersized material will be
rejected. The heights of plants and of branching shall be measured when
the branches are in normal positions. Plants shall not be pruned prior to
delivery, except upon special approval.
B. Nomenclature: Plant names used in the Drawings and Specifications
conform to Standardized Plant Names, by the Joint Committee on
Horticultural Nomenclature. Names of varieties not included therein
conform generally to names accepted in the nursery trade.
02720-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C. Plant labels: Plant labels shall identify a typical sample of each species
and variety.
D. Substitutions: Substitutions are not desired. When substitutions are
allowed, all requirements of the plant shall be met, and in no case shall
substitutions be made without the written approval of the Engineer.
E. Except for turf, annuals, cuttings, and balled or bareroot stock, plants shall
have been grown in a nursery under climatic conditions similar to those in
the locality of the project for at least one (I) year prior to delivery to the
site. Boxed trees shall be well established in boxes before delivery to the
site. Balled stock shall be freshly dug. The ball or balled stock shall have
the original soil in which it was grown, without addition, and the balls shall
be whole and intact, and not broken on arrival at the site. Burlap used
shall be of sufficient size to enclose the complete dirt ball and shall be tied
securely with stout twine. Balled stock or bare root stock may be
furnished where canned containers are specified, only with approval by
the Engineer.
F. Plants Reserved at Nursery: The Engineer may tag certain plant materials
to be purchased by Contractor for use in this project. Tagged plants,
together with the name of the nursery, are indicated on the Drawings.
Conditions of these Specifications, including guarantee, apply to such
plants.
G. Container stock shall be delivered to the site in first- class condition.
Plants requiring support shall have small stakes in containers.
H. Turf Sod: Sod shall be thick, well-grown, and free of weeds, purchased
from a commercial grower such as Nunes, Cal Turf, Warren's or equal.
Care should be taken to prevent drying during shipping and handling.
2.03 STAKING AND GUYING MATERIALS:
A. Stakes shall be free of splits and knots and shall be treated with wood
preservative.
B. Ties shall be corded rubber, a minimum of sixteen inches by (16" X 1"),
attached to stakes per the Drawings.
C. Guy wire shall be 1/8" galvanized cable with turn buckles and clamps at
each cable, or as approved by the Engineer.
02720-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D. Fabric rubber hose of required diameter shall be used to cover wire at
points of contact with plant.
E. Eye bolts shall be one-half inch (%") hot dip galvanized.
F. Guy anchors to be "Duck-Bill" anchors or approved equal.
2.04 FERTILIZERS, CHEMICALS, AND AMENDMENTS:
A. Commercial fertilizer shall be commercially processed fertilizer per the
Drawings and shall conform to applicable requirements of agricultural laws
and regulations of the State of California. Fertilizer used in the plant
establishment period shall furnish the percentages of nitrogen, phosphoric
acid, and potassium required to keep all plants on the site in a healthy and
vigorous growing condition.
B. Planting tablets shall be Agriform "Blue Chip" weighing 21 grams each, or
approved equal.
C. Chemicals shall be Best, Ortho, or as approved by Engineer. Insecticides,
fungicides, herbicides shall be of the best quality obtainable and shall be
brought to the job site in the original manufacturer's containers, properly
labeled with guaranteed analyses.
D. Wood residual soil amendments shall be as specified in the Drawings and
in Part 2.02 of the "Preparation of Planting Areas" section of these
specifications.
2.05 TOPSOIL:
Topsoil shall be as specified in Part 2.01 of the "Preparation of Planting Areas"
section of these Specifications.
2.06 LIGHTWEIGHT SOIL MIX:
Where the Drawings call for a special planter backfill mix, a U.C. - type soil mix,
or a lightweight soil mix, the mix shall be as specified in Part 2.04 of the
"Preparation of Planting Areas" section of these Specifications.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL OPERATIONS:
02720-8
I
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A. The term "planting areas" means all areas to be planted with trees,
shrubs, ground cover, or turf.
B. Weather: No planting shall occur during weather conditions which will
adversely affect materials nor when soil is in a muddy condition.
3.02 PREPARATION OF PLANTING AREAS:
Preparation of planting areas, including clearing, finish grading, soil preparation
watering and spraying shall be as specified in the "Preparation of Planting Areas"
section of these Specifications.
3.03 BLANK
3.04 PLANTING OF TREES AND SHRUBS:
A. Plant locations shown on the Planting Plan are relative and the Engineer
may make adjustments in the location of plants in order to achieve the
intended results. Where possible, the Contractor shall locate shrubs no
closer than two feet (2') and trees no closer than four feet (4') to
pavements or structures.
B. Plant holes shall dimensioned as shown in the Drawings, or at least twice
the width and one times the depth of the rootball. Plant holes shall be
roughly square. The walls and bottoms of plant holes shall be scarified.
C. Proper drainage of plant pits is necessary. The Contractor shall inform the
Engineer if any subsoil conditions cause the retention of water in plant
holes for than twenty-four (24) hours, and shall submit proposals for
correcting such drainage conditions before proceeding with planting.
Planting under such conditions may not proceed without the approval of
the Engineer.
D. Plants shall be carefully removed from containers. All tin containers, other
than knockout cans, shall be cut on two sides to facilitate removal of
plants with as little disturbance as possible to the root ball. Cans shall be
cut with can cutters or similar equipment. In no case shall cans be broken
open with an axe, mattock, or similar article.
E. If plants do not have young feeder roots showing at the edge of the
container, loosen their roots and cut in a few places to encourage new
feeder root development along the perimeter of the rootball.
02720-9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
F. Soil excavated from plant holes, if suitable as topsoil and approved by the
Engineer or his authorized representative, may be re-used for planting
operations. If unsuitable soil is encountered in excavation, such soil shall
be removed from the site and a sufficient amount of approved topsoil for
installing plant material shall be provided.
G. Shrubs and trees shall be set true and plumb with the top of the plant ball,
as grown in the nursery can container. The top of the plant ball shall be
set approximately one-half inch above the finish grade of the planting
area. The Contractor shall be responsible for any settling and shall raise
and replant any plants whose crown settles below the finish grade.
H. Place backfill in bottom of plant hole after making sure base of hole is
loose enough for good drainage. After placing plant ball as detailed, firm
backfill around ball or roots of plant and water thoroughly.
I. Except where a plant is in a lawn area or where a single plant space is
otherwise edged, form a berm or ridge of soil in a neat circle at the
drip-line of each tree and shrub, to facilitate watering and hold top mulch.
J. Immediately after planting, securely stake all trees in accordance with the
tree planting details. Place each tie as shown in details, in a figure eight
pattern with a loop large enough to allow for two (2) years' growth.
K. After planting, prune back trees and shrubs as directed by the Engineer.
No pruning shall be done without inspection and approval by the Engineer.
3.05 GROUNDCOVER:
A. Groundcover plants shall be placed in a triangular pattern. The on-center
dimension given in the Drawings for plant spacing is a maximum
dimension.
B. After planting, water thoroughly. Mulch areas between groundcover plants
as specified in the Drawings.
3.06 TURF-SOD:
A. The Contractor bidding this work must be experienced in the laying of sod,
or the Contractor must secure a special subcontractor who has this
experrence.
B. Installation:
02720-10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1. Preparation of sod bed:
a. Excavate and backfill with topsoil if required in plans.
b. Soil amendment as specified shall be incorporated into the
top six inches (6") of soil at the rate specified.
c. Roll and rake to a smooth, even and compact grade which is
free of ridges and depressions and drains properly. Soil
surface should be one and one-half inches (1-1/2") below
walks, patios, and driveways to accommodate sod thickness.
d. Finish grade to a smooth, even surface, leaving top surface
in a loose, friable condition.
c.
Broadcast ammonium phosphate (16-20-0) at the rate of 20 Ibs.l1000 sq.
ft. unless otherwise noted in the drawinqs, just prior to laying of sod.
D.
Sod rolls are to be laid tightly in a straight line, with staggered joints.
There are to be no open or overlapping joints. A sharp knife shall be used
to cut sod to fit around sprinklers and edges. Final shaping of area (if no
header) shall be as directed by the Engineer.
E.
The sod is to be lightly watered within one (1) hour of the time it is laid.
F.
The sod shall be rolled after an initial watering to eliminate irregularities.
G.
After rolling, water thoroughly to penetrate the subsoil at least eight inches
(8"). Repeat watering at regular intervals to keep sod moist at all times
until rooted.
H.
Protection: Protect turf areas with temporary fencing if necessary.
Maintain protective barriers in orderly condition and repair any damage to
turf until turf planting work has been accepted by the Engineer.
I.
Whenever the grass reaches a height of three inches (3"), mow to one and
one-half inches (1-1/2") and remove all clippings.
J.
After second mowing of grass, apply ammonium phosphate (16-20-0) at
the rate of 10 Ibs.l1000 sq. ft. unless noted otherwise on drawings.
02720-11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.07 PLANT ESTABLISHMENT:
A. The Contractor shall provide, until final acceptance of project,
maintenance of all plants and planted areas. Maintenance operations shall
include watering, weeding, replanting, fertilizing, mowing, and any other
operations necessary to maintain plant health and vigor, including
treatment for fungus, diseases, insect pests, or rodents. This maintenance
does not constitute a portion of the "Maintenance period", as delineated in
Section 3.09.
B. Following planting and initial watering, water all plants and planted areas
as necessary to keep the ground moist from the surface to well below the
root systems. Hand-water planted areas not covered by the sprinkler
system. Do not wet the foliage of trees, shrubs, or ground cover when it is
exposed to hot sun.
C. Protection: The Contractor shall protect all plants and planted areas
against trespassing and damage at all times. !If any plants are injured, they
shall be treated or replaced as required by the Engineer. No work shall be
executed in, over, or adjacent to planted areas without proper safeguards
and protection.
D. Any plant indicating weakness or probability of dying shall be replaced
immediately by the Contractor at his expense.
E. Trees and Shrubs:
1. Plant basins shall be kept in good repalir.
2. Any plants blown over shall be replanted and restaked.
3. Any plants which settle below the specified level of planting shall be
taken up and replanted at the proper level.
4. Any tree ties that are too tight or too loose shall be adjusted.
5. Remove sod from twelve-inch (12") diameter circle around the base
of each tree in lawn area.
F. Ground Cover: One week before review by the Engineer, give all
groundcover areas a feeding of commercial fertilizer as specified.
G. Turf Areas:
02720-12
I
I
I
I
I
! I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1. Maintenance operations shall include re-sodding, mowing
(including trimming and edging), and rolling, in addition to those
operations specified above for all planted areas.
2. Whenever the turf reaches a height of three inches (3"), mow to
one and one-half (1 %") and remove all clippings.
3. One week before final inspection, give all turf areas a feeding of
fertilizer as specified.
4. Turf areas shall be mowed, watered, free of weeds, and in a neat
and orderly condition for final inspection.
H. All planted areas shall be watered, cleared of weeds and debris, and
presented in neat and orderly condition for final inspection.
I. Clean-up:
1. All clippings, trimmings, cuttings, trash, rubbish, and debris shall be
promptly removed from the site.
2. All planted areas, adjacent paved areas, and areas next to
buildings, fences, benches, or other structures and site furnishings
shall be kept free of weeds, litter, rocks, glass and debris.
3. All cracks in paved areas shall be kept weeded.
4. Bark, sand, and gravel areas shall be raked as required to keep
them free of foreign material.
5. Paved areas shall be swept and cleared as necessary to remove
any bark, sand, gravel, soil, or dirt that might be washed onto such
areas from adjacent planted areas.
3.08 ACCEPTANCE OF PLANTING PORTIONS OF WORK:
A. The contractor shall prepare the site for review by the Engineer as
specified in part 3.07 of this section of the Specifications.
B. In order to qualify for acceptance, the turf must be in a healthy, vigorous
condition, and completely filled in with no bare spots. The turf shall have
been mown twice as required in Item 3.06.1 of this section of these
specifications.
02720-13
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
!I
I
I
C. Ten (10) days prior to the completion of the planting portions of work, the
contractor shall request in writing a review of the work by the Engineer. If,
upon review, the Engineer finds the planting portion of the work to be
complete, and the plant material to be in a good, healthy condition, and all
landscape areas to be weed-free and in a neat, orderly condition, then
written acceptance of the planting portions of the work shall be given by
the City. If approval and acceptance of the planting portions of the work is
not given, the Engineer shall prepare a "punch list" of items to be
completed before acceptance of the planting portions of the work is given.
Acceptance shall only then be given upon verification by the Engineer that
the punch list items have been completed.
3.09 PLANT MAINTENANCE PERIOD:
A. Refer to Section 02900 for Maintenance Period Requirements.
02720-14
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
II
SECTION 02730
PLANTING (HYDROSODDED TURF)
PART I - GENERAL
1.01 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:
The General Conditions and all other Contract Documents for this project are
complementary and applicable to this section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, facilities, transportation and
services to complete all planting and related work as shown on the
Drawings andlor specified herein.
B. Work included: The general extent of the planting is shown on the
Drawings and includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the
following:
C. Related work: Preparation of planting areas covered by Section 02700 of
the Specifications.
1.03 REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS:
A. Plant materials shall meet or exceed the American Nurserymen
Association standards, as specified in the current edition of American
Standard for Nursery Stock published by the American Association of
Nurserymen, Inc. Provide plant materials in accordance with applicable
California Agricultural Codes.
B. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies:
02730-1
I
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
1. Provide certificates of inspection of landscape materials with
shipments as required by governmental authorities. Comply with all
applicable Federal, State and County regulations governing
landscape materials. Inspection by Federal or State Governments
at place of growth does not preclude rejection of plants at project
site.
2. Comply with State of California Administrative code, Title 8,
Industrial Relations, Chapter 4, Subchapter 4, Construction Safety
Orders, and with rules and regulations of all regulatory agencies
having jurisdiction over the work:
1.04 INSPECTIONS:
A. All reviews by the City's Representative of planting work shall be
requested by the Contractor at least two (2) working days prior to
anticipated review.
B. The Contractor shall request a review by the City's Representative at the
following points in the progress of the work.
1. Before planting, plants to be reviewed shall be set out in their
containers, in place according to the Planting Plan, before the City's
Representative's arrival at the site.
2. Upon completion of planting.
3. Upon completion of the plant establishment period.
The City's Representative reserves the right to inspect trees,
shrubs, and groundcover further for size and condition of root
systems and for injuries and latent defects and to reject
unsatisfactory or defective plant material at any time during the
progress of the work. In particular the City's Representative
reserves the right to require washing of the root ball of plant
materials to inspect for root girdling or root-bound conditions.
Washed or rejected plants shall be removed immediately from the
site.
C. The Contractor shall schedule his work so that the City's Representative's
review of the quality, size, variety, placement, and orientation of all plants
can be accomplished in a single trip to the site, or in one trip for each
planting unit if the Drawings divide the plant list into planting units.
02730-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D. No plant material shall be planted until the City's Representative has
approved its quality and placement.
E. The plant establishment period shall begin upon approval by the City's
Representative of the planting work. The City's Representative shall give
such approval if, upon review, he finds the work complete and in
compliance with the Drawings and Specifications.
F. No additional planting inspection trips will be made, nor shall any
extension of contract time be allowed, due to rejected materials or the
failure of the Contractor to schedule his work properly or to comply with
the requirements of this section of the Specifications. City's
Representative to review replacement material prior to installation.
1.05 SUBMITTALS:
A. Submit to City's Representative certificates of inspection required by law
for transportation of plant materials to the site.
B. Submit to the City's Representative samples and certified analysis of
mulch, fertilizer, pre-emergent herbicide, or other materials for approval
before delivery to the site. For standard products, submit the
manufacturer's analysis. For all other materials submit an analysis made
by a recognized laboratory in accordance with the current methods of the
Association of Official Agricultural Chemists.
C. Samples and Analysis of Material: The City's Representative reserves the
right to take and analyze samples of materials for conformity to
Specifications at any time. Furnish samples of materials to the City's
Representative upon request. Immediately remove rejected materials
from the site.
D. Verification of material: The Contractor shall, upon demand, produce
records to verify the ordering and delivery of specified quantities and types
of material for this job.
E. If Contractor wishes to substitute plants for those indicated in the plans, he
shall submit a list of proposed substitutions to the City's Representative at
least thirty days before beginning work covered by this section. Substitute
plants will be acceptable only if specified plants are proven unavailable or
unacceptable to the City's Representative.
02730-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.06 GUARANTEES AND REPLACEMENTS:
A. Trees shall be guaranteed to be in good, healthy, and flourishing condition
of active growth at the end of one growing year from the date of final
acceptance by the City's Representative of the planting work.
B. Other plant material shall be guaranteed to be in good, healthy, and
flourishing condition of active growth at the end of six months from the
date of acceptance of the planting work.
C. Delay in the completion of planting operations which extends the work into
more than one planting season shall extend the guarantee period
correspondingly.
D. Plants shall be free of dead branches and dead branch tips, and shall
have foliage of normal density, size and color, in order to be considered
vigorous and thriving. Root-bound condition will not be acceptable.
E. Dead plants and plants not in a vigorous, thriving condition as determined
by the City's Representative shall be replaced as soon as weather
conditions permit, at no increase in the Contract Amount.
F. Provide replacement plants of comparable quality, type, and size for
plants which fail for any reason.
1.07 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Personnel: Planting shall be performed by personnel familiar with planting
procedures and under the supervision of a qualified planting foreman.
The planting foreman shall be on the job site whenever planting is in
progress.
B. Equipment: The Contractor shall at all times furnish and maintain
sufficient equipment as necessary to perform the work of this contract.
Such equipment shall be subject to inspection and approval by the City's
Representative.
C. Plant List: The Contractor shall furnish the quantities and sizes of material
necessary to complete the job as shown on the planting plan. The Plant
List, if included, is for the Contractor's convenience only, and any
discrepancies with the plans shall not entitle the Contractor to additional
remuneration.
02730-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
J.
D.
Verify that landscape irrigation work has been completed, reviewed and
approved by City's Representative prior to beginning work of this Section.
E.
Utilities: Prior to cutting into the soil, locate all underground cables,
conduits, sewers, and other utilities and take proper precautions so as not
to damage or disturb such improvements. If a conflict exists between
such obstacles and the proposed work, promptly notify the Architect.
Proceed in the same manner if rock or any other condition encountered
underground makes changes advisable. If possible, rock and other
underground obstructions shall be removed to depth necessary to permit
proper planting. Where such obstructions cannot be removed, plant
locations shall be adjusted by the City's Representative or his authorized
representative. Contractor to be responsible for the repair of any
damaged utilities caused by his negligence during planting operations.
F.
Water Lines: Obtain permission from City before shutting off water lines.
Keep disruptions of existing systems to a minimum. Repair any damaged
water lines caused by planting operations.
G.
For identification purposes, flag or stake existing valve boxes and sleeves,
cleanouts, junction boxes, and similar structures before beginning work
under this section of the Specifications, and maintain such flags or stakes
until final inspection.
H.
Maintenance Before Planting: Protect and maintain according to good
horticultural practices, all plant material delivered to the site. Proper
maintenance between delivery and planting shall include watering and
feeding as necessary and providing protection from animals, wind,
excessive sun, and vandals. Store shade plants in the shade and sun
plants in the sun.
I.
Handling of Plant Materials: Plants shall not be handled by stems, trunks
or tops, but only by the container. No plant shall be bound with wire or
rope at any time so as to damage the bark or break the branches.
Protection of Existing Site Improvements:
1 . Contractor shall exercise caution and provide necessary
safeguards to prevent damage to existing site improvements,
including planting. Contractor shall repair or replace, at no increase
in Contract Sum, property damaged as a result of his work.
2. If existing tree roots over one inch (1") in diameter are cut during
the course of the work, the cut faces shall be thoroughly coated
02730-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
: I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
with emulsified asphalt made especially for use on cut or damaged
plant tissues. Exposed roots shall be covered with wet burlap to
prevent them from drying out.
K. Abbreviations:
Gal. = gallon can (plant)
G.C. = gallon can (plant)
O.C. = on center (spacing)
L. The City's Representative reserves the right to make substitutions,
additions and deletions to the planting scheme when he deems it
necessary as the work progresses on the site. Plant materials acquired
through additions or substitutions will be subject to all conditions and guar-
antees herein specified.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 GENERAL:
Water shall be furnished by the City. All other materials shall be provided by the
Contractor and shall meet the requirements specified in this section and in the
"Preparation of Planting Areas" section of the Specifications.
2.02 PLANTS:
A. Quality and Size: Plants shall be vigorous and of normal habit of growth
and shall be free of girdling roots, disease, insects, insect eggs and
larvae. Trees shall have straight trunks with the leader intact, unless
otherwise specified. All abrasions and cuts shall be completely calloused
over. Plants shall be of standard size for container and species, unless
specified otherwise in the Drawings. Any undersized material will be
rejected. The heights of plants and of branching shall be measured when
the branches are in normal positions. Plants shall not be pruned prior to
delivery, except upon special approval.
B. Nomenclature: Plant names used in the Drawings and Specifications
conform to Standardized Plant Names, by the Joint Committee on
Horticultural Nomenclature. Names of varieties not included therein
conform generally to names accepted in the nursery trade.
02730-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
, I
II
C.
Plant labels: Plant labels shall identify a typical sample of each species
and variety.
D.
Substitutions: Substitutions are not desired. When substitutions are
allowed, all requirements of the plant shall be met, and in no case shall
substitutions be made without the written approval of the City's
Representative.
E.
Annuals, cuttings, and balled or bareroot stock, plants shall have been
grown in a nursery under climatic conditions similar to those in the locality
of the project for at least one (I) year prior to delivery to the site. Boxed
trees shall be well established in boxes before delivery to the site. Balled
stock shall be freshly dug. The ball or balled stock shall have the original
soil in which it was grown, without addition, and the balls shall be whole
and intact, and not broken on arrival at the site. Burlap used shall be of
sufficient size to enclose the complete dirt ball and shall be tied securely
with stout twine. Balled stock or bare root stock may be furnished where
canned containers are specified, only with approval by the City's
Representative.
F.
Plants Reserved at Nursery: The City's Representative may tag certain
plant materials to be purchased by Contractor for use in this project.
Tagged plants, together with the name of the nursery, are indicated on the
Drawings. Conditions of these Specifications, including guarantee, apply
to such plants.
G.
Container stock shall be delivered to the site in first-class condition.
Plants requiring support shall have small stakes in containers.
H.
Turf Seed:
1. Seed shall be fresh, clean, and new crop. Any seed which has
become wet, moldy, or is otherwise damaged in transit or storage
will not be acceptable. The minimum percentage by weight of pure,
live seed shall be eighty-eight percent (88%). Material other than
live seed shall not exceed twelve percent (12%), including all
nonviable seed, chaff, hulls, harmless inert matter, and other
materials in the mixture. The mixture shall not contain more crop
seed, weed seed, or inert matter than the following:
Crop seed 1.00%
Weed seed 0.20%
Inert matter 3.50%
02730-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2. All seed shall be furnished in sealed, standard containers, unless
exception is granted in writing by the Engineer. The dealer may
mix the seed provided a guaranteed statement of composition of
mixture percentages of purity and germination of each variety is
attached to the sealed container.
3. All seed used shall be labeled in accordance with the U.S.
Department of Agriculture Rules and Regulations under the Federal
Seed Act in effect on the date of the Notice to Bidders. The
Engineer shall be furnished with duplicate signed copies of a
statement from the vendor certifying that each container of seed
delivered is fully labeled in accordance with the Federal Seed Act
and is at least equal to the requirements above. This certification
shall appear on, or with, all signed copies of invoices for the seed.
Each lot of seed shall be subject to sampling and testing by the
Engineer.
4. The seed shall be pre-treated with a pre-emergence fungus
preventative such as "Thiram" in accordance with manufacturer's
specifications.
I. Lawn seed for reseeding shall match existing sod or seed mixture.
2.03 STAKING AND GUYING MATERIALS:
A. Stakes shall be free of splits and knots and shall be treated with wood
preservative.
B. Ties shall be corded rubber, a minimum of sixteen inches by (16" X 1 "),
attached to stakes per the Drawings.
C. Fabric rubber hose of required diameter shall be used to cover wire at
points of contact with plant.
2.04 FERTILIZERS, CHEMICALS, AND AMENDMENTS:
A. Commercial fertilizer shall be commercially processed fertilizer per the
Drawings and shall conform to applicable requirements of agricultural laws
and regulations of the State of California. Fertilizer used in the plant
establishment period shall furnish the percentages of nitrogen, phosphoric
acid, and potassium required to keep all plants on the site in a healthy and
vigorous growing condition.
02730-8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B. Planting tablets shall be Agriform "Blue Chip" weighing 21 grams each, or
approved equal.
C. Chemicals shall be Best, Ortho, or as approved by City's Representative.
Insecticides, fungicides, herbicides shall be of the best quality obtainable
and shall be brought to the job site in the original manufacturer's
containers, properly labeled with guaranteed analyses.
D. Wood residual soil amendments shall be as specified in the Drawings and
in Part 2.02 of the "Preparation of Planting Areas" section of these
specifications.
2.05 TOPSOIL:
Topsoil shall be as specified in Part 2.01 of the "Preparation of Planting
areas" section of these Specifications.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL OPERATIONS:
A. The term "planting areas" means all areas to be planted with trees,
shrubs, groundcover.
B. Weather: No planting shall occur during weather conditions which will
adversely affect materials nor when soil is in a muddy condition.
3.02 PREPARATION OF PLANTING AREAS:
Preparation of planting areas, including clearing, finish grading, soil preparation
watering and spraying shall be as specified in the "Preparation of Planting Areas"
section of these Specifications.
3.03 HYDROSODDED TURF:
A. Upon delivery to the site, store seed containers in a dry, damp-proof
storehouse. Withdraw no more than the amount of seed that can be
spread before quitting time each day. Unspread seed that is not returned
to the storehouse overnight will be rejected.
B. Prepare the turf seed bed as specified in the "Preparation of Planting
Areas" section of these Specifications. To ensure proper surface
02730-9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
drainage, prepare and maintain, throughout the course of the work, an
even finished grade with no local ridges or depressions. The surface of
the seed bed shall be friable, loose, and free of weeds, rocks, and earth
clods at the time of seeding.
C.
Hydrosodding process:
1. The hydrosodding materialsS hall be mixed and applied In
approximately the following proportions:
. Seed mix and rate: per plans.
. Seed prepared using Greenscapes Exclusive Pregermination
process or equal.
. Mulch: Wood cellulose fiber @ 2,000 Ibs./acre.
. Fertilizer: GREENSCAPE MIXTURE OF FERTILIZERS @ 875
LBS.lACRE except as modified by requirements of the
Horticultural Soils Report.
. Binder: M-Binder @ 60 - 80 Ibs./acre.
. Fungicide: Subdue 2E at Manufacturer's Recommended Rate.
. Other Necessary Ingredients: To be equal to ingredients
associated with Greenscapes Hydrosod process.
For information regarding Greenscape Hydrosodding - Call (916)
771-0524.
2. Mixing shall be performed in a tank with a built-in, continuous
agitation and recirculation system of sufficient operating capacity to
produce a homogeneous slurry and a discharge system which will
apply the slurry to the slopes at a continuous and uniform rate. The
tank shall have a minimum capacity of 1,000 gallons. The Owner's
Representative may authorize use of equipment of smaller capacity
if it is demonstrated that such equipment is capable of performing
all the operations satisfactorily.
3. A dispersing agent may be added provided the Contractor furnishes
evidence that the additive is not harmful to the mixture. Any
material considered harmful, as determined by the Owner's
Representative, shall not be used.
02730-10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
4. Wet hydrosodded lawn slowly but thoroughly, and keep lawn moist,
but not saturated, at all times until the grass is up.
5. Reseed or sod all bare spots at intervals until a full stand of grass is
established over the entire lawn area.
D. Protection: Protect turf areas with temporary fencing as necessary.
Maintain protective barriers in orderly condition and repair any damage to
turf until turf planting work has been accepted by the Engineer.
E. Mowing: Whenever the grass reaches a height of three inches (3") mow to
one and one-half inches (1 - 1/2") and remove all clippings.
3.04 PLANTING OF TREES AND SHRUBS:
A. Plant locations shown on the Planting Plan are relative and the City's
Representative may make adjustments in the location of plants in order to
achieve the intended results. Where possible: the Contractor shall locate
shrubs no closer than two feet (2') and trees no closer than four feet (4') to
pavements or structures.
B. Plant holes shall dimensioned as shown in the Drawings, or at least twice
the width and one times the depth of the rootball. Plant holes shall be
roughly cylindrical. The walls and bottoms of plant holes shall be scarified.
C. Proper drainage of plant pits is necessary. The Contractor shall inform the
City's Representative if any subsoil conditions cause the retention of water
in plant holes for than twenty-four (24) hours, and shall submit proposals
for correcting such drainage conditions before proceeding with planting.
Planting under such conditions may not proceed without the approval of
the City's Representative.
D. Plants shall be carefully removed from containers. All tin containers, other
than knockout cans, shall be cut on two sides to facilitate removal of
plants with as little disturbance as possible to the root ball. Cans shall be
cut with can cutters or similar equipment. In no case shall cans be broken
open with an axe, mattock, or similar article.
E. If plants do not have young feeder roots showing at the edge of the
container, loosen their roots and cut in a few places to encourage new
feeder root development along the perimeter of the rootball.
02730-11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
F. Soil excavated from plant holes, if suitable as topsoil and approved by the
City's Representative or his authorized representative, may be re-used for
planting operations. If unsuitable soil is encountered in excavation, such
soil shall be removed from the site and a sufficient amount of approved
topsoil for installing plant material shall be provided.
G. Shrubs and trees shall be set true and plumb with the top of the plant ball,
as grown in the nursery can container. The top of the plant ball shall be
set approximately one-half inch above the finish grade of the planting
area. The Contractor shall be responsible for any settling and shall raise
and replant any plants whose crown settles below the finish grade.
H. Place backfill in bottom of plant hole after making sure base of hole is
loose enough for good drainage. After placing plant ball as detailed, firm
backfill around ball or roots of plant and water thoroughly.
I. Except where a plant is in a lawn area or where a single plant space is
otherwise edged, form a berm or ridge of soil in a neat circle at the
drip-line of each tree and shrub, to facilitate watering and hold top mulch.
J. Immediately after planting, securely stake or guy all trees in accordance
with the tree planting details. Place each tie as shown in details, in a figure
eight pattern with a loop large enough to' allow for two (2) years' growth.
K. After planting, prune back trees and shrubs approximately ten percent
(10%) as directed by the City's Representative. No pruning shall be done
without inspection and approval by the City's Representative.
3.05 GROUNDCOVER:
A. Groundcover plants shall be placed in a triangular pattern. The on-center
dimension given in the Drawings for plant spacing is a maximum
dimension.
B. After planting, water thoroughly. Mulch areas between groundcover plants
as specified in the Drawings.
3.06 MAINTENANCE OF PLANTING:
A. The Contractor shall provide, until final acceptance of project,
maintenance of all plants and planted areas. Maintenance operations shall
include watering, weeding, replanting, fertilizing, and any other operations
necessary to maintain plant health and vigor, including treatment for
fungus, diseases, insect pests, or rodents.
02730-12
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
Following planting and initial watering, water all plants and planted areas
as necessary to keep the ground moist from the surface to well below the
root systems. Hand water planted areas not covered by the sprinkler
system. Do not wet the foliage of trees, shrubs, or ground cover when it is
exposed to hot sun.
C.
Protection: The Contractor shall protect aH plants and planted areas
against trespassing and damage at all times. If any plants are injured, they
shall be treated or replaced as required by the City's Representative. No
work shall be executed in, over, or adjacent to planted areas without
proper safeguards and protection.
D.
Any plant indicating weakness or probability of dying shall be replaced
immediately by the Contractor at his expense.
E.
Trees and Shrubs:
1. Plant basins shall be kept in good repair.
2. Any plants blown over shall be replanted and restaked.
3. Any plants which settle below the specified level of planting shall be
taken up and replanted at the proper level.
4. Any tree ties that are too tight or too loose shall be adjusted.
F.
Groundcover: One week before review by the City's Representative give
all groundcover areas a feeding of fertilizer as specified.
G.
All planted areas shall be watered, cleared of weeds and debris, and
presented in a neat and orderly condition for final inspection.
H.
Clean-up:
1. All clippings, trimmings, cuttings, trash, rubbish, and debris shall be
promptly removed from the site.
2. All planted areas, adjacent paved areas, and areas next to
buildings, fences, benches, or other structures and site furnishings
shall be kept free of weeds, litter, rocks, glass, and debris.
3. All cracks in paved areas shall be kept weeded.
02730-13
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
4. Bark, sand, and gravel areas shall be raked as required to keep
them free of foreign material.
5. Paved areas shall be swept and cleared as necessary to remove
any bark, sand, gravel, soil, or dirt that might be washed onto such
areas from adjacent planted areas.
3.07 ACCEPTANCE OF PLANTING PORTIONS OF WORK:
A. The Contractor shall prepare the site for review by the City's
Representative as specified in part 3.06 of this section of these
specifications.
B. Ten (10) days prior to the completion of the planting portions of work, the
Contractor shall request in writing a review of the work by the City's
Representative. If, upon review, the City's Representative finds the
planting portion of the work to be complete, and the plant material to be in
a good, healthy condition, and all landscape areas to be weed-free and in
a neat, orderly condition, then written acceptance of the planting portions
of the work shall be given by the City. If approval and acceptance of the
planting portions of the work is not given, the City's Representative shall
prepare a "punchlist" of items to be completed before acceptance of the
planting portions of work is given. Acceptance shall only then be given
upon verification by the City's Representative that the punchlist items have
been completed.
3.08 PLANT MAINTENANCE PERIOD:
A. Refer to Section 02900 for maintenance period requirements.
02730-14
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02740
PLANTING (HYDROSEEDING)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DOCUMENTS:
The General Conditions and all other Contract Documents for this project are
complementary and applicable to this section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, facilities, transportation and services
to complete all hydroseeding and related work as shown on the Drawings
and/or specified herein.
B. Work Included: The general extent of the hydroseeding is shown on
the Drawings and includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the
following:
1.03 GENERAL:
A. Erosion Control (Type D): Type 0 erosion control shall conform to the
provisions in Section 20, "Erosion Control and Highway Planting", of the
Standard Specifications and these special provisions.
B. Areas shown on the plan shall be nozzle planted with erosion control
material consisting of a mixture of stabilizing emulsion, fiber, seed, fertilizer,
and water.
02740-1
I
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 FIBER:
Fiber shall be produced from cellulose such as wood pulp or similar organic
material and shall be of such character that the fiber will gisperse into a uniform
slurry when mixed with water.
2.02 STABILIZING EMULSION:
A. Stabilizing emulsion shall be a concentrated liquid chemical that forms a
clear plastic film upon drying and allows water and air to penetrate, and shall
have an effective life of at least one year.
B. Stabilizing emulsion shall be a nontoxic to plant or animal life and
nonstaining to concrete or painted surfaces. The material shall be registered
with and licensed by the State of California, Department of Agriculture, as an
"auxiliary soil chemical".
C. Stabilizing emulsion shall be miscible with all available water at the time of
mixing and application.
D. Stabilizing emulsion shall not be applied during rainy weather or when soil
temperatures are below 400. Pedestrians or equipment shall not enter
erosion control (Type D) areas after the erosion control materials have been
applied.
E. Erosion control (Type D) work shall not commence until the rate and method
of application of stabilizing emulsion have been approved by the Engineer.
2.03 WATER:
Water shall be of such quality that it will promote germination and growth of seeds
and plants. Water shall not contain weed seeds, nor shall it be obtained from
sources containing more salts than are contained in irrigation water used in the
vicinity.
02740-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.04 SEED:
Seed shall consist of the following:
BOT AN/CAL NAME
(Common Name)
POUNDS PER ACRE
2.05 FERTILIZER:
Commercial fertilizer shall have the following guaranteed chemical analysis:
INGREDIENT
PERCENTAGE (MINIMUM)
Nitrogen
Phosphoric Acid
Water Soluble Potash
02740-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 HYDROSEEDING:
A. The erosion control materials shall be mbred and applied in
approximately the following proportions:
MA TERIAL
SLOPE MEASUREMENT PER ACRE
Fiber
Seed
Fertilizer
Water
As Needed for Application
B. The proportion of erosion control materials may be changed by the Engineer
to meet field conditions.
C. Mixing shall be performed in a tank with a built-in, continuous agitation and
recirculation system of sufficient operating capacity to produce a
homogeneous slurry and a discharge system which will apply the slurry to
the slopes at a continuous and uniform rate. The tank shall have a minimum
capacity of 1,000 gallons. The Engineer may authorize use of equipment of
smaller capacity if it is demonstrated that such equipment is capable of
performing all the operations satisfactorily.
D. A dispersing agent may be added provided the Contractor furnishes
evidence that the additive is not harmful to the mixture. Any material
considered harmful, as determined by the Engineer, shall not be used.
E. Erosion control material shall be applied directly after mixing.
If erosion control material in place on the slope begins to dry, the Engineer
may require spray application of water to said material. The nozzles used
for watering shall produce a spray that does not concentrate or wash down
the material.
02740-4
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02900
MAINTENANCE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DOCUMENTS:
The General Conditions and all other Contract Documents for this project are
complementary and applicable to this section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, facilities, transportation and
services to complete all maintenance and related work as shown on the
drawings and/or specified herein.
B. Work Included: The general extent of all maintenance is shown on
the Drawings and includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the
following:
Maintenance of trees, shrubs, ground cover and turf for a period of
ninety (90) calendar days.
1.03 GENERAL:
The provisions of the Bid Documents, the General Conditions and the Special
conditions of the Contract, supplemented and modified by these requirements,
are a part of the maintenance requirements. The provisions of these
requirements superseded conflicting or contradictory provisions.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 REQUIREMENTS:
A. All materials shall be provided by the Contractor. Commercial fertilizers,
insecticides, fungicides, and herbicides shall bear the manufacturer's label
and guaranteed analysis, and shall be subject to the approval of the
Engineer.
1. Water is to be furnished by the City.
02900-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2. Fertilizer shall be a complete fertilizer furnishing the required
percentage of nitrogen, phosphoric add, and potassium to keep
lawns, trees, shrubs and other plants in a healthy and vigorous
growing condition.
B. If there arises a question as to the need for applicCiltion of fertilizer or the
formulation of a fertilizer, soil samples shall be taken from locations
specified by the Engineer. They shall be analyzed by a licensed soil
analyst at the City's expense and the results and recommendations for the
formulation and rate of application of a. complete fertilizer shall be
submitted to the City and the Contractor shall formulate and apply the
fertilizer, iron, zinc, or other trace minerals as per the recommendations of
the Soil Analyst.
1. Insecticides, fungicides, herbicides shall be of the best quality
obtainable, brought to the job site in the original manufacturer's
containers, properly labeled with guaranteed analysis.
2. Tree stakes, tree ties, guy wires shall be of materials to match
those existing on the site.
3. Lawn seed for reseeding shall match existing lawn mixture.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 LAWN CARE:
A. The Contractor shall maintain all lawns in a healthy growing condition by
performing the following operations and other work incidental thereto:
1. Mowing: Lawns shall be mown at least once a week and as
necessary to maintain a neat, trim appearance. The lawn shall be
mowed to height determined by City Maintenance Representative.
The cutting edges of all mowing equipment shall be kept in a sharp
condition. If reel type mowers are used, they shall be kept in
proper adjustment. Bruising or rough cutting of grass will not be
permitted. Papers, toys, rubbish and debris shall be removed by
the Contractor prior to mowing. Grass cuttings shall be removed
after mowing.
2. Trimming:
a. All edges shall be trimmed after each cutting or as
necessary. Trimming shall include cutting all grass along
walls, fences, foundations, curbs, sidewalks, shrubs, tree
02900-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
trunks, poles, guy wires, or any other object within or
immediately adjacent to the lawn areas.
b. The trimming shall be done by power edgers or by hand, but
in no case will soil sterilants or other types of weed killers be
permitted for use in trimming or edging. String trimmers are
not acceptable.
c. Trim around sprinkler heads as necessary to provide
maximum water coverage.
d. Care shall be taken to avoid damage to tree trunks, shrubs,
sprinklers, buildings and other structures. Damage shall be
reported to the City and repairs promptly made.
e. After trimming, all trimmings and debris shall be raked off
lawns, swept off sidewalks and paved areas, and disposed
of.
3.
Weed, disease and pest control:
a. Lawns shall be kept free of weeds. Weeding may be done
manually or by the use of selective weed killers. Extreme
caution shall be observed, if selective weed killers are used,
so as not to damage any other plants. If spraying is done, it
shall only be done at times when there is no wind. Spray
applicators shall comply with all state requirements and
certification.
b. Insects and diseases shall be controlled by the use of
approved insecticides and fungicides.
c. Moles and gophers shall be controlled by approved
methods.
d. Insecticides, fungicides or herbicides shall be applied subject
to the prior consent and approval of the City.
4.
Depressions, Swales and Bare Areas:
a. Depressions shall be brought level to grade with topsoil and
reseeded as necessary.
b. Swales shall be reconstructed, reseeded or improved as
necessary to provide adequate drainage.
02900-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
c. Bare places shall be reseedl:ld as necessary.
5. Watering:
a. Lawns shall be deeply watered as weather conditions
require to provide adequate moisture for optimum growth.
Lawns shall at no time show a lack of fresh green color or a
loss of resilience due to lack of water.
b. Wherever the permanently installed sprinkler system does
not adequately cover the areas, the Contractor shall set out
additional hoses and sprinklers as required to uniformly
water all areas.
c. Watering shall be done at ni~~ht or in the early morning.
d. Watering shall be controlled to prevent excessive runoff,
pond, and over watering.
6. Fertilizing:
a. Lawns shall be watered immediately after fertilization to
prevent burning of grass.
b. Burning of grass due to improper fertilization shall be
considered as "unsatisfactory work" and shall be corrected
within 24 hours.
3.02 TREES, SHRUBS, AND GROUNDCOVER CARE:
Maintain trees, shrubs and groundcover in a healthy growing condition by
performing the following operations and other work incidental thereto:
A. Watering: Water deeply and slowly to establish moisture to the full depth
of the root zone. Watering shall be donE~ in a manner to avoid erosion,
excessive runoff, ponding, or creation of a water-logged soil condition.
Hoses and sprinklers shall be used to supplement the sprinkler system
where necessary to ensure complete coverage.
B. Pruning:
1. All pruning shall be done by qualifiE~d professional personnel using
recognized and approved methods and techniques.
02900-4
I
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i I
I
I
I
I
I
a. Excessive pruning or stubbing back will not be permitted.
b. All pruning cuts shall be made 1/8" from trunk or supporting
branch. They shall be cleanly cut with no tearing of the bark.
2. All dead or damaged branches shall be remQved.
3. Pruning of trees and shrubs shall be done as needed to achieve the
following:
a. To shape, particularly to correct misshaping caused by the
wind.
b. To raise the lower branches of trees above head height
wherever they overhang walks.
c. To cut back shrubs and groundcovers where they encroach
on the walks and paved areas.
d. To cut back branches that are rubbing on walks, benches
and buildings.
e. To remove suckers, watersprouts, and other undesirable
growth on trees.
4. Major pruning of deciduous trees and shrubs shall be done during
the dormant season. Minor pruning may be done at any time.
C.
Pest Control:
1. Spraying for insect and disease control shall be done only by
qualified, trained personnel, using recognized and approved
insecticides and fungicides. The spraying shall be done with
extreme care to avoid any hazard to any person or pet in the area
or adjacent areas, or any property damage.
2. Snails and slugs shall be controlled by the use of an approved,
non-arsenical, methaldehyde bait.
3. In no case will extremely toxic materials, such as arsenicals ,
parathion, TEPP, dieldrin, etc., be permitted.
4. Chemicals to be applied are subject to the prior consent and
approval of the Engineer.
02900-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
5. Biological controls to be used whenever feasible.
D. Weeding: Weed and cultivate the groundcover areas and other areas as
needed to keep them free of weeds.
E. Staking and Guying: Maintain and replace stakes and guys with equal
material. Maintain and replace plant ties to provide support without
chafing of bark. Retie between old ties. Remove staking and guying as
soon as trees are self-supporting.
F. Replacement of Material: Remove dead and damaged plants and replant
with material of equivalent size, condition and variety, subject to approval
by the City.
3.03 IRRIGATION SYSTEM:
A Before beginning the maintenance program, the Contractor shall inspect
all systems and report damage or incorrect operation to the City. The
Contractor will be responsible for the operation of the irrigation system and
maintenance of sprinkler heads.
During the maintenance period the Contractor
shall:
a. Repair and adjust all heads to maintain proper coverage.
b. Remove last head from each system and flush the lines if required.
c. Repair and replace any equipment damaged, at the Contractor's
expense.
d. Where the installed sprinkler system does not cover the area
adequately, the Contractor shall provide his own sprinklers and
hoses to adequately water the area.
3.04 GENERAL MAINTENANCE AND CLEAN-UP:
A. All clippings, trimmings, cuttings, trash, rubbish and debris shall be
promptly removed from the site.
B. All areas including lawns, groundcover areas, areas around shrubs and
trees, next to buildings, fences, benches, sidewalks, curbs and gutters
shall be kept free from weeds, litter, rocks, glass and debris.
02900-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C. All cracks in sidewalks, curbs, street gutters and other paved areas shall
be kept weeded.
D. Bark and sand shall be swept off paved areas and shall be raked as
required to keep free of foreign material.
-
E. Sidewalks and paved areas shall be swept and cleaned of any dirt or soil
that might be washed from adjacent slopes or planted areas as required.
F. Any eroded places shall be repaired by the replacement of topsoil to bring
them back to original grade as required.
G. Any swales shall be repaired, regraded and replanted as necessary to
insure good drainage of all areas.
3.05 EQUIPMENT:
The Contractor shall at all times furnish and maintain sufficient equipment as
necessary to perform the work of this contract. Such equipment shall be subject
to the inspection and approval of the City.
02900-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PART V
SPECIFIED MANUFACTURERS AND PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PART V
SPECIFIED MANUFACTURERS AND PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
FOR 1999/2000
A list of recommended manufacturers and products is provided to encourage the
use of manufacturers that the City has found to be reliable, to promote high
quality products selected for safety and durability, and to maintain consistency
with certain manufacturers and products throughout the City's park system.
Developers are strongly urged to select manufacturers and products from the
following list. However, in the event that the developer chooses a substitution,
the decision will rest solely with the City in determining whether the proposed
substitution represents a valid "equal" to the listed selections. The City thereby
retains their right to require that the developer use specified manufacturers and
products. This approach allows flexibility, yet ensures that the City makes the
final judgement with regard to "suitability" and "quality".
The model numbers shown on the following list of recommended products are
the most current reference to those approved materials. The City will periodically
update the list to reflect product changes and improvements. It is, however, the
responsibility of the Design Architect or Engineer to coordinate with the
designated product manufacturer to insure that the recommended products are
properly specified and that the most current catalog numbers and references are
used. In the event that certain products are discontinued or are no longer
available, the Architect or Engineer shall consult with the City Public Works
Department to determine acceptable alternative products.
RECOMMENDED PRODUCTS:
FURNITURE
. Drinking Fountains -
Haws, Model #3177 (concrete) or #3380 (metal).
. Benches -
Timberform, Model #2139-6 or #2139-8 (flat benches),
Model #2140-6 or #2140-8 (backed bench).
. Picnic Tables-
Timberform, Model #2244-8 or #2243-8 (accessible).
. Bicycle Racks -
Timberform, Model #2170* Original Cycloops
(* Select appropriate size).
· Trash Receptacles-
Timberform, Model #2772-DT (metal/wood), or
#2814-AT (metal), or Petersen Precast Site
Furnishings (concrete), or Hanson Concrete Products,
Model 130 (concrete).
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
. Bollards -
Timberform, Model #2190-R (removable metal) or
#2190 (permanent metal) or #2191-R (removable
timber) or #2191 (permanent timber).
SPORTS FACiliTIES
. Basketball Standard - PW Athletic Company, Model #1523 and #13
backboard with target, and #45 rim.
. Volleyball Net Post/Net - PW Athletic Company, Model #2214-00S and net
#8361-80S.
. Tennis - PW Athletic Company
a) Net Post/Net - Model #8352 Net and Model #2205
W8305-01 Sleeve.
b) Center Tie Down - Model #8371-20 and 8371-30
c) Bench - Model #1103-7
. Tennis Windscreen - MacGregor, Model #MT9LPCXX (9 ft. ht.)
BSN Sports
. Baseball/Softball - PW Athletic Company
a) Backstops - Model #1240-03.
b) Bleachers - Select from current PW Athletic Company
catalog.
c) Dugout Bench - Model #1119
. Bases & Pitcher's Rubber MacGregor shock absorbing base, Model #BBBASRIC
with #BBANCHOR (anchor)
MacGregor step-down pitcher's rubber, Model #BBPROY
BSN Sports
. Soccer Goals - PW Athletic Company, Model #2237 with #8346
anchor and #8367 net.
PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT
. Metal Play Structures - Landscape Structures Inc. or Columbia Cascade Pipeline
. Wood Play Structures - Timberform / Columbia Cascade
. Resilient Rubber Safety Surface - Surface America
. Granular Safety Surface - Fibar
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
. Back Flow Unit
. Controller
. Remote Control Valves
. Ball Valves
. Valve Boxes
. Pop Up Turf Rotors
. Small Area Turf Pop Up
. Pop Up Shrup Sprays
. Bubblers
. Quick Coupler Valves
. Drip Or Emitter
IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT
FEBCO
Rainmaster
Griswold or Railbird
N I BCD (Brass)
Christy
Hunter 1-40 Series
Rainbird 1800 Series
Rainbird
T oro Series
Rainbird 1" #44
Geo-Flow or NETAFIM
I
I
MANUFACTURER LOCAL REPRESENTATION
I
I BSN Sports (MacGregor Products) N/A
Dallas, Texas
(800) 527-7510
I FEBCO Repcor
CMB Industries Union City, California
"I Fresno, California (800) 972-0911
Christy Concrete Products (Manufacturer)
I Fremont, California
(510) 657-7070
I Columbia Cascade Pipeline David O'Keefe
Portland, Oregon Alamo, California
I (503) 223-1157 (925) 837-4440
Fibar Husbands & Associates, Inc.
Armonk, New York Pleasanton, California
I (800) 342-2721 (800) 821-9838
Geo-Flow Repcor
I Sausalito, California Union City, California
(800) 828-3388 (800) 972-0911
I Hanson Concrete N/A
Milpitas, California
I (408) 262-1091
Haws David O'Keefe
I Berkeley, California Alamo, California
(888) 909-4297 (925) 837-4440
I Hunter Industries Bay Irrigation
San Marcos, California Concord, California
(619) 744-7461 (925) 825-9411
I OR
Automatic Rain
Dublin, California
I (925) 551-8383
Irri-trol Hardie Irrigation Bay Irrigation
I
I
I
I Laguna Niguel, California Concord, California
(714) 831-6000 (925) 825-9411
I OR
Automatic Rain
Dublin, California
I (925) 551-8383
Landscape Structures Ross Recreation Equipment
I Delano, Minnesota Santa Rosa, California
(800) 328-0035 (707) 526-4800
I NETAFIM Bay Irrigation
Fresno, California Concord, California
(209) 498-6880 (925) 825-9411
I OR
Automatic Rain
Dublin, California
I (925) 551-8383
NIBCO, Inc. Jack Prust Sales
I Elkjart, Indiana Pleasanron, California
(219) 295-3000 (925) 426-0956
I Petersen Manufacturing Co. Husbands & Associates, Inc.
Dennison, Iowa Pleasanton, California
I (800) 832-7383 (800) 821-9838
PW Athletic Company David O'Keefe
I Prescott, Arizona Alamo, California
(800) 687-5768 (925) 837-4440
I Rain Bird Bay Irrigation
Azusa, California Concord, California
(818) 812-3411 (925) 825-9411
I OR
Automatic Rain
Dublin, California
I (925) 551-8383
Rainmaster Bay Irrigation
I Simi Valley, California Concord, California
(805) 527-4498 (925) 825-9411
OR
I Automatic Rain
Dublin, California
(925) 551-8383
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Surface America
Williamsville, New York
(800) 999-0555
Ross Recreation Equipment
Santa Rosa, California
(707) 526-4800
Timberform
Portland, Oregon
(503) 223-1157
David O'Keefe
Alamo, California
(925) 837-4440
Toro
Riverside, California
(800) 654-1882
Bay Irrigation
Concord, California
(925) 825-9411
OR
Automatic Rain
Dublin, California
(925) 551-8383